Vol. 79 Tuesday, 

No. 241 December 16, 2014 

Part III 

Department of Energy 

10 CFR Parts 429 and 430 

Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedures for Miscellaneous 

Consumer Refrigeration Products; Proposed Rule 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

74894 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 

DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY 

10 CFR Parts 429 and 430 

[Docket No. EERE–2013–BT–TP–0029] 

RIN 1904–AD44 

Energy Conservation Program: Test 

Procedures for Miscellaneous 

Consumer Refrigeration Products 

AGENCY: Office of Energy Efficiency and 

Renewable Energy, Department of 

Energy. 

ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking. 

SUMMARY: The U.S. Department of 

Energy (DOE) is proposing new test 

procedures that would measure the 

energy efficiency of wine chillers and 

other related miscellaneous refrigeration 

products that maintain warmer 

compartment temperatures than 

refrigerators. These procedures would 

apply both to those products that use a 

vapor-compression refrigeration system 

and those that do not. DOE is also 

proposing new definitions and test 

procedures for cooled cabinets, 

refrigerators that do not use a vaporcompression refrigeration system, 

hybrid refrigeration products, which 

incorporate warm compartments such as 

wine storage compartments in products 

that otherwise provide the functions of 

refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, or 

freezers, and ice makers. The proposal 

also seeks to clarify the definitions for 

refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and 

freezers. 

DATES: DOE will hold a public meeting 

on Thursday, January 8, 2015 from 10 

a.m. to 5 p.m., in Washington, DC. The 

meeting will also be broadcast as a 

webinar. See section V, ‘‘Public 

Participation,’’ for webinar registration 

information, participant instructions, 

and information about the capabilities 

available to webinar participants. 

DOE will accept comments, data, and 

information regarding this notice of 

proposed rulemaking (NOPR) before and 

after the public meeting, but no later 

than March 2, 2015. See section V, 

‘‘Public Participation,’’ for details. 

ADDRESSES: The public meeting will be 

held at the U.S. Department of Energy, 

Forrestal Building, Room 8E–089, 1000 

Independence Avenue SW., 

Washington, DC 20585. To attend, 

please notify Ms. Brenda Edwards at 

(202) 586–2945. See Section V, ‘‘Public 

Participation,’’ for details. 

Any comments submitted must 

identify the NOPR for Test Procedures 

for Miscellaneous Consumer 

Refrigeration Products, and provide 

docket number EE–2013–BT–TP–0029 

and/or regulatory information number 

(RIN) number 1904–AD44. Comments 

may be submitted using any of the 

following methods: 

1. Federal eRulemaking Portal: 

www.regulations.gov. Follow the 

instructions for submitting comments. 

2. Email: 

MiscResRefrigProd2013TP0029@

ee.doe.gov. Include the docket number 

and/or RIN in the subject line of the 

message. 

3. Mail: Ms. Brenda Edwards, U.S. 

Department of Energy, Building 

Technologies Program, Mailstop EE–5B, 

1000 Independence Avenue SW., 

Washington, DC 20585–0121. If 

possible, please submit all items on a 

CD. It is not necessary to include 

printed copies. 

4. Hand Delivery/Courier: Ms. Brenda 

Edwards, U.S. Department of Energy, 

Building Technologies Program, 950 

L’Enfant Plaza SW., Suite 600, 

Washington, DC 20024. Telephone: 

(202) 586–2945. If possible, please 

submit all items on a CD. It is not 

necessary to include printed copies. 

For detailed instructions on 

submitting comments and additional 

information on the rulemaking process, 

see section V, ‘‘Public Participation.’’ 

Docket: The docket, which includes 

Federal Register notices, public meeting 

attendee lists and transcripts, 

comments, and other supporting 

documents/materials, is available for 

review at regulations.gov. All 

documents in the docket are listed in 

the regulations.gov index. However, 

some documents listed in the index, 

such as those containing information 

that is exempt from public disclosure, 

may not be publicly available. 

A link to the docket Web page can be 

found at: http://www1.eere.energy.gov/

buildings/appliance_standards/

rulemaking.aspx?ruleid=105. This Web 

page will contain a link to the docket for 

this notice on the regulations.gov site. 

The regulations.gov Web page will 

contain simple instructions on how to 

access all documents, including public 

comments, in the docket. 

For further information on how to 

submit a comment, review other public 

comments and the docket, or participate 

in the public meeting, contact Ms. 

Brenda Edwards at (202) 586–2945 or by 

email: Brenda.Edwards@ee.doe.gov. 

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Ms. 

Ashley Armstrong, U.S. Department of 

Energy, Office of Energy Efficiency and 

Renewable Energy, Building 

Technologies Program, EE–5B, 1000 

Independence Avenue SW., 

Washington, DC 20585–0121. 

Telephone: (202) 586–6590. Email: 

Ashley.Armstrong@ee.doe.gov or Mr. 

Michael Kido, U.S. Department of 

Energy, Office of the General Counsel, 

GC–33, 1000 Independence Avenue 

SW., Washington, DC 20585–0121. 

Telephone: (202) 586–8145. Email: 

Michael.Kido@hq.doe.gov. 

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: 

Table of Contents 

I. Authority and Background 

A. General Test Procedure Rulemaking 

Process 

B. DOE Test Procedures for the Products in 

This Rulemaking 

II. Summary of the Notice of Proposed 

Rulemaking 

III. Discussion 

A. Products Covered by the Proposed Rule 

1. Refrigerators, Refrigerator-Freezers, and 

Freezers 

2. Cooled Cabinets 

3. Non-Compressor Cooled Cabinets/

Refrigerators 

4. Hybrid Refrigerators/RefrigeratorFreezers/Freezers 

5. Ice Makers 

6. General Terms for the Groups of 

Products Addressed in This Notice 

7. Test Procedure Sections and Appendices 

Addressing the New Products 

B. Elimination of Definition Numbering in 

the Appendices 

C. Removal of Provisions for ExternallyVented Products 

D. Sampling Plans, Certification Reporting, 

and Measurement/Verification of 

Volume 

E. Compartment and Product Classification 

F. Cellar Compartments 

1. Cellar Compartment Definition 

2. Cellar Compartment Standardized 

Temperature 

3. Cellar Compartment Temperature 

Measurement 

4. Cellar Compartments as Special 

Compartments 

5. Temperature Settings and Energy Use 

Calculations 

6. Volume Calculations 

7. Convertible Compartments 

G. Test Procedures for Cooled Cabinets 

1. Ambient Temperature and Usage Factor 

2. Light Bulb Energy 

H. Non-Compressor Refrigeration Products 

1. Ambient Temperature for NonCompressor Refrigerators 

2. Refrigeration System Cycles 

I. Extrapolation for Refrigeration Products 

Other Than Non-Compressor 

Refrigerators 

J. Hybrid Refrigeration Product Test 

Procedure Amendments 

1. Ambient Temperature and Usage Factor 

2. Standardized Temperature, Temperature 

Control Settings, and Energy Use 

Calculations for Hybrid Refrigeration 

Products 

K. Ice Maker Test Procedure Amendments 

1. Establishment of New Paragraph 10 CFR 

430.23(dd) and New Appendix BB for Ice 

Makers 

2. Definitions for Ice Makers 

3. Energy Use Metric for Ice Makers 

4. Daily Ice Consumption Rate 

5. Test Conditions and Set-up 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 74895 

1Although DOE has previously indicated its 

belief that wine chillers, and, by extension, cooled 

cabinets that use compressor and condenser 

systems are covered under EPCA, it nevertheless 

has recently proposed to add them as separately 

enumerated covered products. This is discussed 

below in Section I.A. 

6. Icemaking Test 

7. Ice Storage Test 

8. Ice Hardness for Continuous-Type Ice 

Makers 

9. Energy Use Calculations 

L. Incidental Changes to Test Procedure 

Language To Improve Clarity 

M. Changes to Volume Measurement and 

Calculation Instructions 

N. Removal of Appendices A1 and B1 

O. Compliance With Other EPCA 

Requirements 

1. Test Burden 

2. Changes in Measured Energy Use 

3. Standby and Off Mode Energy Use 

IV. Procedural Issues and Regulatory Review 

A. Review Under Executive Order 12866 

B. Review Under the Regulatory Flexibility 

Act 

C. Review Under the Paperwork Reduction 

Act of 1995 

D. Review Under the National 

Environmental Policy Act of 1969 

E. Review Under Executive Order 13132 

F. Review Under Executive Order 12988 

G. Review Under the Unfunded Mandates 

Reform Act of 1995 

H. Review Under the Treasury and General 

Government Appropriations Act, 1999 

I. Review Under Executive Order 12630 

J. Review Under Treasury and General 

Government Appropriations Act, 2001 

K. Review Under Executive Order 13211 

L. Review Under Section 32 of the Federal 

Energy Administration Act of 1974 

V. Public Participation 

A. Attendance at Public Meeting 

B. Procedure for Submitting Prepared 

General Statements For Distribution 

C. Conduct of Public Meeting 

D. Submission of Comments 

E. Issues on Which DOE Seeks Comment 

VI. Approval of the Office of the Secretary 

I. Authority and Background 

Title III of the Energy Policy and 

Conservation Act of 1975 (42 U.S.C. 

6291, et seq.; ‘‘EPCA’’ or, in context, 

‘‘the Act’’) sets forth a variety of 

provisions designed to improve energy 

efficiency. (All references to EPCA refer 

to the statute as amended through the 

American Energy Manufacturing 

Technical Corrections Act (AEMTCA), 

Public Law 112–210 (Dec. 18, 2012).) 

Part B of title III, which for editorial 

reasons was re-designated as Part A 

upon incorporation into the U.S. Code 

(42 U.S.C. 6291–6309, as codified), 

establishes the ‘‘Energy Conservation 

Program for Consumer Products Other 

Than Automobiles.’’ These include 

conventional consumer refrigerators, 

refrigerator-freezers, and freezers, which 

are among the subjects of today’s notice. 

(42 U.S.C. 6292(a)(1)) The other 

products addressed by this notice, all of 

which are consumer products, are 

hybrid (or combination) refrigerators, 

refrigerator-freezers, and freezers (i.e., 

products that include warm 

compartments such as wine storage 

compartments in products that 

otherwise perform the functions of 

refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, or 

freezers), cooled cabinets (including 

wine chillers), refrigeration products 

that do not use vapor-compression 

refrigeration systems (i.e., products that 

do not include a compressor and 

condenser unit as an integral part of the 

cabinet assembly), and standalone ice 

makers (i.e., ice makers not contained 

within a refrigerator, refrigerator-freezer, 

or freezer), which this notice refers to 

generally as ‘‘ice makers.’’ DOE raised 

the possibility in an October 31, 2013, 

coverage determination proposal of 

adding all of these other products as 

covered products under EPCA. 78 FR 

65223 (referred to in this notice as the 

October 2013 Coverage Proposal).1

Under EPCA, the energy conservation 

program consists essentially of four 

parts: (1) Testing, (2) labeling, (3) 

Federal energy conservation standards, 

and (4) certification and enforcement 

procedures. The testing requirements 

consist of test procedures that 

manufacturers of covered products must 

use as the basis for (1) certifying to DOE 

that their products comply with the 

applicable energy conservation 

standards adopted under EPCA, and (2) 

making representations about the 

efficiency of those products. Similarly, 

DOE must use these test procedures to 

determine whether the products comply 

with any relevant standards 

promulgated under EPCA. 

A. General Test Procedure Rulemaking 

Process 

Under 42 U.S.C. 6293, EPCA sets forth 

the criteria and procedures DOE must 

follow when prescribing or amending 

test procedures for covered products. 

Any test procedures prescribed or 

amended under this section shall be 

reasonably designed to produce test 

results that measure the energy 

efficiency, energy use or estimated 

annual operating cost of a covered 

product during a representative average 

use cycle or period of use and shall not 

be unduly burdensome to conduct. (42 

U.S.C. 6293(b)(3)) 

In addition, if DOE determines that 

adoption or amendment of a test 

procedure is warranted, it must publish 

proposed test procedures and offer the 

public an opportunity to present oral 

and written comments on them. (42 

U.S.C. 6293(b)(2)) Finally, when 

amending a test procedure, DOE would 

determine to what extent, if any, the 

proposed test procedure would alter the 

measured energy efficiency of any 

covered product as determined under 

the existing test procedure. (42 U.S.C. 

6293(e)(1)) 

EPCA further requires that any new or 

amended DOE test procedure for a 

covered product integrate measures of 

standby mode and off mode energy 

consumption into the overall energy 

efficiency, energy consumption, or other 

energy descriptor, unless the current 

test procedure already incorporates the 

standby mode and off mode energy 

consumption or such integration is 

technically infeasible. If an integrated 

test procedure is technically infeasible, 

DOE must prescribe a separate standby 

mode and off mode energy use test 

procedure for the covered product, if a 

separate test is technically feasible. (42 

U.S.C. 6295(gg)(2)(A)) The current DOE 

test procedures for refrigerators, 

refrigerator-freezers, and freezers 

measure the energy use of these 

products during extended time periods 

that include periods when the 

compressor and other key components 

are cycled off. All of the energy these 

products use during the ‘‘off cycles’’ is 

already included in the measurements. 

The amended and new test procedures 

proposed in this notice would address 

standby and off mode energy use in a 

similar fashion. To address this EPCA 

requirement for ice makers, the notice 

proposes to integrate into the energy use 

measurement the energy consumed in 

an ice storage test in which the ice 

maker would be maintaining a full bin 

of ice rather than producing ice to fill 

the bin. 

B. DOE Test Procedures for the Products 

in This Rulemaking 

EPCA covers various specific 

consumer products identified in the 

Act, as well as any other product as to 

which DOE has determined that (1) 

coverage is necessary and appropriate 

for carrying out the purposes of EPCA 

and (2) the average annual energy use of 

the product is likely to exceed 100 

kilowatt-hours per-household in 

households that use the product. (See 42 

U.S.C. 6292) The statute precludes the 

coverage of any product ‘‘designed 

solely for use in recreational vehicles 

and other mobile equipment.’’ (42 

U.S.C. 6292(a)) 

Refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and 

freezers are among the consumer 

products listed as covered products in 

EPCA. See 42 U.S.C. 6292(a)(1). The 

Act, however, does not define these 

terms, although it specifies that 

statutory coverage applies to a product 

of one of these types if it (1) can operate 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

74896 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 

2The framework document is available at 

http://www.regulations.gov/

#!documentDetail;D=EERE-2011-BT-STD-0043- 

0003. 

using alternating current electricity, (2) 

includes a compressor and condenser 

unit as an integral part of the cabinet 

assembly, and (3) is designed to be used 

with doors. Id. (These compressor/

condenser-based products use what are 

commonly referred to as vaporcompression-based systems to provide 

cool air to the interior of the cabinet 

assembly.) DOE has adopted definitions 

for these products, which are located in 

10 CFR 430.2. 

The current DOE test procedures 

apply only to those refrigeration 

products that are identified as covered 

products in the text of EPCA at 42 

U.S.C. 6292(a)(1). The test procedures 

that apply to basic models of these 

products manufactured prior to 

September 15, 2014, are located at 10 

CFR part 430, subpart B, Appendix A1, 

Uniform Test Method for Measuring the 

Energy Consumption of Electric 

Refrigerators and Electric RefrigeratorFreezers, and Appendix B1, Uniform 

Test Method for Measuring the Energy 

Consumption of Freezers. The DOE test 

procedures for models manufactured 

starting on September 15, 2014, are 

located in Appendices A and B to 

subpart B of part 430. DOE’s current 

regulatory definitions for ‘‘electric 

refrigerator’’ and ‘‘electric refrigeratorfreezer,’’ found at 10 CFR 430.2, exclude 

refrigeration products that are not 

designed to be capable of achieving 

storage temperatures below 39 degrees 

Fahrenheit (°F). This temperature 

threshold is not listed in EPCA. 

Although DOE has set a regulatory 

definition that includes limitations not 

found in EPCA, DOE is not precluded 

from expanding that regulatory 

definition. DOE has indicated that the 

term ‘‘refrigerator’’ as used in EPCA 

does not exclude products that are not 

designed to be capable of achieving 

storage temperatures below 39 °F, and 

that EPCA authorizes DOE to adopt test 

procedures and standards for those 

products. 75 FR 59470, 59486 (Sept. 27, 

2010). DOE’s purpose in adding the 

39 °F criterion to its ‘‘electric 

refrigerator’’ definition was to draw a 

distinction between refrigerators and 

wine chillers. DOE drew this distinction 

on the grounds that these wine chillers 

were different from standard 

refrigerators because they are not 

suitable for fresh food storage. 66 FR 

57845, 57846 (Nov. 19, 2001); 64 FR 

37706 (July 13, 1999). DOE did not 

assert that EPCA excludes wine chillers 

from being considered as a class of 

refrigerator. Id. 

Similarly, in a notice of proposed 

determination published in November, 

2011, (the November 2011 Proposed 

Determination) and in its recent 

rulemaking to promulgate standards for 

refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and 

freezers, DOE again clearly indicated 

that it interprets EPCA as authorizing it 

to develop standards and test 

procedures for wine chillers, and many 

stakeholders agreed. See 76 FR 69147, 

69149–50 (Nov. 8, 2011). See also 75 FR 

at 59486 (Sept. 27, 2010). Furthermore, 

construing a ‘‘refrigerator’’ as including 

wine chillers and other cooled cabinets 

using integrated compressor/condenser 

systems would be consistent with 

EPCA’s statutory framework. Namely, 

they are designed to be used with doors, 

use a compressor and condenser unit as 

an integral part of the cabinet assembly, 

and operate on alternating current 

electricity. (42 U.S.C. 6292(a)(1)) 

Despite this history, DOE has also 

stated that the exclusion of wine chillers 

from its definition of ‘‘electric 

refrigerator’’ means that they are ‘‘not a 

covered product.’’ 64 FR 37706, 66 FR 

37846; see 76 FR 57516, 57534 (Sept. 

15, 2011). DOE notes that it has the 

authority to adopt test procedures and 

standards for consumer products if they 

are ‘‘covered products.’’ (See 42 U.S.C. 

6293(b) and 6295(a)). In light of its past 

positions and its statutory authority to 

affirmatively establish coverage, DOE 

has decided to evaluate all of the varied 

consumer refrigeration products 

addressed in today’s notice (including 

wine chillers) under the provisions of 

42 U.S.C. 6292(a)(20) and (b), rather 

than proposing to expand the regulatory 

definition of refrigerator to include 

some of these products. See 78 FR 

65223 (Oct. 31, 2013). Applying this 

approach requires that DOE issue a 

determination regarding the 

appropriateness of covering and then— 

if merited—set standards for these 

products using the applicable statutory 

criteria. See 42 U.S.C. 6292(b) and 

6295(l). 

DOE began examining whether to 

adopt energy conservation standards for 

the products addressed in this NOPR by 

issuing a framework document 

explaining the issues, analyses, and 

process the agency considered in 

developing standards. 77 FR 7547 (Feb. 

13, 2012).2 Among the issues discussed 

in the framework document were test 

procedures for cooled cabinets, to which 

the document referred generally as 

‘‘wine chillers.’’ (Docket No. EERE– 

2011–BT–STD–0043, Energy 

Conservation Standards for Wine 

Chillers and Miscellaneous 

Refrigeration Products, No. 3 at pp. 21– 

22) As part of that discussion, DOE 

identified what it believed to be the key 

issues in developing test procedures for 

these products and specifically 

requested comment as to the existence 

and nature of any other key issues on 

this subject. Id. DOE also solicited 

written comments on these and the 

other matters addressed in the 

framework document and held a public 

meeting on February 20, 2012, at which 

it presented and solicited discussion on 

these issues. 77 FR at 7547 (Feb. 13, 

2012). 

This NOPR addresses products DOE 

categorizes as ‘‘cooled cabinets,’’ which 

include units commonly referred to as 

wine chillers, beverage centers, and 

beverage coolers. These cooled cabinets 

are not designed to maintain 

compartment temperatures below 39 °F. 

Thus, they do not meet the current 

regulatory definition of ‘‘electric 

refrigerator’’ in 10 CFR 430.2 and are 

not currently subject to DOE’s energy 

efficiency regulations for refrigerators. 

As discussed above, DOE believes that 

those cooled cabinets that contain a 

compressor and condenser unit as an 

integral part of the cabinet assembly 

could be included within the definition 

of ‘‘refrigerator’’ as that term is used in 

EPCA. Nevertheless, DOE is evaluating 

vapor-compression-based cooled 

cabinets as miscellaneous refrigeration 

products under the provisions of 42 

U.S.C. 6292(a)(20) and (b). See 78 FR 

65223 (Oct. 31, 2013). Other cooled 

cabinets use thermoelectric or 

absorption technology rather than 

vapor-compression technology to 

provide refrigeration. These products 

are not currently covered under EPCA 

because the Act specifically excludes 

refrigerators that do not include a 

compressor and condenser unit as an 

integral part of the cabinet assembly. 

See 42 U.S.C. 6292(a)(1). In November 

2011, DOE proposed to classify as 

‘‘covered products’’ under EPCA these 

and other non-compressor consumer 

refrigeration products because they meet 

the criteria for coverage in 42 U.S.C. 

6292(b), set forth above. 76 FR 69147 

(Nov. 8, 2011) (the ‘‘November 2011 

Coverage Proposal’’). DOE reiterated this 

view in its October 2013 Coverage 

Proposal. 78 FR at 65224–28 (Oct. 31, 

2013). 

This NOPR also addresses consumer 

products that combine a refrigerator 

(fresh food) compartment, a freezer 

compartment, or both fresh food and 

freezer compartments with a refrigerated 

but higher-temperature compartment for 

storing wine, other beverages, or other 

non-perishable items. DOE issued 

guidance on the treatment of such 

products in February 2011 (‘‘Guidance 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 74897 

3This and other DOE guidance documents are 

available for viewing at http://

www1.eere.energy.gov/guidance/

default.aspx?pid=2&spid=1. 

4Available at http://www.energy.ca.gov/

2012publications/CEC-400-2012-019/CEC-400- 

2012-019-CMF.pdf. 

on Scope of Coverage for Hybrid 

Refrigeration Products Issued Feb. 10, 

2011,’’ No. 5, (‘‘February 2011 

Guidance’’)).3 However, the October 

2013 Coverage Proposal and this notice 

propose an alternative treatment of such 

products. Some of them would meet one 

of the revised definitions proposed in 

this notice for ‘‘refrigerator,’’ 

‘‘refrigerator-freezer,’’ or ‘‘freezer,’’ and 

would therefore fall into the class of 

products identified as covered by EPCA 

at 42 U.S.C. 6292(a)(1). Depending on 

the specific characteristics of the model, 

others would meet the proposed 

definition of a ‘‘hybrid refrigeration 

product.’’ These products are evaluated 

in today’s notice as miscellaneous 

refrigeration products under the 

provisions of 42 U.S.C. 6292(a)(20) and 

(b). See 78 FR 65223 (Oct. 31, 2013). 

DOE has determined that the former 

group would continue to be tested using 

the current test procedures in 

Appendices A and B. The latter group 

would be tested using test procedures 

proposed in this notice. Additionally, 

this notice proposes to clarify the 

distinctions between the different 

product types and how to test them. 

II. Summary of the Notice of Proposed 

Rulemaking 

DOE is proposing to establish 

definitions and test procedures for 

several consumer refrigeration products 

whose energy efficiency DOE does not 

currently regulate. These products 

include wine chillers and similar 

products with compartment 

temperatures too warm to be suitable for 

food storage (collectively called ‘‘cooled 

cabinets’’); refrigeration products that 

are cooled with refrigeration system 

technologies such as thermoelectric and 

absorption-based systems that do not 

rely on compressor and condenser units; 

hybrid (combination) refrigerators, 

refrigerator-freezers, and freezers (i.e., 

those that include a refrigerated but 

higher-temperature compartment for 

storing wine, other beverages, or other 

non-perishable items; DOE proposes the 

term ‘‘cellar compartment’’ to describe 

these warmer compartments); and ice 

makers. DOE is also proposing to make 

clarifying amendments to the 

definitions of refrigerator, refrigeratorfreezers, and freezer. For all definitions 

that include a compartment temperature 

specification, DOE proposes to clarify 

that the compartments must be capable 

of maintaining the required 

temperatures during operation at an 

ambient temperature of 72 °F. 

Today’s notice proposes test 

procedures for cooled cabinets that 

would address testing set-up, 

temperature control adjustment, volume 

calculation, and energy use 

measurement and calculation. These 

test procedures would be nearly 

identical to the current test procedures 

used by the State of California to 

measure wine chiller efficiency. The 

California procedures are based on the 

DOE test procedure for refrigerators, but 

apply a different compartment 

standardized temperature and usage 

adjustment factor (0.85 instead of the 

1.0 factor used in the DOE refrigerator 

test procedure). See California Code of 

Regulations, Title 20, Sections 1601 

through 1608 (September 2012).4 The 

proposed DOE test procedure for cooled 

cabinets would use a different 

adjustment factor than the California 

test (0.55 v. 0.85), which DOE believes 

better reflects household usage. In 

addition, this notice proposes that 

cooled cabinets using refrigeration 

technology other than vaporcompression would be tested in 72 °F 

ambient temperature conditions, rather 

than the 90 °F ambient temperature 

currently required in both Appendix A 

and Appendix B, and would use a 

different usage factor to account for this 

difference in test ambient temperature. 

This proposal is based on DOE’s 

tentative conclusion that testing these 

products in an elevated ambient 

temperature would not appropriately 

simulate added loads, such as the load 

associated with door openings, because 

many of these products cannot maintain 

standardized compartment temperatures 

in the 90 °F ambient temperature test 

conditions. 

This notice also proposes new test 

procedures for refrigerators that do not 

use vapor-compression refrigeration 

technology. These proposed test 

procedures would require the same 

90 °F ambient temperature condition 

that is used for testing conventional 

refrigerators. DOE proposes this 

approach because refrigerators, which 

are intended to store fresh food, would 

be expected to maintain their 

compartment temperatures when 

subjected to the same door-opening and 

other loads that are simulated with 

closed-door testing in 90 °F temperature 

conditions. Failing to maintain 

compartment temperatures when 

subjected to such loads would 

constitute a food safety risk, which DOE 

does not consider to be appropriate for 

refrigerators. This approach differs from 

that proposed for cooled cabinets, 

which would be tested with a 72 °F 

ambient temperature as described in the 

previous paragraph. 

Today’s notice proposes test 

procedures for ‘‘hybrid refrigeration 

products.’’ DOE proposes that this term 

would include products that have 

freezer and/or fresh food compartments, 

but for which at least 50 percent of the 

refrigerated volume is comprised of 

cellar compartments that are not 

suitable for food storage. The proposal 

would establish procedures for setting 

temperature controls, calculating 

volume and adjusted volume, and 

measuring and calculating energy use 

for these products. Today’s notice also 

proposes clarifying amendments to the 

test procedures for refrigerators, 

refrigerator-freezers, and freezers to 

address products that include cellar 

compartments such as wine storage 

compartments that occupy less than 50 

percent of their total storage volume. 

Such products would not be included 

under the proposed definition for 

hybrid refrigeration products; these 

products would be classified as 

refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and 

freezers, and would be required to meet 

the applicable energy conservation 

standards for these product types. The 

proposal also includes clarifying 

amendments to the definitions for 

refrigerator, refrigerator-freezer, and 

freezer to better distinguish them from 

the new product types. 

This notice also proposes new test 

procedures for ice makers. The 

proposed amendments include 

definitions for these products and test 

procedures indicating how to measure 

their ice production capacity (i.e., 

harvest rate) and their annual energy 

use. The proposed annual energy use 

calculation would be based on a daily 

average ice production rate of 4 pounds 

per day. The annual energy use 

calculation would account for the 

energy use during active ice production 

as well as idle operation. The energy use 

during idle operation, called ice storage 

energy use, would account for energy 

use during times when the ice maker is 

maintaining a full bin of ice but not 

replacing ice used by a consumer. 

Including the ice storage energy use 

would address the statutory requirement 

to integrate measures of standby mode 

and off mode energy consumption into 

the overall energy consumption 

descriptor. (42 U.S.C. 6295(gg)(2)(A)) 

DOE’s proposal for ice maker test 

procedures considers different ice 

maker design configurations. 

Specifically, the proposal provides a 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

74898 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 

5The notice proposes the term ‘‘cellar 

compartment’’ to refer to compartments with a 

temperature range warmer than that of fresh food compartments, for example, compartments that may 

be suitable for storage of wine. 

different approach for measuring the 

energy use associated with ice storage 

for products that maintain ice storage 

temperature below freezing temperature 

than for products without cooled ice 

storage. Further, it provides different 

test procedures for batch-type and 

continuous-type ice makers. 

All of the amended and new test 

procedures for these products would be 

added to the Code of Federal 

Regulations (CFR) at 10 CFR 430.23, and 

also at 10 CFR part 430, subpart B, 

appendices A (amendments for uniform 

test method for non-hybrid refrigerators 

and refrigerator-freezers with cellar 

compartments,5 as well as all products 

newly covered by this proposal except 

ice makers), B (amendments to uniform 

test method for non-hybrid freezers with 

cellar compartments); and BB (new 

appendix with uniform test method for 

ice makers). 

As explained above, this notice covers 

two groups of refrigeration products. 

The first group contains products 

included in 42 U.S.C. 6292(a)(1)— 

refrigerators, refrigerators-freezers, and 

freezers. Amended test procedures for 

refrigerators and refrigerator-freezers 

would be addressed in 10 CFR 

430.23(a), and amended test procedures 

for freezers would be addressed in 10 

CFR 430.23(b). DOE is proposing to 

make clarifying amendments to the 

definitions of refrigerator, refrigeratorfreezer, and freezer found at 10 CFR 

430.2. DOE is also proposing 

amendments to the test methods for 

these products found at Appendices A 

and B to subpart B of 10 CFR part 430 

to clarify how non-hybrid refrigerators, 

refrigerator-freezers, and freezers with 

cellar compartments should be tested. 

The second group falls under 42 

U.S.C. 6292(a)(20) and (b)—cooled 

cabinets, non-compressor refrigerators, 

hybrid refrigeration products, and ice 

makers. Test procedures for all of these 

products except ice makers would be 

addressed in a new section 10 CFR 

430.23(cc). Test procedures for ice 

makers would be addressed in a new 

section 10 CFR 430.23(dd). Definitions 

associated with these products would 

also be added to 10 CFR 430.2. Despite 

the fact that these products are treated 

separately, there are many similarities 

among certain of them that warrant 

applying similar test methods to those 

DOE currently applies to refrigerators 

and refrigerator-freezers. Therefore, DOE 

is proposing to amend 10 CFR part 430, 

subpart B, appendix A to address cooled 

cabinets, non-compressor refrigerators, 

and hybrid refrigeration products in 

addition to refrigerators and refrigeratorfreezers. Test methods for freezers 

would continue to be found at 10 CFR 

part 430, subpart B, appendix B. Ice 

makers do not share these similarities. 

Therefore, DOE is proposing separate 

test methods for ice makers at 10 CFR 

part 430, subpart B, appendix BB. 

When amending a test procedure, 

DOE typically determines the extent to 

which its proposal would alter the 

measured energy efficiency of any 

covered product as determined under 

the existing test procedure. (42 U.S.C. 

6293(e)(1)) DOE notes that most of the 

products addressed in this notice (e.g., 

cooled cabinets, products not using 

vapor-compression refrigeration 

technology, and ice makers) are not 

currently covered by energy 

conservation standards or test 

procedures. Hence, there would be no 

change in measured energy efficiency by 

an amendment to a test procedure. 

While DOE’s February 2011 Guidance 

previously laid out an approach 

regarding certain hybrid refrigeration 

products, this proposal, assuming a 

coverage determination is finalized, 

would alter that approach but not result 

in a change in measured energy use for 

purposes of 42 U.S.C. 6293(e). 

III. Discussion 

The discussion below details the 

various products addressed in today’s 

proposal and the specific changes to the 

current regulations that would be made 

to accommodate the testing of these 

products. These products include all of 

those consumer refrigeration products 

that, for a variety of reasons, do not lend 

themselves to being readily tested under 

the current test procedures laid out in 

DOE’s regulations. The proposal seeks 

to remedy this situation by providing 

manufacturers with the framework to 

test these refrigeration products. Table 

III–1 below lists the affected subsections 

and indicates where the proposed 

amendments would appear in each 

appendix or section. 

TABLE III–1—DISCUSSION SUBSECTIONS

Section Title Affected Appendices or sections 

III.A Products Covered by the Proposed Rule ................................................................ 10 CFR 430.2 and 10 CFR 430.23. 

1. Refrigerators, Refrigerator-freezers, and Freezers.

2. Cooled Cabinets.

3. Non-Compressor Cooled Cabinets/Refrigerators.

4. Hybrid Refrigerators/Refrigerator-Freezers/Freezers.

5. Ice makers.

6. General Terms for the Groups of Products Addressed in this Notice.

7. Test Procedure Sections and Appendices Addressing the New Products.

III.B Elimination of Definition Numbering in the Appendices ........................................... Appendices A and B. 

III.C Removal of Provisions for Externally Vented Products ........................................... Appendix A. 

III.D Sampling Plans and Certification Reporting ............................................................ 10 CFR 429.61, 10 CFR 429.72, 10 CFR 

429.134. 

III.E Compartment and Product Classification ................................................................. 10 CFR 429.14, 10 CFR 429.61, 10 CFR 430.2, 

Appendices A and B. 

III.F Cellar Compartments ................................................................................................ Appendices A and B. 

1. Cellar Compartment Definition.

2. Cellar Compartment Standardized Temperature.

3. Cellar Compartment Temperature Measurement.

4. Cellar Compartments as Special Compartments.

5. Temperature Settings and Energy Use Calculations.

6. Volume Calculations.

7. Convertible Compartments.

III.G Test Procedures for Cooled Cabinets ...................................................................... Appendix A. 

1. Ambient Temperature and Usage Factor.

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 74899 

TABLE III–1—DISCUSSION SUBSECTIONS—Continued 

Section Title Affected Appendices or sections 

2. Light Bulb Energy.

III.H Non-Compressor Refrigeration Products ................................................................. Appendix A. 

1. Ambient Temperature for Non-Compressor Refrigerators.

2. Refrigeration System Cycles.

III.I Extrapolation for Refrigeration Products other than Non-Compressor Products ..... Appendices A and B. 

III.J Hybrid Refrigeration Product Test Procedure Amendments .................................... Appendix A. 

1. Ambient Temperature and Usage Factor.

2. Standardized Temperature, Temperature Control Settings, and Energy Use 

Calculations for Hybrid Refrigeration Products.

III.K Ice maker Test Procedure Amendments ................................................................. 10 CFR 430.2 and Appendix BB. 

1. Establishment of New Section 10 CFR 430.23(dd) and New Appendix BB for 

Ice makers.

2. Definitions for Ice makers.

3. Energy Use Metric for Ice makers ....................................................................... 10 CFR 430.23(dd) and Appendix BB. 

4. Daily Ice Consumption Rate ................................................................................ Appendix BB. 

5. Test Conditions and Set-up.

6. Icemaking Test.

7. Ice Storage Test.

8. Ice Hardness for Continuous-Type Ice Makers.

9. Energy Use Calculations.

III.L Incidental Changes to Test Procedure Language to Improve Clarity ...................... Appendices A and B. 

III.M Incidental Changes to Volume Calculation Instructions ........................................... Appendices A and B. 

III.N Removal of Appendices A1 and B1 from the CFR .................................................. Appendices A1 and B1. 

III.O Compliance With Other EPCA Requirements .......................................................... No test procedure amendments are proposed in 

these sections. 

1. Test Burden.

2. Changes in Measured Energy Use.

3. Standby and Off Mode Energy Use.

A. Products Covered by the Proposed 

Rule 

Today’s notice proposes new test 

procedures for several consumer 

refrigeration products DOE does not 

currently regulate. They include (a) 

cooled cabinets (e.g., wine chillers) that 

do not meet the definition for 

‘‘refrigerator’’ because their 

compartment temperatures are warmer 

than the 39 °F threshold established 

for refrigerators (see 10 CFR 430.2), (b) 

refrigeration products regardless of 

compartment temperature that do not 

use vapor-compression refrigeration 

technology (i.e., no compressor and 

condenser unit used as an integral part 

of the cabinet assembly), (c) hybrid 

products, for which cellar 

compartments (e.g., wine storage 

compartments) comprise at least half of 

the total refrigerated volume within a 

product that would otherwise meet the 

definitions for ‘‘refrigerator,’’ 

‘‘refrigerator-freezer,’’ or ‘‘freezer,’’ and 

(d) ice makers. Collectively, these 

products (i.e., products not currently 

covered by EPCA as a refrigerator, 

refrigerator-freezer, or freezer) are 

referred to by DOE as miscellaneous 

refrigeration products, and DOE has 

proposed a definition to distinguish 

them from the other consumer 

refrigeration products that DOE’s 

regulations currently cover. The 

following sections discuss the products 

affected by this proposed rule and the 

manner in which DOE proposes to 

address them for the purposes of 

regulatory coverage, including (1) 

distinguishing between those items 

covered as consumer products from 

those covered as industrial equipment 

under EPCA and (2) the status of 

products currently covered as 

refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and 

freezers. 

1. Refrigerators, Refrigerator-Freezers, 

and Freezers 

Today’s notice proposes amendments 

to the definitions for refrigerators, 

refrigerator-freezers, and freezers. These 

amendments would not change the 

meaning of the definitions, but in light 

of the proposed addition of numerous 

related refrigeration product types, these 

proposed changes would provide a 

consistent definition structure and 

improve clarity. These proposed 

amendments are described below. 

DOE is proposing to clarify the 

compartment temperature ranges used 

for these products. The current 

definitions for ‘‘electric refrigerator’’ 

and ‘‘electric refrigerator-freezer’’ in 10 

CFR 430.2 include cabinets that are 

‘‘designed to be capable of achieving 

storage temperatures above 32 °F (0 °C) 

and below 39 °F (3.9 °C).’’ DOE last 

modified these definitions in the 

December 2010 final rule. 75 FR at 

78815–17 (Dec. 16, 2010). Prior to the 

2010 rule, the definition for electric 

refrigerator included cabinets that are 

‘‘designed for the refrigerated storage of 

food at temperatures above 32 °F and 

below 39 °F.’’ (66 FR 57845, at 57848 

(Nov. 19, 2001). In 2010, DOE proposed 

to add the new language to the 

definition of electric refrigerator-freezer 

in order to clarify that that combination 

wine storage-freezer units without fresh 

food compartments are not refrigeratorfreezers. 75 FR 29824, at 29829 (May 27, 

2010) Responding to stakeholder 

concerns that most refrigerator-freezers 

can maintain fresh food temperatures 

above 39 °F (and the fact that most 

refrigerators can do the same), DOE 

modified both definitions to clarify that 

the ability to maintain temperatures 

above 39 °F does not preclude a product 

from being classified as a refrigerator or 

refrigerator-freezer. DOE also noted that 

this change was intended to clarify that 

a poorly constructed product that 

happens to be incapable of actually 

achieving 39 °F is not excluded from 

coverage. 75 FR at 78817. 

DOE has observed that the current 

definition has created ambiguity. 

Specifically, as DOE noted in its 2010 

rule, the phrase ‘‘designed to be capable 

of achieving’’ leaves room for products 

to be classified as refrigerators even 

though they cannot actually maintain 

temperatures that are safe for storing 

fresh food—provided they are ‘‘designed 

to be capable’’ of doing so. DOE’s 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

74900 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 

concern in 2010 was to ensure that these 

products are not excluded from being 

‘‘covered products.’’ 

To address these difficulties, DOE 

proposes to replace the phrase, 

‘‘designed to be capable of achieving 

[the specified temperature],’’ with 

‘‘capable of maintaining compartment 

temperatures at [the specified 

temperature].’’ With this modification, 

product classification could be 

definitively determined through testing 

and would rely on the product’s actual 

capability to serve its intended purpose 

rather than relying on the design intent 

of the manufacturer. DOE believes that 

a clear delineation based upon actual 

product performance would ensure 

accurate product classification by 

manufacturers and enable more effective 

enforcement of the energy conservation 

standards. In addition to refrigerators, 

refrigerator-freezers, and freezers, DOE 

would apply this approach to the 

definitions for all refrigeration products 

whose performance is based on 

maintaining internal compartment 

temperatures. 

As discussed in Section III.A.3, DOE 

understands that certain products 

marketed as refrigerators cannot 

maintain temperatures below 39 °F at 

ambient temperatures of 90 °F. The 

current definitions do not specify the 

ambient temperature at which a product 

must be capable of maintaining the 

specified temperature ranges within the 

cabinet. To clarify this issue, DOE 

proposes that the product must be 

capable of maintaining compartment 

temperatures as specified during 

operation at a typical room ambient 

condition of 72 °F. These proposed 

changes would appear in the product 

definitions in 10 CFR 430.2 and would 

reference product classification sections 

in the certification requirements in 10 

CFR 429.14 and 429.61. DOE proposes 

this approach for all refrigeration 

products whose performance is based 

on maintaining internal compartment 

temperatures. DOE requests comments 

on these additional proposed 

modifications. 

DOE’s current definitions in 10 CFR 

430.2 for refrigerator, refrigeratorfreezer, and freezer require that the 

product be ‘‘designed for the 

refrigerated storage of food.’’ The use of 

the word ‘‘designed’’ and the fact that 

‘‘food’’ is not defined has led to 

questions from manufacturers similar to 

those encountered with the temperature 

range language. As mentioned above, 

DOE believes a clear delineation based 

on product performance would ensure 

accurate product classification and 

enable more effective enforcement of the 

energy conservation standards. 

Furthermore, DOE sees no reason to 

exclude products that are not marketed 

or configured for food storage, provided 

that they are capable of maintaining the 

specified temperatures. Therefore, DOE 

proposes removing references to storage 

of food. 

Section III.A.4 discusses DOE’s 

proposal to define hybrid products as 

those for which warm compartments not 

capable of maintaining compartment 

temperatures below 39 °F comprise at 

least half of the refrigerated volume. 

Section III.F discusses DOE’s proposal 

to call such warm compartments ‘‘cellar 

compartments’’. Although the 

definitions for refrigerators, refrigeratorfreezers, and freezers found in 10 CFR 

430.2 do not preclude the possibility 

that such warm compartments could be 

included as part of these products, they 

do not clarify whether such 

compartments could be included. DOE 

is proposing edits to these definitions to 

ensure a clear distinction between these 

products and the hybrid refrigeration 

products to be addressed in this 

proposed rule. Specifically, DOE 

proposes to clarify the definitions for 

refrigerator, refrigerator-freezer, and 

freezer by specifying that the product 

may include cellar compartments—so 

long as they comprise less than half of 

the product’s refrigerated volume. DOE 

notes that specific test procedures 

associated with the cellar compartments 

in these products are discussed in 

sections III.F.3 and III.F.4. 

DOE also proposes to amend the 

definitions in 10 CFR 430.2 for 

refrigerator, refrigerator-freezer, and 

freezer to provide a clear mechanism for 

determining whether a given basic 

model is a consumer refrigeration 

product or commercial refrigeration 

equipment. The current definitions do 

not make this distinction explicit, 

which has also created ambiguity. 

DOE’s proposal is intended to reduce or 

eliminate situations in which DOE, 

manufacturers, and consumers must 

rely primarily upon inference or 

assumptions in order to make such 

determinations. 

DOE’s proposed definitions 

categorically exclude three types of 

products that would otherwise meet the 

definitions of refrigerator, refrigeratorfreezer, and freezer. These three criteria, 

which are characteristics of commercial 

refrigeration equipment, are derived 

from a combination of sources, 

including statutory provisions, DOE 

analysis of the market for refrigeration 

products, and comments received from 

manufacturers. Specifically, DOE 

proposes to exclude from the definition 

any products: (1) With one or more 

permanently open compartments; (2) 

that do not include a compressor and 

condenser unit as an integral part of the 

cabinet assembly; or (3) that are certified 

under ANSI/NSF 7–2009 International 

Standard for Food Equipment— 

Commercial Refrigerators and Freezers, 

or ANSI/UL 471–2006 UL Standard for 

Commercial Refrigerators and Freezers. 

Under this proposal, the criteria 

proposed in today’s notice would be the 

primary means for determining which 

refrigeration products are covered 

consumer products. All refrigeration 

products that are excluded from 

coverage as consumer products by the 

three criteria in the definitions, but 

which meet the definition of a 

commercial refrigerator, refrigeratorfreezer, or freezer under EPCA, would 

be considered covered as commercial 

refrigeration equipment and could be 

subject to the energy conservation 

standards in section 431.66 of 10 CFR 

part 431. 

DOE proposes to revise the order of 

the requirements in the definitions of 

refrigerator, refrigerator-freezer, and 

freezer to create a parallel structure. 

Amending the definitions to follow the 

same structure would enhance 

readability and simplify product 

classification. 

DOE is also proposing to remove the 

word ‘‘electric’’ from the definitions of 

‘‘electric refrigerator’’ and ‘‘electric 

refrigerator-freezer.’’ The current 

definition for ‘‘refrigerator’’ in 10 CFR 

430.2 indicates only that the product is 

an ‘‘electric refrigerator.’’ The actual 

characteristics of the product are 

detailed in the definition for ‘‘electric 

refrigerator.’’ Similarly, the definition 

for ‘‘refrigerator-freezer’’ in 10 CFR 

430.2 references the definition for 

‘‘electric refrigerator-freezer.’’ An early 

version of 10 CFR 430.2 defined 

‘‘refrigerator’’ as ‘‘an electric refrigerator 

or a gas refrigerator.’’ See 42 FR 46140, 

46143 (Sept. 14, 1977). This reference to 

‘‘gas refrigerator’’ has since been 

deleted; therefore, DOE tentatively 

concludes there is little reason to retain 

definitions for both ‘‘refrigerator’’ and 

‘‘electric refrigerator.’’ Hence, DOE 

proposes to eliminate the definitions for 

‘‘electric refrigerator’’ and ‘‘electric 

refrigerator-freezer,’’ and to move the 

detailed descriptions to the definitions 

for ‘‘refrigerator’’ and ‘‘refrigeratorfreezer.’’ DOE also notes that Appendix 

B uses the term ‘‘electric freezer’’, which 

is not currently defined, in sections 2.3 

and 6.2.2. DOE proposes to change this 

term to ‘‘freezer’’ in these sections of the 

appendix. These changes would 

enhance clarity by eliminating duplicate 

terms. DOE requests comment on this 

proposal. 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 74901 

6 ‘‘Australian/New Zealand Standard, 

Performance of Household Electrical Appliances— 

Refrigerating Appliances, Part 1: Energy 

Consumption and Performance,’’ AS/NZS 4474. 

1:2007, available for purchase at http:// 

infostore.saiglobal.com/store/results2.aspx?

searchType=simple&publisher=all&keyword=AS/

NZS%204474. 

The definition for ‘‘all-refrigerator’’ 

currently appears in Appendices A and 

A1. Whether a product satisfies this 

definition can determine its product 

class as well as how to test it. For this 

reason, DOE proposes to move the 

definition for all-refrigerator from 

Appendix A to 10 CFR 430.2. Because 

Appendix A1 has not been valid for 

testing since September 15, 2014, and 

because DOE is proposing to remove 

Appendix A1 from the CFR as discussed 

in section III.N, DOE is not proposing to 

make an accompanying change in that 

appendix. 

DOE notes that the current definition 

in 10 CFR 430.2 for electric refrigeratorfreezer indicates that at least one 

compartment has attributes consistent 

with a fresh food compartment and that 

at least one compartment has attributes 

consistent with a freezer compartment. 

DOE proposes to clarify that the same 

compartment could not satisfy both of 

these requirements in a refrigeratorfreezer—i.e., at least one of the 

compartments is capable of maintaining 

compartment temperatures between 

32 °F and 39 °F and at least one of the 

remaining compartments is capable of 

maintaining compartment temperatures 

below 8 °F. 

Finally, DOE is proposing to add 

language to the freezer definition in 10 

CFR 430.2 to clarify the distinction 

between freezers and ice makers, 

discussed below in Section III.A.5. 

Specifically, DOE is proposing to 

exclude from the freezer definition ‘‘any 

refrigerated cabinet that consists solely 

of an automatic icemaker and an ice 

storage bin arranged so that operation of 

the automatic icemaker fills the bin to 

its capacity.’’ Tests conducted by DOE 

indicate that some ice makers have 

refrigerated space that the product can 

cool to temperatures of 0 °F or below. 

(Cooled-Storage Ice Maker Test 

Summary, No. 3) Because many freezers 

contain automatic icemakers, DOE 

considered the potential difficulty of 

distinguishing ice makers from freezers. 

Typically, the ice storage bin of an ice 

maker becomes filled with ice during 

operation. In most cases, this would 

preclude use of the product to store 

items other than ice. However, one 

could consider a product very similar to 

an ice maker that has, in addition to the 

automatic icemaker and the ice storage 

bin, a compartment maintained at 

temperatures of 0 °F or below. Such a 

product would have space for storage of 

items other than ice and be considered 

a freezer. Consequently, the key 

distinctions between ice makers and 

freezers would include (a) many ice 

makers do not maintain internal 

temperatures at or below 0 °F, and (b) 

ice makers do not have space for storage 

of items other than ice. 

DOE requests comment on all of these 

proposed changes to the definitions for 

refrigerator, refrigerator-freezer, and 

freezer. 

2. Cooled Cabinets 

DOE proposes adopting in 10 CFR 

430.2 the term ‘‘cooled cabinet’’ to 

denote consumer refrigeration products 

such as wine chillers that do not meet 

the definition for ‘‘refrigerator’’ because 

their compartment temperatures are 

warmer than the 39 °F threshold 

established for refrigerators. 

EPCA does not specify the 

temperature conditions that a product 

must meet to be considered a 

refrigerator. (42 U.S.C. 6292(a)(1)) DOE 

initially defined refrigerators using the 

term ‘‘electric refrigerator’’ to include 

products ‘‘designed for the refrigerated 

storage of food at temperatures above 

32 °F.’’ 42 FR 46140, 46143 (Sept. 14, 

1977). However, DOE modified this 

definition to exclude wine chillers by 

adding an upper limit of 39 °F to the 

temperature range cited in the 

refrigerator definition. 66 FR 57845, 

57848 (Nov. 19, 2001) (explaining DOE’s 

reasoning for altering the final 

definition it adopted for the term 

‘‘electric refrigerator’’). 

DOE further amended the definition 

for ‘‘refrigerator’’ as part of a final rule 

published on December 16, 2010. See 75 

FR 78810, 78817. This revision clarified 

that a product is not necessarily 

disqualified from coverage as a 

refrigerator if its compartments can 

maintain average temperatures above 

39 °F for some temperature control 

settings. Id. This modification to the 

refrigerator definition did not affect the 

coverage of products that are not 

designed to store fresh food at 

temperatures under 39 °F. DOE 

explained that it would consider 

initiating a future rulemaking to 

establish coverage and energy standards 

for wine chillers and related products. 

Id. 

On February 13, 2012, DOE 

announced the availability of a 

framework document that discussed the 

process it would follow when 

considering potential energy 

conservation standards for wine chillers 

and other related products. 77 FR 7547. 

In that document, the agency noted that 

it was considering how to refer to 

products such as wine chillers that 

would not, through the use of ‘‘wine’’ in 

the name, suggest a limitation to 

products designed for wine storage. 

(Docket No. EERE–2011–BT–STD–0043, 

Energy Conservation Standards for Wine 

Chillers and Miscellaneous 

Refrigeration Products, No. 3 at p. 13) 

DOE received no comment on this issue 

and is proposing to use the term ‘‘cooled 

cabinet’’ to denote all products such as 

wine chillers that do not meet the 

definition for refrigerator because they 

are not capable of maintaining 

compartment temperatures below 39 °F 

(3.9 °C). DOE is proposing to state this 

explicitly in the definition so that the 

conditions under which the category of 

coverage is established will be clearly 

understood. 

DOE is aware that the Australian/New 

Zealand Standard 4474.1–2007 6 (AS/

NZS 4474.1–2007) defines a ‘‘cooled 

appliance’’ as a refrigerating appliance 

that cannot be classified as a 

refrigerator, refrigerator/freezer, or 

freezer. AS/NZS 4474.1–2007 further 

defines a ‘‘refrigerating appliance’’ as a 

self-contained, factory-produced, 

insulated cabinet of a design and 

volume which is suitable for general 

household use, cooled by energy 

consuming means and intended for the 

preservation of foodstuffs, frozen or 

unfrozen. DOE believes that the term 

‘‘cooled cabinet’’ is more precise than 

‘‘cooled appliance,’’ since the word 

‘‘cabinet’’ clarifies that the product is, or 

includes, a cabinet for storage purposes. 

Accordingly, DOE is proposing to define 

such a product as a cabinet having a 

source of refrigeration requiring electric 

energy input only and capable of 

maintaining compartment temperatures 

not below 39 °F (3.9 °C). 

DOE is also aware that some products 

marketed for the storage of wine or 

beverages in a temperature range 

suitable for storage of such products, 

i.e., in a range from 50 °F to 60 °F, may 

have the capability to maintain 

compartment temperatures close to 

39 °F and in some cases cross over this 

threshold by one or two degrees. Rather 

than require such products to be 

regulated as refrigerators, and/or their 

compartments be tested as fresh food 

compartments, DOE is proposing to 

allow a small temperature crossover in 

the definition for cooled cabinet, 

provided that the product’s temperature 

range extends through the range 

considered appropriate for wine. 

Specifically, DOE proposes that the 

definition specify that a cooled cabinet 

is capable of maintaining compartment 

temperatures either (a) no lower than 

39 °F (3.9 °C) or (b) in a range that 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

74902 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 

7Wine chillers operate with compartment 

temperatures above 40 °F and generally near 55 °F 

(see 75 FR 59469, 59486 (September 27, 2010)) 

extends no lower than 37 °F (2.8 °C) but 

at least as high as 60 °F (15.6 °C). As 

discussed for the other products covered 

by this notice in the sections below, 

DOE is proposing also to use this 

description of temperature range to 

denote warm compartments, discussed 

as ‘‘cellar compartments’’ in section 

III.F.1, in its proposals for other 

products. Also, as discussed in section 

III.A.1, DOE clarifies that the term 

‘‘capable of maintaining’’ when used in 

the product definitions in reference to 

the compartment temperatures used to 

delineate coverage (e.g., 39 °F) applies 

to operation in a typical room ambient 

condition of 72 °F as specified in 10 

CFR 429.14 and 429.61. DOE notes that 

products that are capable of maintaining 

compartment temperatures below 39 °F, 

but not less than 37 °F, and are not 

capable of maintaining compartment 

temperatures above 60 °F would be 

considered refrigerators or refrigeratorfreezers, as appropriate. 

DOE notes that the proposed 

definition would cover any product that 

is capable of maintaining a cooler 

internal storage temperature than the 

temperature outside the cabinet. Hence, 

it would apply to products that provide 

compartment temperatures warmer than 

the range that is typical for wine 

chillers.7 DOE also notes that the 

proposed cooled cabinet definition 

would not be limited to products with 

alternating current power input. This 

aspect of the definition addresses the 

possibility that these products may be 

cooled using thermoelectric 

refrigeration systems, which can be 

powered by direct current as well as 

alternating current electric power. 

(Docket No. EERE–2011–BT–STD–0043, 

Energy Conservation Standards for Wine 

Chillers and Miscellaneous 

Refrigeration Products, True 

Manufacturing, No. 3 at pp. 21, 22) 

DOE requests comment on the use of 

the term ‘‘cooled cabinet’’ to denote 

products such as wine chillers that 

maintain compartment temperatures 

that are warmer than 39 °F or between 

37 °F and at least 60 °F, and on the 

proposed definition for these products. 

3. Non-Compressor Cooled Cabinets/

Refrigerators 

For refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, 

and freezers, EPCA specifies that 

coverage applies to those products that 

include a compressor and condenser 

unit as an integral part of the cabinet 

assembly. (42 U.S.C. 6292(a)(1)(B)) 

These are products that use vaporcompression refrigeration technology. 

However, DOE is aware of consumer 

refrigeration products that cool their 

interiors using other refrigeration 

technologies, notably those products 

that use thermoelectric and absorption 

refrigeration. These refrigeration 

technologies are described in the 

framework document noted above. 

(Docket No. EERE–2011–BT–STD–0043, 

Energy Conservation Standards for Wine 

Chillers and Miscellaneous 

Refrigeration Products, No. 3 at p. 5) 

While DOE is aware of products sold as 

wine chillers and refrigerators that use 

thermoelectric and/or absorption 

technology, it is unaware of any such 

products sold as refrigerator-freezers or 

freezers. 

DOE proposes to use the term ‘‘noncompressor’’ to describe refrigeration 

products that do not use vaporcompression refrigeration technology 

and to define non-compressor variants 

of refrigerators and cooled cabinets. 

DOE is proposing to define a noncompressor cooled cabinet as ‘‘a cooled 

cabinet that has a source of refrigeration 

that does not include a compressor and 

condenser unit.’’ A non-compressor 

refrigerator would be defined as ‘‘a 

cabinet that has a source of refrigeration 

that does not include a compressor and 

condenser unit, requires electric energy 

input only, and is capable of 

maintaining compartment temperatures 

above 32 °F (0 °C) and below 39 °F (3.9 

°C).’’ The definition would also indicate 

that such a product could have a 

compartment capable of maintaining 

compartment temperatures below 32 °F 

(0 °C). The proposed definition would 

also specify that these products may 

have one or more cellar compartments, 

as described in section III.F. DOE’s 

proposed definitions would account for 

hybrid and non-hybrid versions of these 

products (i.e., having cellar 

compartments comprising at least half 

or less than half of their refrigerated 

volume, respectively). The definition for 

non-compressor refrigerator would 

clarify that these cellar compartments 

would comprise less than half of the 

product’s refrigerated volume, and the 

definition for hybrid non-compressor 

refrigerators would denote the case in 

which these cellar compartments would 

comprise at least half of the product’s 

refrigerated volume. 

DOE notes that the proposed 

amendments to the term ‘‘refrigerator’’ 

used without a modifier explicitly 

exclude those products that do not use 

vapor-compression technology. (A 

‘‘refrigerator’’ would be the type of 

product already covered by the statute.) 

Thus, a ‘‘non-compressor cooled 

cabinet’’ would be treated as a type of 

‘‘cooled cabinet,’’ but a ‘‘noncompressor refrigerator’’ would not be a 

type of ‘‘refrigerator.’’ 

DOE considered whether the noncompressor refrigerator definition 

should state explicitly that the ability to 

maintain a 39 °F or lower compartment 

temperature applies when a product 

operates in a 90 °F ambient temperature 

condition. The current definition for 

refrigerator does not explicitly specify 

the ambient temperature associated with 

the 39 °F requirement. As discussed in 

section III.A.1, DOE interprets the 

temperature range capability for the 

purposes of determining product status 

to apply to typical room temperature 

ambient temperature conditions, i.e., 

72 °F. DOE has observed that many 

products marketed as refrigerators that 

do not use vapor-compression 

refrigeration technology cannot 

maintain the 39 °F standardized 

temperature that is used for fresh food 

compartments when tested using the 

required 90 °F ambient temperature 

condition. As described in section 

III.G.1, refrigerators are tested with 

closed doors in a 90 °F ambient 

temperature condition to simulate the 

added thermal loads associated with 

door openings and the insertion of 

warm food items. DOE test results for 

five non-compressor refrigeration 

products in 90 °F test conditions are 

summarized in Table III–2. Each of 

these products was marketed as a 

‘‘refrigerator’’, but none could attain a 

39 °F compartment temperature at the 

90 °F test conditions—none were even 

within 9 °F of the target. 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 74903 

TABLE III–2—TEST RESULTS FOR THERMOELECTRIC AND ABSORPTION PRODUCTS MARKETED AS REFRIGERATORS

Product Refrigeration technology 

Lowest compartment temperature achieved in 90 °F ambient 

temperature 

Model 1 ...................................................... Thermoelectric ................................................................................... 57.5 °F 

Model 2 ...................................................... Thermoelectric ................................................................................... 48.2 °F 

Model 3 ...................................................... Thermoelectric ................................................................................... 48.6 °F 

Model 4 ...................................................... Thermoelectric ................................................................................... 58.2 °F 

Model 5 ...................................................... Thermoelectric ................................................................................... 61.1 °F 

Model 6 ...................................................... Absorption ......................................................................................... 52.6 °F 

In DOE’s view, the ability of a product 

to maintain temperatures that are safe 

for food storage, i.e., 39 °F or lower, is 

a key attribute of refrigerators. While 

most vapor-compression refrigerators 

generally have no trouble meeting this 

target, even in 90 °F ambient 

temperature conditions, DOE’s 

investigation shows that most products, 

if not all, that are marketed as 

refrigerators and do not use vaporcompression technology fail to reach 

this target in 90 °F ambient temperature 

conditions. In spite of the inability of 

these products to reach safe food 

temperatures under these conditions, it 

may be inappropriate to classify them as 

cooled cabinets rather than refrigerators, 

because they are marketed as 

refrigerators, and DOE expects that they 

are used as such by consumers. Hence, 

the definition for non-compressor 

refrigerator does not indicate that the 

ability to maintain temperatures below 

39 °F applies to operation in a 90 °F 

ambient temperature condition. This 

approach has consequences for testing, 

which is generally conducted in a 90 °F 

ambient temperature condition. 

Specifically, the compartment 

temperature for a non-compressor 

refrigerator is generally warmer than 

39 °F when operating with the 

temperature control set in the coldest 

position. DOE’s proposals for addressing 

this issue are discussed in Section 

III.H.1. 

DOE notes that it is not at this time 

defining ‘‘non-compressor refrigeratorfreezers’’ and ‘‘non-compressor 

freezers’’ because it is not aware of the 

existence of such products. However, 

this does not imply that such products 

would not be covered under any final 

coverage determination established for 

miscellaneous refrigeration products, as 

proposed by the October 2013 Coverage 

Proposal. 

DOE requests comment on the use of 

the terms ‘‘non-compressor cooled 

cabinet’’ and ‘‘non-compressor 

refrigerator’’ to denote products that use 

refrigeration systems that do not use 

vapor-compression refrigeration 

technology. DOE also requests comment 

on the definitions proposed for these 

products, and on DOE’s initial market 

research indicating that non-compressor 

refrigerator-freezers and non-compressor 

freezers are not available for sale. 

4. Hybrid Refrigerators/RefrigeratorFreezers/Freezers 

In 2007, Liebherr sought a waiver 

from the refrigerator test procedure for 

its combination freezer-wine chillers. It 

argued that it would be inappropriate to 

test these products with the wine 

storage compartment set at the 45 °F 

standardized temperature used at that 

time (prior to September 15, 2014) for 

the fresh food compartments of 

refrigerator-freezers. Liebherr petitioned 

to use a standardized temperature of 

55 °F for the wine storage compartment 

to represent energy use because, in its 

view, the higher temperature would 

more accurately reflect the energy 

consumption at the intended 

temperatures of the wine storage 

compartments. DOE granted Liebherr’s 

waiver request and permitted the 

manufacturer to use this alternative test 

procedure with the condition that the 

wine storage volume must constitute at 

least 50 percent of the total volume of 

the tested product. 72 FR 20333 (April 

24, 2007). 

On December 16, 2010, DOE issued a 

final rule that modified the definitions 

of ‘‘electric refrigerator’’ and ‘‘electric 

refrigerator-freezer.’’ The final rule’s 

preamble discussion explained that 

combination products such as 

combination wine storage-refrigerators 

would be treated as covered products 

(see 75 FR 78810, 78817). DOE 

reinforced this statement with the 

February 2011 Guidance, which 

clarified that a wine storage 

compartment added to a product that 

would otherwise be a refrigerator or a 

refrigerator-freezer does not change the 

product’s coverage status as a 

refrigerator or refrigerator-freezer. The 

February 2011 Guidance also indicated, 

however, that products combining 

freezer compartments and wine storage 

compartments are not covered. DOE 

indicated in its December 2010 final 

rule that it would address wine storagerefrigeration combination products in a 

separate rulemaking. 75 FR at 78817. 

In its October 2013 coverage proposal, 

DOE proposed that some products that 

combine fresh food compartments with 

warmer compartments such as wine 

storage compartments (or that combine 

fresh food and freezer compartments 

with warmer compartments) would be 

considered to be hybrid products that 

are not subject to regulation as 

refrigerators and/or refrigerator-freezers. 

78 FR at 65224 (Oct. 31, 2013). 

However, DOE did not, in that notice, 

define the term ‘‘hybrid’’ or elaborate on 

those characteristics that would 

distinguish hybrid products from 

refrigerators and refrigerator-freezers. In 

today’s notice, DOE proposes that 

hybrid refrigeration products would be 

required to have wine storage or similar 

types of warm compartments that 

comprise half or more, but not all, of the 

refrigerated volume of the product. As 

described in section III.F.1, DOE 

proposes to use the term ‘‘cellar 

compartments’’ for such warm 

compartments. 

DOE’s proposal for the 50-percent 

minimum threshold is based on the 

expectation that a hybrid product must 

be designed, built, and marketed with 

an emphasis on the storage of beverages 

or other non-perishable items rather 

than food storage. DOE adopted this 

same threshold when granting Liebherr 

a waiver for a product incorporating 

freezer and wine storage compartments. 

72 FR at 20334 (April 24, 2007). DOE is 

basing its proposal that the cellar 

compartment volume of a hybrid 

product be less than 100 percent of the 

refrigerated volume on the observation 

that a product comprised entirely of one 

or more cellar compartments would be 

a cooled cabinet rather than a hybrid 

product. 

DOE proposes to define a hybrid 

refrigerator as a product that has ‘‘at 

least half but not all of its refrigerated 

volume comprised of one or more cellar 

compartments.’’ Otherwise the proposed 

definition is similar to the definition for 

a non-hybrid ‘‘refrigerator.’’ DOE is 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

74904 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 

proposing similar definitions for hybrid 

refrigerator-freezers and freezers. All of 

these definitions would appear in CFR 

430.2. DOE’s proposals also specify that 

these products have refrigeration 

systems that include a compressor and 

condenser unit and require electric 

energy input only. 

DOE recognizes that refrigerators, 

refrigerator-freezers, and freezers may 

also have cellar compartments whose 

combined refrigerated volume is less 

than half the total refrigerated volume of 

the product. Section III.A.1 discusses 

DOE’s proposal to address such 

compartments in the definitions for 

these products. 

For hybrid non-compressor 

refrigerators, DOE proposes to define 

these items as referring to ‘‘a noncompressor refrigerator with at least half 

of its refrigerated volume composed of 

one or more cellar compartments.’’ 

DOE also proposes to include a 

general term for hybrid refrigeration 

products, which would specify that they 

include hybrid refrigerators, hybrid 

refrigerator-freezers, hybrid freezers, 

and hybrid non-compressor 

refrigerators. 

DOE notes that the proposed 

definitions for hybrid products are 

based on the concept of compartments; 

i.e., they would be products in which 

half or more of the volume comprises 

one or more cellar compartments. While 

compartments are generally considered 

to be enclosed spaces within a cabinet, 

the DOE test procedures do not define 

‘‘compartment.’’ Section III.E.1 

discusses the need for this term and 

DOE’s proposal for a definition. 

DOE requests comment on the 

definitions for hybrid products, 

including on the proposed requirement 

that hybrid status would require that at 

least 50 percent of the product’s 

refrigerated volume comprise one or 

more cellar compartments. 

5. Ice Makers 

DOE proposes to define in 10 CFR 

430.2 the term ‘‘ice maker’’ as ‘‘a 

consumer product other than a 

refrigerator, refrigerator-freezer, freezer, 

hybrid refrigeration product, noncompressor refrigerator, or cooled 

cabinet that is designed to automatically 

produce and harvest ice, but excluding 

any basic model that is certified under 

NSF/ANSI 12–2012 Automatic Ice 

Making Equipment. Such a product may 

also include a means for storing ice, 

dispensing ice, or storing and 

dispensing ice.’’ 

DOE’s proposed definition indicates 

that the functions of an ice maker may 

include ice storage and/or ice 

dispensing. This part of the definition is 

consistent with the characteristics of ice 

makers designed and sold for consumer 

markets, as demonstrated by product 

information for a representative sample 

of ice makers (Product Information for 

Representative Ice Makers, No. 9). DOE 

is not aware of any ice makers that do 

not incorporate an ice storage bin for ice 

storage. The proposed definition would 

cover such products, although the 

proposed test procedures would not 

necessarily address them. DOE would 

consider developing additional test 

procedures to address such products if 

and when they are commercialized. 

The proposed definition would 

distinguish ice makers from automatic 

commercial ice makers (ACIM)—ice 

makers would be consumer products as 

defined in 42 U.S.C. 6291(1). The 

definition would exclude from coverage 

any ice makers with basic models 

certified to NSF/ANSI Standard 12– 

2012, which is used to certify 

commercial ice makers. Therefore, any 

ice maker that is not certified to NSF/ 

ANSI 12–2012 would be classified as an 

ice maker rather than an ACIM even if 

its harvest rate falls within the range for 

which there are energy conservation 

standards for ACIMs (i.e., over 50 

pounds of ice produced per day). (42 

U.S.C. 6313(d)(1)) Likewise, any ice 

maker that is certified to NSF/ANSI 12– 

2012 would not be classified as an ice 

maker even if it produces 50 or less 

pounds of ice per day. Such a product 

may meet the definition for ACIM, even 

though there are currently no standards 

for ACIMs that produce less than 50 

pounds of ice per day. 

This proposed definition would also 

distinguish ice makers from other types 

of consumer refrigeration products. As 

discussed above, DOE considered the 

difficulty of distinguishing ice makers 

from other refrigeration products that 

have automatic ice makers. In order to 

prevent the ice maker definition from 

also covering models that would 

otherwise meet the definition for a 

freezer or other refrigeration product, 

DOE is proposing to exclude from the 

ice maker definition any product that 

meets the definition for one of the other 

refrigeration products covered by this 

notice. 

DOE requests comment on its 

proposed definition for ice makers. 

6. General Terms for the Groups of 

Products Addressed in This Notice 

DOE proposes to define 

‘‘miscellaneous refrigeration product’’ 

as a consumer refrigeration product 

other than a refrigerator, refrigeratorfreezer, or freezer, which includes 

hybrid refrigeration products, cooled 

cabinets, non-compressor refrigerators, 

and ice makers. DOE also proposes to 

define ‘‘consumer refrigeration product’’ 

as a refrigerator, refrigerator-freezer, 

freezer, or miscellaneous refrigeration 

product. DOE requests comment on 

these proposed definitions. 

7. Test Procedure Sections and 

Appendices Addressing the New 

Products 

Appendices A and B, along with 10 

CFR 430.23(a)–(b), contain the test 

procedures for refrigerators, refrigeratorfreezers, and freezers. To limit the 

impact of the amendments that may be 

required to adopt test procedures for all 

of the additional products mentioned in 

this notice, DOE proposes to modify 

only Appendix A to address the new 

products whose primary function is to 

provide refrigerated storage within their 

cabinets: cooled cabinets, noncompressor refrigerators, and hybrid 

refrigeration products. This would mean 

that the test procedure requirements for 

hybrid freezers would be inserted into 

Appendix A rather than Appendix B. 

DOE proposes to adopt this approach to 

limit the duplication of amendments 

that would be required in both 

appendices if hybrid freezer test 

procedures were inserted into Appendix 

B. While the notice proposes some 

amendments to Appendix B, these 

amendments would apply to freezers 

that have cellar compartments that do 

not comprise a sufficiently large fraction 

of the product’s refrigerated volume to 

meet the proposed hybrid refrigeration 

product definition—that is, a product 

that would continue to be classified as 

a freezer. DOE also proposes to adopt a 

new section 10 CFR 430.23(cc) for 

cooled cabinets, non-compressor 

refrigeration products, and hybrid 

refrigeration products. 

Regarding ice makers, DOE is 

proposing to add a new section 10 CFR 

430.23(dd) and a new Appendix BB for 

ice makers, because the proposed test 

procedure for these products has many 

differences compared to the test 

procedures for the other consumer 

refrigeration products. 

B. Elimination of Definition Numbering 

in the Appendices 

Appendices A, B, A1, and B1 each 

have an introductory section (‘‘Section 

1’’) that defines terms that are important 

for describing the test procedures for 

these products. These sections are 

currently numbered such that each 

definition has a unique sub-section 

number. DOE believes that this 

approach is unnecessary because the 

definitions are all listed in alphabetical 

order. To improve the readability of 

these sections and to limit confusion 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 74905 

from renumbering when definitions are 

added or removed, DOE proposes to 

eliminate the sub-section numbering to 

simplify the structure of these sections 

of the appendices. 

C. Removal of Provisions for ExternallyVented Products 

Externally-vented refrigerators and 

refrigerator-freezers can reduce energy 

use by using outside air to help cool the 

condenser and compressor when the 

outside air is cooler than the inside air. 

The condenser and compressor of such 

a product would be surrounded by a box 

connected to air ducts that would 

penetrate the exterior wall of a house, 

allowing cooler air to be drawn by the 

condenser fan into the box to cool down 

these internal components. By using 

cooler outdoor air to cool these 

components, an externally-vented 

product can, in theory, achieve a higher 

level of efficiency by increasing the 

efficiency of the product’s refrigeration 

system and reducing the thermal 

impacts associated with the condenser 

and compressor heat. DOE established 

test procedures for these products in 

Appendix A1 on September 9, 1997. 62 

FR 47536. These provisions were 

retained for the more recent Appendix 

A. See 75 FR 78853, 78858–59. 

Since the inception of this procedure, 

more than 15 years have elapsed and 

DOE, after having researched whether 

any refrigeration product employs this 

technology, is unaware of any 

externally-vented refrigeration products 

that are either currently available or that 

manufacturers plan to offer. Because 

these provisions do not appear to apply 

to any known products—or those that 

are likely to be produced—DOE 

proposes to remove the externallyvented products provisions from 

Appendix A to help simplify and 

improve its clarity. These changes 

would entail the removal of a number of 

provisions, including certain 

definitions, required testing conditions, 

testing measurement sections, and 

calculation methods. DOE also proposes 

to remove all references to externally 

vented products from the regulatory text 

in section 430.23(a) of subpart B. 

Specifically, DOE proposes to make the 

following modifications to section 

430.23(a): (1) Remove all references to 

externally vented products from 

sections 430.23(a)(1) through 

430.23(a)(5), (2) remove sections 

430.23(a)(7) through 430.23(a)(9), and 

(3) re-number section 430.23(a)(10) as 

section 430.23(a)(7). DOE requests 

comment on this proposal. 

D. Sampling Plans, Certification 

Reporting, and Measurement/

Verification of Volume 

DOE’s sampling plans for both 

consumer and commercial refrigeration 

products all use identical statistical 

evaluation criteria for the samples. (See, 

for example, 10 CFR 429.14, 429.42, and 

429.45.) DOE proposes to apply the 

same sampling plan criteria to all of the 

miscellaneous refrigeration products 

addressed in this test procedure notice. 

DOE proposes to establish a new section 

10 CFR 429.61, which would be titled 

‘‘Miscellaneous refrigeration products,’’ 

to address sampling plans and 

certification reporting for these 

products. 

The information DOE typically 

requires to be included in a certification 

report generally falls into three broad 

categories, (1) general information 

applicable to any product, (2) public 

product-specific information, and (3) 

non-public information. DOE proposes 

to treat certain information that would 

be required to be submitted for cooled 

cabinets, hybrid refrigeration products, 

and non-compressor refrigerators as 

public—the annual energy use in 

kilowatt-hours per year, the total 

refrigerated volume of the product, and 

the total adjusted volume. The total 

adjusted volume for the product can be 

used to determine the allowed annual 

energy use under the standard. DOE 

would also require that certification 

reports for these products indicate 

whether they have variable defrost 

control or variable anti-sweat heater 

control, and whether the locations of 

temperature sensors were modified from 

their standard locations during testing, 

as is currently required for refrigerators, 

refrigerator-freezers, and freezers. While 

this information may not apply to most 

cooled cabinets, hybrid refrigeration 

products, and non-compressor 

refrigerators, DOE proposes to require 

its inclusion in the certification reports 

for any such product for which the 

information does apply. DOE would 

also require manufacturers to report 

other non-public details regarding 

variable defrost and variable anti-sweat 

heater control in a manner similar to 

what is currently required for 

refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and 

freezers. 

Regarding ice makers, DOE is 

proposing to require that manufacturers 

provide the following information 

which would be treated as public for 

each certified product: the annual 

energy use in kilowatt-hours per year 

and the harvest rate in pounds per day. 

In case the model is a continuous-type 

ice maker (see further description of ice 

maker types in section III.K.2), 

manufacturers would also need to report 

whether the standard default value of 

ice hardness was used in the calculation 

of energy use, and, if it was not, the 

measured value of ice hardness. 

DOE has not yet added 

‘‘miscellaneous refrigeration product’’ to 

the list of covered products. 

Accordingly, DOE has not yet 

established product classes or product 

class definitions for this product type. 

Further, DOE has not yet proposed 

energy conservation standards for 

miscellaneous refrigeration products. 

DOE may modify these proposed 

requirements once these elements are 

finalized in order to harmonize the 

reporting elements with these other 

requirements. For example, if DOE were 

to propose and finalize an energy 

conservation standard for an ice maker 

that did not depend on that product’s 

harvest capacity to verify whether its 

certified energy rating meets that 

standard, DOE might not require the 

reporting of this value. 

On April 21, 2014, DOE amended its 

regulations to allow use of computeraided design (CAD) models when 

determining volume for refrigerators, 

refrigerator-freezers, and freezers, 

adding a new section 429.72(c) within 

10 CFR part 429 for this purpose. 79 FR 

22319, 22336. DOE proposes to add a 

section 429.72(d) to establish the same 

approach for use of CAD for 

miscellaneous refrigeration products. 

DOE also amended its regulations to 

establish procedures for evaluating 

certified volume data and for 

determining whether to use certified or 

measured volume in calculating 

allowable energy use, adding a new 

section 429.134 for this purpose. Id. 

DOE proposes to add a section 

429.134(c) to establish the same 

approach for miscellaneous refrigeration 

products. 

DOE requests comment on its 

proposed sampling plans and 

certification report requirements for the 

products covered by this proposed test 

procedure. DOE also requests comments 

on its proposal to establish requirements 

for allowing use of CAD for volume 

measurements and for regulations 

associated with verifying certified 

volumes for miscellaneous refrigeration 

products. 

E. Compartment and Product 

Classification 

Section III.F.1 discusses a proposal to 

define ‘‘cellar compartment’’ as a 

compartment with a warmer 

temperature range than fresh food 

compartments. Although the term 

‘‘compartment’’ has been used 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

74906 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 

extensively in the DOE test procedures, 

it has not been defined. DOE considered 

whether further clarification of the term 

is required. DOE notes that Sanyo 

commented on this topic in response to 

the framework document for the energy 

conservation standard rulemaking for 

wine chillers and miscellaneous 

products. Specifically, Sanyo 

commented that the term 

‘‘compartment’’ requires greater clarity, 

as hybrid products create multiple 

temperature zones in a variety of ways. 

(Energy Conservation Standards for 

Wine Chillers and Miscellaneous 

Refrigeration Products, Docket No. 

EERE–2011–BT–STD–0043, Sanyo, No. 

12 at p. 2) Sanyo did not, however, offer 

any suggestions on how to define that 

term. 

DOE is aware of only one specific 

definition for ‘‘compartment’’ in 

finalized test procedures. The term is 

found in the Australian/New Zealand 

test procedures (AS/NZS 4474.1–2007). 

Those procedures define a compartment 

as ‘‘an enclosed space within a 

refrigerating appliance, which is 

directly accessible through one or more 

external doors. A compartment may 

contain one or more sub-compartments 

and one or more convenience features.’’ 

This use of the term ‘‘compartment’’ 

suggests that there may be multiple 

compartments in a refrigeration product 

of a given type. This approach is 

consistent with its use in parts of the 

DOE test procedures, such as the 

definition for ‘‘electric refrigeratorfreezer’’—defined as a cabinet which 

consists of two or more compartments 

(see 10 CFR 430.2). AS/NZS 4474.1– 

2007 further defines a ‘‘subcompartment’’ as ‘‘a permanent 

enclosed space within a compartment or 

sub-compartment which is designated 

as being a different type of food storage 

space (i.e., has a different compartment 

temperature range) from the 

compartment or sub-compartment 

within which it is located,’’ and 

‘‘convenience features’’, as enclosures or 

containers with temperature conditions 

which may or may not be different from 

the compartment within which they are 

located. The test standard indicates that 

‘‘compartment’’ may be taken to mean 

‘‘compartment’’ or ‘‘sub-compartment’’, 

as appropriate for the context. The ‘‘subcompartment’’ and ‘‘convenience 

feature’’ definitions are similar to the 

concept of a ‘‘special compartment’’ as 

defined in the DOE test procedures— 

these are compartments other than 

butter conditioners, without doors 

directly accessible from the exterior, 

and with separate temperature control. 

(See Appendix A, section 1). 

However, DOE notes that the AS/NZS 

4474.1–2007 approach is not fully 

consistent with all of the uses of the 

term ‘‘compartment’’ in the DOE test 

procedures. In some cases, the term 

denotes all of the space within a 

refrigeration product that operates 

within a designated temperature range. 

For example, Appendix A, section 5.1.3 

describes ‘‘the fresh food compartment 

temperature’’ and section 5.1.4 

describes ‘‘the freezer compartment 

temperature.’’ Similarly, Appendix A, 

section 5.3 refers to the fresh food 

compartment volume and the freezer 

compartment volume for refrigerators 

and refrigerator-freezers. 

After carefully evaluating the uses of 

the term ‘‘compartment’’, DOE was not 

convinced that any of them fully 

addresses the issue that Sanyo raised 

when suggesting that a definition for 

‘‘compartment’’ should be established. 

Sanyo’s comments responded to DOE’s 

requests for comment on its framework 

document discussing potential energy 

conservation standards for wine chillers 

and miscellaneous refrigeration 

products. (Energy Conservation 

Standards for Wine Chillers and 

Miscellaneous Refrigeration Products, 

Docket No. EERE–2011–BT–STD–0043, 

Sanyo, No. 12 at p. 2) Among the issues 

raised by DOE were questions related to 

how DOE should regulate hybrid 

products, how to determine whether a 

product is a hybrid product, and how to 

establish test procedures and energy 

conservation standards for them. 

(Energy Conservation Standards 

Rulemaking Framework Document for 

Wine Chillers and Miscellaneous 

Refrigeration Products, Docket No. 

EERE–2011–BT–STD–0043, No. 3 at p. 

68) Because Sanyo’s comment was 

primarily concerned with clarifying the 

concept of ‘‘compartment’’ for the 

purpose of classifying basic models and 

conducting tests, DOE has focused on 

these issues in this notice, while 

questions regarding the establishment of 

energy conservation standards would be 

addressed in the ongoing energy 

conservation standard rulemaking for 

wine chillers and miscellaneous 

refrigeration products. 

In light of the different uses of the 

term ‘‘compartment’’ that already exist 

in the test procedures, DOE concluded 

that developing a single definition for 

the term would not add greater clarity 

or uniformity to the test procedures, 

since it would require establishing a 

new term to denote some of the existing 

uses of the term. Instead, DOE is 

proposing to add a dual definition that 

mirrors its understanding of the term’s 

two key meanings in the test 

procedures. DOE also proposes to add 

instructional language to its test 

procedures that will clarify how the 

concept of compartments should be 

used in classifying products and in 

conducting tests. 

In order to determine which 

definition applies to a given basic model 

(e.g., cooled cabinet, refrigerator, or 

hybrid refrigerator), DOE proposes that 

the person testing the unit must first 

determine the volume and temperature 

range of each compartment within the 

unit. The proposed language provides 

instructions for how to determine which 

spaces within a cabinet must be 

evaluated as compartments and how to 

configure those spaces to determine 

their volume. Once the volume and 

temperature range of each compartment 

has been identified, the product would 

be classified according to the existing 

definitions for refrigerator, refrigeratorfreezer, and freezer, and the new 

definitions proposed in this notice for 

cooled cabinets, hybrid refrigeration 

products and non-compressor products. 

For example, if at least half, but not all, 

of the refrigerated volume of a particular 

refrigerated cabinet is comprised of a 

compartment or multiple compartments 

that are capable of maintaining 

compartment temperatures above 39 °F, 

but not below 39 °F, or in a range that 

extends no lower than 37 °F but at least 

as high as 60 °F, that cabinet would be 

classified as a hybrid refrigeration 

product. The compartment types within 

the remainder of the volume of the 

cabinet and its refrigeration system 

technology would dictate whether it is 

a hybrid refrigerator, hybrid refrigeratorfreezer, hybrid freezer, or hybrid noncompressor refrigerator. 

DOE proposes that manufacturers and 

testing facilities use the following 

principles when selecting spaces within 

a given basic model to evaluate as 

compartments: (1) Each compartment to 

be evaluated would be an enclosed 

space without subdividing barriers that 

divide the space—a subdividing barrier 

would be defined as a solid barrier 

(including those that contain thermal 

insulation) that is sealed around all of 

its edges to prevent air movement from 

one side to the other, or has edge gaps 

insufficient to permit thermal 

convection transfer from one side to the 

other that would cause the temperatures 

on both sides of the barrier to 

equilibrate; (2) each evaluated 

compartment would not be a zone of a 

larger compartment unless the zone is 

separated from the larger compartment 

by subdividing barriers; and (3) if a 

subdividing barrier can be placed in 

multiple locations, it would be placed 

in the median position, or, if it can be 

placed in an even number of locations, 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 74907 

8For example, the average temperature in such a 

compartment must, for at least one setting of the 

controls, be within the range 8 °C to 14 °C (46 °F 

to 57 °F) when tested in a 32 °C (90 °F) ambient 

temperature condition—however, for some product 

types, if the product has no fresh food 

compartment, a temperature within this range must 

also be attainable when tested in 10 °C and 43 °C 

ambient temperature conditions. See AS/NZS 

4474.1–2007, sections 3.6 and 3.6.3 and Table 3.2. 

it would be placed in the near-median 

position that results in less cellar 

compartment volume. 

The first instruction would prevent 

multiple compartments from being 

evaluated in aggregate when classifying 

a basic model. This step would prevent, 

for example, considering a freezer 

compartment and fresh food 

compartment of a refrigerator-freezer to 

be all one single compartment. The 

second instruction would require that 

there be a substantial physical barrier 

between zones that are treated as 

separate compartments, which would 

prevent, for example, a single 

compartment with warm temperatures 

at the top and cool temperatures at the 

bottom from being considered two 

separate compartments. Although some 

products could maintain different 

temperature zones in such a fashion, 

DOE is concerned that allowing such 

zones to be considered separate 

compartments would significantly 

complicate classifying models because 

the separation between the zones would 

not be very well defined, and it could 

change depending on operating 

conditions and temperature control 

settings. The third instruction seeks to 

ensure consistency in how to prepare a 

subdivided compartment for testing setup in case the consumer can adjust the 

position of a compartment-subdividing 

barrier. 

DOE proposes that these instructions 

be followed when classifying a given 

basic model based on the volume of its 

compartment(s)—they would be 

inserted as a new paragraph within 

section 5.3 of Appendix A and 

Appendix B. DOE proposes to establish 

a definition for ‘‘compartment’’ allowing 

two meanings—one consistent with the 

proposed instructions for classifying 

products, and the second to denote all 

of the space within a product that is 

associated with a given temperature 

range. This definition would appear in 

Section 1 of both Appendices A and B. 

Finally, DOE proposes to include the 

set-up requirement for moveable 

subdividing barriers in section 2.7 of 

Appendix A and in section 2.5 of 

Appendix B. DOE requests comment on 

these proposals and their placement in 

the regulations. 

DOE proposes to include in 10 CFR 

429.14 and 429.61 descriptions of how 

manufacturers would determine the 

appropriate compartment 

classifications. DOE proposes that the 

product category would be based on 

measured compartment volumes and 

temperatures. The proposed provisions 

in 10 CFR 429.14 and 429.61 would 

require manufacturers to determine 

compartment volumes according to the 

provisions in the applicable test 

procedure, including the proposed 

clarifications to section 5.3 of Appendix 

A and Appendix B discussed in the 

paragraph above, and to base the 

product classification on these 

measured volumes. Compartment 

temperatures would be determined 

according to the applicable test 

procedure for the certified product, but 

at an ambient temperature of 

72.0 °F±1.0 °F (22.2±0.6 °C). These 

measurements would determine the 

temperature a compartment is capable 

of maintaining. The measured 

compartment volumes and temperatures 

would determine the appropriate 

product category for certification based 

on the proposed product definitions in 

10 CFR 430.2. These proposed 

provisions would help to clarify the 

distinction between different 

refrigeration products—e.g., whether a 

given product is a miscellaneous 

refrigeration product or a refrigeratorfreezer. 

F. Cellar Compartments 

While the term ‘‘cellar compartment’’ 

has a connotation associated with the 

storage of wine, DOE is tentatively 

proposing an approach that would 

determine the appropriate test method 

for a compartment based on that 

compartment’s physical and 

performance characteristics. DOE is 

taking this approach in order to apply 

an objective set of criteria that would 

enable a manufacturer or testing facility 

to readily determine whether a given 

compartment should be treated as a 

cellar compartment for testing purposes. 

This additional level of clarity should 

provide manufacturers and testing 

facilities sufficient instruction to ensure 

that all parties test compartments in a 

consistent manner. DOE is also 

interested in whether other, more usageneutral terms might be better suited in 

designating this type of compartment 

other than the term ‘‘cellar.’’ 

1. Cellar Compartment Definition 

With coverage and definitions 

proposed for cooled cabinets, DOE also 

proposes to define the volume within a 

cabinet that is not designed to maintain 

compartment temperatures below 39 °F. 

DOE previously referred to these 

volumes as wine storage compartments. 

(See, e.g., 77 FR 3559, 3569 (Jan. 25, 

2012).) However, using ‘‘wine storage 

compartment’’ could potentially conflict 

with DOE’s goal of using terms that do 

not suggest a specific cooling 

application. AS/NZS 4474.1–2007 

includes a definition for ‘‘cellar 

compartment’’ to describe a 

compartment designed to reach 

temperatures warmer than those of fresh 

food compartments. DOE proposes 

adopting this term and defining it as ‘‘a 

refrigerated compartment within a 

consumer refrigeration product that is 

capable of maintaining compartment 

temperatures either (a) no lower than 

39 °F (3.9 °C), or (b) in a range that 

extends no lower than 37 °F (2.8 °C) but 

at least as high as 60 °F (15.6 °C).’’ 

However, DOE is not proposing to use 

the same definition as AS/NZS 4474.1– 

2007, which applies a complicated set 

of requirements for classifying cellar 

compartments.8 DOE believes that its 

proposed definition sufficiently 

distinguishes cellar compartments from 

fresh food and freezer compartments 

without the need for the more complex 

requirements set out in the AS/NZ 

protocol. 

As with the use of the term 

‘‘compartment’’ for freezer 

compartments and fresh food 

compartments, DOE proposes that the 

term ‘‘cellar compartment’’ would be 

used in different ways, as described in 

section III.E. For example, one would be 

able to consider a single cellar 

compartment within a wine chiller that 

has multiple cellar compartments. 

However, one would also be able to 

consider ‘‘the cellar compartment 

temperature’’ or ‘‘the cellar 

compartment refrigerated volume,’’ 

concepts that would refer to the entire 

cellar compartment space within the 

product in the same way that this 

concept is applied in sections 5.1.3 and 

5.3 of Appendix A for fresh food 

compartments. 

DOE invites comment on its 

definition for cellar compartment. 

2. Cellar Compartment Standardized 

Temperature 

In order to ensure that energy test 

results are both repeatable and 

representative of consumer use, the DOE 

test procedures require the use of 

compartment temperatures that target 

standardized temperatures 

representative of those that are typical 

of consumer usage. For example, the 

standardized freezer compartment 

temperature for the DOE test of a freezer 

is 0 °F (see Appendix B, section 3.2). 

For cellar compartments, DOE proposes 

to specify a standardized temperature of 

55 °F. This temperature has already 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

74908 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 

been adopted as a standardized test 

temperature for wine storage 

compartments in the test procedures for 

wine chillers adopted by California 

(2012 Appliance Efficiency Regulations, 

CEC–400–2012–019–CMF, Table A–1, p. 

70), Canada (Energy Performance and 

Capacity of Household Refrigerators, 

Refrigerator-Freezers, Freezers, and 

Wine Chillers, Canadian Standards 

Association, Standard C300–08 (‘‘CSA 

C300–08’’), section 5.3.6.2), and the 

Association of Home Appliance 

Manufacturers (AHAM) (AHAM HRF– 

1–2008, section 5.6.2), as well as in DOE 

test procedure waivers for products 

combining wine storage and other 

compartments (see, for example, the 

decision and order notices granting 

waivers to Liebherr (72 FR 20333 (Apr. 

24, 2007)) and Sanyo (77 FR 49443 

(Aug. 16, 2012))). It is also very close to 

the 12 °C (54 °F) temperature already 

adopted in AS/NZS 4474.1–2007, Table 

3.5, for cellar compartments. Because a 

standardized temperature of 55 °F has 

already been widely adopted, this 

requirement is familiar to industry and 

is based on an engineering approach 

that has been vetted and reviewed. In 

addition, DOE market research of 

products with cellar compartments 

revealed common temperature ranges of 

45 °F to 65 °F, with 55 °F often 

representing the most common target 

temperature used. Accordingly, DOE is 

proposing to modify section 3.2 of 

Appendix A to require a 55 °F 

standardized temperature be used for 

cellar compartments. 

DOE requests comment on its 

selection of 55 °F as the cellar 

compartment standardized temperature. 

3. Cellar Compartment Temperature 

Measurement 

The DOE test procedures provide 

instructions for measuring compartment 

temperatures during tests. For example, 

section 5.1 of Appendix A requires that 

temperatures be measured at the 

locations prescribed in Figures 5.1 and 

5.2 of AHAM HRF–1–2008. Section 

5.1.1 of Appendix A indicates that the 

compartment temperature at any given 

time be equal to the average at that time 

of the temperatures measured by all 

sensors placed in that compartment. 

Similarly, section 5.1.2 of Appendix A 

indicates that the measured 

compartment temperature for the test is 

based on a time average of the 

compartment temperatures recorded 

during the test period. Finally, section 

5.1.3 of Appendix A requires that the 

fresh food compartment temperature be 

calculated as the volume average of the 

temperatures of the fresh food 

compartments within the product, and 

section 5.1.4 provides a similar 

requirement for freezer compartments. 

With respect to temperature sensor 

placement within a compartment, 

section 5.5.5.4 of AHAM HRF–1–2008, 

which is referenced in the DOE test 

procedure, requires that the temperature 

measurement of wine storage 

compartments in wine chillers follow 

the same sensor placement requirements 

as fresh food compartments. DOE 

proposes to adopt the same approach for 

the measurement of cellar compartment 

temperatures in cooled cabinets and in 

hybrid refrigeration products. To 

implement this step, DOE is proposing 

to add a reference to cellar 

compartments in section 5.1 of 

Appendix A, indicating that 

temperature sensor placement within 

these compartments would be 

performed as indicated in Figure 5.1 of 

AHAM HRF–1–2008. DOE also proposes 

to require volume-weighted averaging of 

cellar compartment temperatures in 

cases where there are multiple cellar 

compartments, similar to the current 

requirements for volume-weighted 

averaging of fresh food and freezer 

compartments in sections 5.1.3 and 

5.1.4 of Appendix A. 

For cellar compartments contained in 

products such as refrigerators or 

refrigerator-freezers that are not hybrid 

refrigeration products, DOE is not 

proposing to require a cellar 

compartment temperature measurement. 

The temperature of the fresh food and/ 

or freezer compartments of such 

products would be the basis of energy 

use calculations, without consideration 

of the temperatures maintained in the 

cellar compartments. This proposal is 

consistent with the current testing 

requirements for special compartments, 

and for ice freezing compartments of allrefrigerators, which are also 

compartments representing a small 

portion of the refrigerated space that do 

not dominate their products’ energy use. 

The cellar compartments of these 

products would represent less than half 

of the refrigerated volume, and the 

energy use of the product would be 

dominated by the colder fresh food and/ 

or freezer compartments, making 

measurement of the cellar 

compartments’ temperatures 

unnecessary. Also, as proposed in 

section III.F.4, any temperature controls 

of these compartments would be set in 

their coldest position for the test, as 

required for special compartments by 

the current test procedure (see section 

2.7 of Appendix A). 

The requirements for measurement of 

temperatures in cellar compartments 

would be placed in a new section 5.1.5. 

DOE requests comments on these 

proposals for the measurement of cellar 

compartment temperatures. 

4. Cellar Compartments as Special 

Compartments 

Section III.F.3 discusses DOE’s 

proposal to not require that cellar 

compartment temperatures be measured 

for products that are not cooled cabinets 

or hybrid refrigeration products. In 

DOE’s view, the fresh food and/or 

freezer compartments would dominate 

product energy consumption when 

compared to cellar compartments both 

because of the cellar compartments’ 

much warmer standardized temperature 

and the relative volume size differences 

between the cellar compartment (which 

is small) and the remaining colder 

compartments (i.e., fresh food and 

freezer compartments). However, cellar 

compartments that have their own 

separate temperature control may have 

a significant influence on product 

energy use. Hence, in these cases, DOE 

proposes to treat these types of 

compartments as special compartments, 

which would require a manufacturer to 

apply the existing test procedure 

requirements for special compartments. 

These procedures require that special 

compartments be tested at their coldest 

temperature setting except for those 

special compartments for which any 

portion of the temperature range is 

achieved through the addition of heat to 

the compartment. In those cases 

involving the addition of heat, the 

measurement would be the average of 

two sets of tests, with the temperature 

settings for the special compartments in 

the coldest setting for one set of tests 

and in the warmest setting for the other. 

(See Appendix A, section 2.7 or 

Appendix B, section 2.5.) DOE requests 

comment on this proposal to require 

that cellar compartments with their own 

temperature control within products 

that are not cooled cabinets or hybrid 

refrigeration products be treated as 

special compartments. 

5. Temperature Settings and Energy Use 

Calculations 

The refrigerator and refrigeratorfreezer test procedure (Appendix A) 

uses the compartment temperatures 

measured in fresh food and freezer 

compartments to determine the 

temperature settings for additional tests 

and to calculate the energy use 

associated with the product at the 

standardized compartment 

temperatures. DOE proposes using a 

similar approach for cellar 

compartments. 

DOE’s proposed approach to 

incorporate cellar compartments into 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 74909 

the temperature control setting and test 

selection requirements, which are used 

to calculate energy use, would apply to 

hybrid refrigeration products and cooled 

cabinets. The amendments DOE is 

considering adding to section 3 of 

Appendix A would consist of the 

following steps: 

(1) The temperature controls for cellar 

compartments would be placed in the 

median position for a first test. 

(2) The temperature control setting for 

the second test would depend on all of 

the measured compartment 

temperatures, including that of the 

cellar compartment. The setting would 

be warm for all compartments, 

including the cellar compartment, if the 

compartment temperatures measured for 

the first test are all below their 

standardized temperatures; otherwise, 

the temperature controls would all be 

set to their coldest settings. 

(3) If all of the measured compartment 

temperatures are lower than their 

standardized temperatures for both 

tests, the energy use calculation would 

be based only on the second test. 

(4) If the measured compartment 

temperature of any compartment is 

warmer than its standardized 

temperatures for a test with the controls 

in the cold setting, the energy use 

calculation would be based on cold- and 

warm-setting tests, subject to specific 

restrictions based on compartment 

temperatures, measured energy use, 

except that for non-compressor 

refrigeration products, the energy use 

calculation would be based only on the 

cold-setting test. 

(5) If neither (3) nor (4) occur, the 

energy use calculation would be based 

on both tests. 

(6) The test procedure would also 

allow an energy use rating to be based 

simply on the results of a single first 

test, if that test is conducted with the 

compartment temperature controls in 

their warmest setting, provided that the 

measured compartment temperatures 

are all cooler than their standardized 

temperatures. 

For cellar compartments that are not 

part of cooled cabinets or hybrid 

refrigeration products, these 

requirements would not apply; as 

discussed in section III.F.3, the 

temperatures of such compartments 

would not be measured. 

DOE proposes that the energy use 

calculations for cooled cabinets and 

hybrid refrigeration products be based 

on the measured cellar compartment 

temperatures (as well as the fresh food 

and/or freezer compartment 

temperatures for hybrid refrigeration 

products), using the measured cellar 

compartment temperature to calculate a 

weighted average energy use, as is done 

in the existing test procedures for 

refrigerators and refrigerator-freezers 

(see Appendix A, section 6.2). For 

hybrid refrigeration products, the 

highest of the energy use calculations 

would be used as the product’s energy 

use rating. In some cases, this would be 

the highest of three calculations, one 

each based on the measured freezer, 

fresh food, and cellar compartment 

temperatures. 

DOE requests comment on these 

proposals for incorporating cellar 

compartment temperature 

measurements into the test procedure 

requirements for temperature control 

settings and the test selections to be 

used to calculate energy use for cooled 

cabinets and hybrid refrigeration 

products. 

6. Volume Calculations 

Existing test procedures for wine 

chillers prescribe capacity ratings that 

are based on volume (see for example, 

AHAM HRF–1–2008, section 4). The 

test procedures generally explain how to 

calculate the volume of a wine chiller. 

These instructions are the same as those 

used when calculating the volume of a 

refrigerator. See, e.g., AHAM HRF–1– 

2008, section 4.1, and CSA C300–2008, 

section 4.1. In addition, the existing test 

procedures provide that the adjusted 

volume for wine chillers is equal to the 

total refrigerated volume. Similarly, 

these procedures indicate that the 

volume adjustment factor for wine 

chillers is equal to 1.0. See, e.g., AHAM 

HRF–1–2008, section 6.3.5 and CSA 

C300–2008, sections 7.3.1 and 7.3.2. 

Consistent with this approach, DOE 

proposes to require that calculating the 

refrigerated volume of a cellar 

compartment be conducted the same 

way as for the refrigerated volume of a 

fresh food compartment. In calculating 

the adjusted volume of cooled cabinets, 

the volume adjustment factor for cellar 

compartments would be set equal to 1.0. 

However, DOE proposes to apply a 

volume adjustment factor for those 

cellar compartments in refrigeration 

products that combine cellar 

compartments with other types of 

compartments to account for the warmer 

temperature and reduced thermal load 

of the cellar compartments. Similar to 

the determination of the volume 

adjustment factor for freezer 

compartments, DOE proposes to set a 

volume adjustment factor for cellar 

compartments based on the difference 

between the 55 °F standardized 

compartment temperature and the 90 °F 

ambient temperature required for 

testing. The adjustment factor is equal to 

the ratio between this difference for a 

compartment type and the temperature 

difference for a fresh food compartment. 

Hence, the volume adjustment factor for 

cellar compartments of hybrid products 

would be determined as follows. 

The adjustment factor would reduce 

the weighting of a cellar compartment in 

calculating the adjusted volume to 

account for its reduced thermal load, 

similar to the way the adjustment 

factors for freezer compartments 

increase the weighting of their volume 

in the calculation. DOE requests 

comments on the proposals for 

calculating cellar compartment volume 

and for using a volume adjustment 

factor of 1.0 for these compartments for 

cooled cabinets and a volume 

adjustment factor of 0.69 for other 

refrigeration products. 

7. Convertible Compartments 

The DOE test procedures have special 

requirements for compartments that are 

convertible between fresh food and 

freezer compartment temperature 

ranges. With the proposed amendments 

to account for cellar compartments, 

some compartments may also be 

convertible between fresh food and 

cellar compartment temperature ranges, 

or they may be convertible over all three 

temperature ranges (i.e., cellar, fresh 

food, and freezer compartment 

temperatures). To address these 

possibilities, DOE proposes to modify 

the requirements for convertible 

compartments. The proposed changes 

would include establishing target 

temperature ranges in Appendix A, 

section 3.2.3 for convertible 

compartments that are appropriate for 

compartments that can achieve cellar 

compartment temperature ranges. The 

existing requirement that the 

convertible compartment be tested in its 

highest energy use position would not 

change, nor would the requirement that 

separate auxiliary convertible 

compartments be tested with the 

convertible compartment set as the 

compartment type (freezer, fresh food, 

or cellar) that represents the highest 

energy use position. DOE requests 

comments on these proposed test 

procedure changes to address 

compartments that are convertible 

between the cellar compartment 

temperature range and fresh food and/ 

or freezer temperature range. 


mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3EP16DE14.003</GPH>
74910 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 

9 Vapor-compression refrigeration systems use a 

compressor and condenser unit integrated into the 

product’s cabinet assembly. This type of system is used for the vast majority of refrigerators, 

refrigerator-freezers, and freezers. 

G. Test Procedures for Cooled Cabinets 

1. Ambient Temperature and Usage 

Factor 

The DOE test procedures require 

testing of refrigerators and refrigeratorfreezers in an environmentally 

controlled room at 90 °F temperature 

conditions, with the cabinet doors kept 

closed to simulate operation in more 

typical room temperature conditions 

(72 °F (22.2 °C)) with door openings (see 

10 CFR 430.23(a)(10)). The test 

procedures for freezers also require 

testing with closed doors in a 90 °F 

room, but the test procedures apply 

adjustment factors to the measurements 

of energy use during the test to adjust 

for average household usage (see 

Appendix B, section 5.2.1.1). The 

adjustment factors account for the 

overestimation of the impacts from 

door-openings and related thermal loads 

associated with the 90 °F test condition. 

Appendix B corrects for this 

overestimation by applying correction 

factors equal to 0.7 for chest freezers 

and 0.85 for upright freezers (see 

Appendix B, section 5.2.1.1). These 

correction factors acknowledge that the 

added load associated with door 

openings and other field use thermal 

loads are significantly less for freezers 

than for refrigerators and refrigeratorfreezers, because the doors of products 

such as upright freezers and chest 

freezers are expected to be opened less 

frequently than the doors of a typical 

household refrigerator or refrigeratorfreezer. 

California initially established test 

procedures unique for wine chillers in 

its 2002 Appliance Efficiency 

Regulations. (Appliance Efficiency 

Regulations, California Energy 

Commission, P400–02–021F, Nov. 2002) 

These test procedures used a 55 °F 

standardized compartment temperature 

and a 0.85 adjustment factor. In material 

presented in the October 19, 2000 

California workshop discussing the 

potential establishment of energy 

standards for wine chillers, Sub-Zero 

suggested using the 0.85 adjustment 

factor. Sub-Zero indicated that because 

the door opening frequency for wine 

chillers is much more similar to that of 

freezers than refrigerators, the 0.85 

adjustment for upright freezers would 

be appropriate for wine chillers. 

(Comments Presented at the California 

Energy Commission October 19, 2000, 

Workshop, No. 1 at p. 10) California 

adopted this usage factor for wine 

chillers, and it was also adopted in wine 

chiller test procedures contained in 

AHAM HRF–1–2008 and CSA C300–08. 

DOE considered adopting a test 

procedure for cooled cabinets using a 

90 °F ambient temperature condition 

and a 0.85 usage factor. To investigate 

whether these would be appropriate 

parameters for the test procedure, DOE 

evaluated a limited amount of field 

energy use data for wine chillers and 

tested a number of wine chillers, 

including products using vaporcompression refrigeration systems and 

thermoelectric refrigeration systems.9

DOE conducted field testing for two 

vapor-compression wine chillers. The 

test results for these products are 

summarized in Table III–3 below. DOE 

calculated the average annual field 

energy use by adjusting the energy use 

measured for the test period, which was 

several months in duration, multiplying 

by hours in a year and dividing by the 

number of hours in the test period. DOE 

used these field data to calculate the 

adjustment factor to apply to the 

laboratory test measurement to correctly 

predict the observed field test energy 

use. The field data suggest that the 0.85 

adjustment factor is too high for wine 

chiller-type products, such as the cooled 

cabinets DOE is considering regulating. 

TABLE III–3—WINE CHILLER FIELD TEST DATA

Unit No. 

Rated 

energy use 

(kWh/year)* 

Laboratory 

energy 

consumption 

(kWh/year, 

without 0.85 

adjustment 

factor)** 

Average field 

energy use 

(kWh/year) 

Field/ 

Laboratory 

energy 

consumption 

ratio 

1 ....................................................................................................................... 368 433 181 0.42 

2 ....................................................................................................................... 320 376 144 0.38 

* Ratings obtained from the California Energy Commission’s Appliance Efficiency Database, available at http://www.appliances.energy.ca.gov/

AdvancedSearch.aspx. 

** The laboratory energy consumption measurement without the 0.85 factor is calculated by dividing the rated energy use by 0.85.

DOE tested eight vapor-compression 

wine chillers, using a standardized 

temperature of 55 °F, with the products’ 

light switches turned off. Each unit was 

tested at two ambient temperatures: 

90 °F, the temperature that DOE is 

currently proposing, and 72 °F, a 

temperature selected to represent 

typical field usage conditions. This 

temperature had been selected as an 

appropriate one to represent room 

temperature in the waiver test 

procedure initially proposed by GE for 

refrigerator-freezers with variable antisweat heater controls. (73 FR 10425, 

10427 (Feb. 27, 2008)). DOE’s laboratory 

test data is presented in Table III–4. 

This data is presented without any 

adjustment for usage or other 

correctional factors. 

TABLE III–4—VAPOR-COMPRESSION WINE CHILLER LABORATORY TEST DATA

DOE sample number 

Total 

refrigerated 

volume 

(ft3) 

72 °F ambient 

energy use 

(kWh/year) 

90 °F ambient 

energy use 

(kWh/year) 

Ratio of 72 °F 

& 90 °F 

energy tests 

1 ....................................................................................................................... 1.7 120 238 0.50 

2 ....................................................................................................................... 5.9 165 375 0.43 

3 ....................................................................................................................... 5.7 225 564 0.40 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 74911 

TABLE III–4—VAPOR-COMPRESSION WINE CHILLER LABORATORY TEST DATA—Continued 

DOE sample number 

Total 

refrigerated 

volume 

(ft3) 

72 °F ambient 

energy use 

(kWh/year) 

90 °F ambient 

energy use 

(kWh/year) 

Ratio of 72 °F 

& 90 °F 

energy tests 

4 ....................................................................................................................... 5.4 106 268 0.40 

5 ....................................................................................................................... 5.9 134 315 0.42 

6 ....................................................................................................................... 5.9 85 189 0.45 

7 ....................................................................................................................... 15.4 238 423 0.56 

8 ....................................................................................................................... 17.3 224 430 0.53 

Average ............................................................................................................ ........................ ........................ ........................ 0.46 

Note: Energy use is as measured, without multiplying by usage adjustment factors. 

The table also presents the ratios 

between the energy use measured in 

72 °F temperature conditions and the 

energy use measured in 90 °F 

conditions. These energy use ratios can 

be considered to represent the 

correction factors that would be 

appropriate to apply to measurements 

made in 90 °F temperature, in order to 

estimate energy use at 72 °F with no 

door openings. These ratios were 

determined to vary from 0.40 to 0.56, 

with a 0.46 average. If door openings for 

wine chillers are limited, and represent 

a modest load, a usage factor that 

accounts for not only the difference in 

ambient temperature between test and 

field conditions, but also for these door 

openings, would therefore likely be 

slightly higher than 0.46. 

The usage factor of 0.85 currently 

adopted in existing wine chiller test 

procedures is based on the test 

procedure for upright freezers, and was 

initially suggested for use with wine 

chillers based on a claim that upright 

freezers and wine chillers had similar 

usage frequencies—specifically with 

respect to door openings. However, the 

elevated ambient temperature most 

likely does not have as significant of an 

effect on freezer energy consumption as 

it does on cooled cabinet energy 

consumption due to the higher 

standardized compartment temperature 

of the latter. Specifically, for a freezer 

compartment at 0 °F, the difference 

between the compartment and the 

ambient temperatures increases by 25 

percent between 72 °F and 90 °F; 

whereas, for a wine chiller, this same 

elevation in ambient temperature 

represents a 106-percent increase in the 

temperature difference between the 

ambient and a compartment 

temperature of 55 °F. From this 

information, DOE tentatively concludes 

that the current test procedures for wine 

chillers overcompensate for added 

loads, and that the appropriate 

adjustment factor for a test conducted in 

a 90 °F condition should be significantly 

lower than 0.85. 

Because of the precedent set by the 

California Energy Commission (CEC) 

and AHAM procedures for testing 

vapor-compression wine chillers in a 

90 °F ambient condition, DOE proposes 

to use this same condition for its 

procedure for testing vapor-compression 

cooled cabinets. Unlike non-compressor 

refrigerators, discussed later in this 

section, vapor-compression wine 

chillers generally are able to maintain 

the 55 °F target temperature in a 90 °F 

ambient temperature test condition, so 

testing at this ambient temperature 

would be representative of their energy 

use. However, DOE proposes to use an 

adjustment factor of 0.55 for vaporcompression cooled cabinets. This 

factor is more consistent with the 

expected actual energy use of these 

products, based upon the laboratory and 

field data that DOE has obtained, than 

the 0.85 factor used in the current CEC, 

Natural Resources Canada (NRCan), and 

AHAM tests. Specifically, this 0.55 

factor is based on the 0.46 ratio of 

measured energy use values observed 

between the closed-door energy test 

results in typical room conditions 

(72 °F) and the 90 °F ambient test 

condition, multiplied by the 1.2 usage 

factor representing additional loads 

(0.46 times 1.2 equals 0.55). This 

approach would be consistent with 

current testing for vapor-compression 

wine chillers, but would provide a more 

appropriate estimate of field energy use. 

In the case of thermoelectric-based 

wine chillers, the available data present 

a less clear picture. DOE’s laboratory 

test data for thermoelectric wine chillers 

is presented in Table III–5. DOE tested 

three thermoelectric products in both 

72 °F and 90 °F ambient temperature 

conditions, using a 55 °F standardized 

temperature. The energy use results for 

both 72 °F and 90 °F ambient 

temperature conditions are presented 

without any adjustment factor. The 

results are for tests with the products’ 

light switches turned off. The table 

presents the ratios between the energy 

use measured in 72 °F temperature 

conditions and the energy use measured 

in 90 °F conditions. 

TABLE III–5—THERMOELECTRIC WINE CHILLER LABORATORY TEST DATA

DOE sample number 

Total 

refrigerated 

volume 

(ft3) 

72 °F Ambient 

energy use 

(kWh/year) 

90 °F Ambient 

energy use 

(kWh/year) 

Ratio of 72 °F 

& 90 °F 

energy tests 

1 ....................................................................................................................... 0.6 118 485 0.24 

2 ....................................................................................................................... 1.1 366 647 0.57 

3 ....................................................................................................................... 2.3 553 552 1.00 

Average ............................................................................................................ ........................ ........................ ........................ 0.60 

Notes: Energy use is as measured, without multiplying by usage adjustment factors. 

The energy use of the thermoelectric 

wine chillers measured in 72 °F 

conditions increased in a fashion that is 

roughly consistent with the product 

volume. However, the same was not true 

for the tests conducted in 90 °F 

conditions. Test samples 1 and 3 were 

not able to maintain a 55 °F 

compartment temperature in 90 °F 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

74912 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 

ambient tests. For sample 1, the 

compartment temperature was 57 °F at 

both the cold and the median 

temperature control settings, and 66 °F 

for the warm setting, while for sample 

3, the compartment temperature was 

71 °F for any selected setting. The 

energy use of these products did not 

increase consistently with elevated 

ambient temperature because the 

thermoelectric refrigeration systems did 

not have sufficient refrigeration capacity 

to maintain a 55 °F compartment 

temperature. In contrast, Sample 2, 

which was able to maintain a 

compartment temperature of 55 °F in 

the 90 °F ambient condition while 

operating in the median temperature 

control setting, used the most energy. 

This unit has sufficient refrigeration 

system capacity to maintain the target 

temperature, which correspondingly 

caused its energy use to be higher. 

The results show that testing these 

products in a 90 °F ambient temperature 

condition does not provide a 

representative indication of their energy 

use in typical field use conditions. This 

observation is also consistent with the 

varying field/laboratory energy use 

ratios exhibited for these products. Test 

sample 3 used no more energy in 90 °F 

testing than it did in 72 °F testing, 

which suggests that it was already 

operating at its maximum refrigeration 

capacity at the 72 °F ambient condition. 

The energy use of this product would be 

significantly underestimated by testing 

it in 90 °F temperature conditions and 

applying an appropriate adjustment 

factor. While a different usage 

adjustment factor could be chosen to 

provide a proper prediction of the unit’s 

energy use in 72 °F field conditions, 

some products may have sufficient 

refrigeration system capacity for 

operation in 90 °F conditions, and such 

products would require a lower usage 

adjustment factors to accurately predict 

energy use in 72 °F conditions. In other 

words, based on these data, a single 

adjustment factor may not necessarily 

apply to all thermoelectric-based wine 

chiller units. 

To address the problems noted above, 

DOE proposes that non-compressor 

cooled cabinets be tested with closed 

doors in a 72 °F ambient temperature, 

with an upward adjustment in the 

measured energy use to account for the 

added load associated with door 

openings. DOE does not have data that 

would provide direct evidence of the 

energy use impact associated with 

added field loads typical for wine 

chillers (or upright freezers, which are 

claimed to have usage similar to wine 

chillers) as compared to operation with 

doors closed in the same ambient 

conditions. However, DOE considered 

the 0.7 and 0.85 adjustment factors used 

for chest and upright freezers, 

respectively, and noted that the 

adjustment factor for upright freezers is 

1.2 times the adjustment factor for chest 

freezers. DOE believes that chest 

freezers experience less frequent door 

openings than upright freezers, which is 

likely to yield a negligible impact on 

their energy use in the field. While DOE 

does not have data to support this view, 

DOE believes it is a reasonable 

assumption, one which leads to the 

conclusion that the ratio of 1.2 

mentioned above would be an 

appropriate usage factor to represent the 

energy use impact associated with dooropening and related loads at the usage 

frequency typical of upright freezers, 

and, by extension, wine chillers. Hence, 

multiplying by 1.2 the energy use 

measured in a closed-door test in 

normal room temperature conditions, 

i.e., 72 °F, would provide a projection of 

typical field energy use for upright 

freezers or wine chillers. In the absence 

of additional data demonstrating the 

impact, DOE proposes to apply a 1.2 

adjustment factor for testing 

thermoelectric and other noncompressor cooled cabinets tested with 

closed doors in a 72 °F ambient 

condition. 

DOE requests comment on its 

proposals for ambient temperatures and 

usage adjustment factors for both vaporcompression and non-compressor 

cooled cabinets. DOE requests 

information regarding field energy use 

of wine chillers and other cooled 

cabinets which it could use to confirm 

or adjust the proposed adjustment 

factors. 

2. Light Bulb Energy 

Cooled cabinets such as wine chillers 

often have glass doors that permit 

consumers to display stored items and 

manually-operated lighting to 

illuminate these items for better 

viewing. The procedures under 

Appendices A and B provide that 

electrically-powered features not 

required for normal operation and that 

are manually-initiated and manuallyterminated, must be set in their lowest 

energy use position during the energy 

test. See, e.g., HRF–1–2008, section 

5.5.2(e) (incorporated by reference in 

Appendix A). However, for wine 

chillers with manual light switches, 

CSA C300–08 requires two tests, one 

with the lights turned on and one with 

the lights turned off, and averaging the 

results. See CSA C300–08, section 

5.3.7.1. In contrast, the CEC and AHAM 

tests do not provide instructions for 

light switches for testing wine chillers. 

Instead, these test procedures include or 

refer to language similar to that cited 

above, which indicates that such 

features should be set in their lowest 

energy use position for testing. 

Field survey data collected by LBNL 

suggests that testing with the lights off 

would be more representative of field 

use than testing with the lights on or 

using the average of the results of tests 

conducted with the lights on and off. 

Specifically, the survey found that 

roughly 63 percent of respondents 

indicated that their wine chillers or 

beverage coolers had internal lights, and 

of these, 10 percent indicated that the 

lights are usually on compared with 90 

percent who indicated that the lights are 

usually off. (U.S. Residential 

Miscellaneous Refrigeration Products: 

Results from Amazon Mechanical Turk 

Surveys, LBNL–6194E, No. 10 at pp. 43– 

44) 

Because the survey data point to the 

limited use of interior lighting in these 

products, and the added test burden of 

conducting tests both with the lights 

switched on and off, DOE proposes to 

require that cooled cabinets be tested 

only with the light switches in their 

lowest energy use position, consistent 

with the test procedures for other 

refrigeration products and the wine 

chiller test procedures of the CEC and 

AHAM. DOE requests comment on this 

proposal. 

H. Non-Compressor Refrigeration 

Products 

1. Ambient Temperature for NonCompressor Refrigerators 

As discussed in section III.G.1, DOE is 

proposing to require that noncompressor cooled cabinets be tested in 

72 °F ambient temperature conditions 

because testing in 90 °F conditions 

would not be representative of field 

energy use. However, DOE has concerns 

about adopting a similar approach for 

non-compressor refrigerators. 

Refrigerators are designed for storing 

perishable food items and must 

maintain their standardized 

compartment temperatures in 90 °F 

closed door testing conditions to ensure 

food safety. The 90 °F ambient test 

conditions are an accepted method for 

simulating the thermal loads on 

household refrigerators that would 

occur in more typical room temperature 

conditions with the expected door 

openings and insertion of warm food. 

This situation is in contrast to cooled 

cabinets, which are not expected to have 

a door opening frequency and usage 

pattern consistent with refrigerators. 

Consequently, DOE proposes that noncompressor refrigerators be tested in 90 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 74913 

°F ambient conditions, similar to 

conventional vapor-compression 

refrigerators. The usage factor for noncompressor refrigerators would also be 

consistent with vapor-compression 

refrigerators, equal to 1.0. 

However, DOE notes that in its testing 

of products marketed as non-compressor 

refrigerators, none was able to maintain 

its internal compartment temperature 

within 9 °F of 39 °F, which is the 

standardized temperature for fresh food 

compartments in the DOE test 

procedure and the temperature cited in 

the definition for refrigerator in 10 CFR 

430.2 as the storage temperature that 

these products must be able to achieve. 

However, unlike non-compressor cooled 

cabinets, non-compressor refrigerators 

would be expected to have a usage 

intensity (i.e., added load associated 

with door openings and other factors) in 

the field that would push their 

refrigeration systems to work at full 

capacity. Similarly, such a product 

would be operating at full capacity in a 

test if its temperature controls are set in 

the coldest position and the 

compartment temperature is above 39 

°F. Hence, DOE expects that testing 

thermoelectric or absorption-based 

‘‘refrigerators’’ in a 90 °F ambient 

temperature condition would be 

representative of their energy use, and 

that the energy measured for the coldsetting test would be the appropriate 

measurement if the compartment 

temperature rises above the 

standardized temperature in this setting. 

When measured compartment 

temperatures are warmer than the 

applicable standardized temperatures, 

Appendices A and B specify that 

product energy use cannot be rated. The 

previous test procedures in Appendices 

A1 and B1, which DOE proposes to 

remove from subpart B to 10 CFR part 

430 in this notice, used an 

‘‘extrapolation’’ approach to calculate 

energy use when compartment 

temperatures are warmer than their 

standardized temperatures in the cold 

setting (see, for example, Appendix A1, 

section 3.2.3). Extrapolation in this case 

means that the energy use is calculated 

for a compartment temperature that is 

not between the two compartment 

temperatures measured during the two 

tests. DOE has concerns about adopting 

the extrapolation approach for noncompressor refrigerators for two reasons. 

First, the compartment temperatures for 

these products, as shown in Table III– 

2, are much higher than the 

standardized temperature. Hence, the 

energy use calculated for the 

standardized temperature would be 

much higher than the highest level of 

energy use actually measured for the 

product. As discussed above, the 

product would be running at maximum 

capacity for the cold-setting test, and 

would not be expected to operate with 

higher energy use. Second, DOE testing 

of non-compressor refrigerators shows 

that these products often yield 

compartment temperatures during the 

cold- and warm-setting tests used in the 

extrapolation approach that are very 

close to each other, which can result in 

energy use calculated at the 

standardized temperature (see, for 

example, Appendix A1, section 6.2.1.2) 

that is unrealistically high or low, and 

sometimes negative. For these products, 

DOE believes that a more consistent 

result that is more representative of field 

energy use would be obtained by simply 

using the cold-setting test energy use 

measurement, rather than both sets of 

measurements. 

Hence, to comply with EPCA 

requirements that test procedures be 

consistent with a representative average 

use cycle (see 42 U.S.C. 6293(b)(3)), 

DOE proposes that non-compressor 

refrigerators be tested in a 90 °F ambient 

temperature, similar to refrigerators and 

refrigerator-freezers, and that the test 

result be the energy use measured in the 

cold setting test if one or more 

compartment temperatures are warmer 

than their standardized temperature for 

this setting. 

On the other hand, DOE recognizes 

that test measurements for noncompressor refrigerators for which the 

coldest compartment temperatures are 

far above the standardized temperatures 

would effectively be rated at a condition 

that theoretically should require less 

energy use than for operation at the 

standardized temperature. DOE may 

consider implementing an adjustment in 

the allowable maximum energy use for 

such products as part of the ongoing 

energy conservation standard 

rulemaking in order to compensate for 

this potential difference in measured 

energy use. In order to prepare for such 

a possibility, DOE proposes to require 

that certification reports for noncompressor refrigerators indicate the 

coldest fresh food compartment 

temperature achieved by the product in 

the cold setting during the test, if this 

is warmer than 39 °F. The reported 

value would be the average of the 

coldest compartment temperatures 

observed for the tests used as the basis 

for the certification. DOE proposes that 

this information would be part of the 

public product-specific information 

required to be reported for noncompressor refrigerators. 

DOE seeks comment on its proposal to 

require testing of non-compressor 

refrigerators in 90 °F ambient 

temperature conditions, and to require 

that their energy use be calculated with 

a usage factor equal to 1.0. Further, DOE 

requests comment on its proposal to 

require reporting of the coldest fresh 

food compartment temperature achieved 

in the test if such a product cannot 

maintain an internal temperature of 39 

°F or cooler during a test in 90 °F 

conditions. Finally, DOE requests 

comment on its potential consideration 

of adjustments to the energy 

conservation standards to be developed 

for non-compressor cooled cabinets that 

would address the reduced stringency of 

a test in which the compartment 

temperature is warmer than the 

standardized temperature. 

2. Refrigeration System Cycles 

The DOE test procedures for 

refrigerators and refrigerator-freezers use 

test periods based on the operation of 

the component within the product that 

consumes the most energy—typically, 

the compressor. See, e.g., Appendix A, 

section 4.1. The test procedures 

specifically require that the test periods 

comprise a whole number of complete 

‘‘compressor cycles.’’ Applying a similar 

approach to non-compressor products, 

even though they do not have 

compressors and would instead have 

alternative refrigeration systems that 

may cycle to maintain compartment 

temperatures, would be based on similar 

reasoning—i.e., to help capture the 

energy usage of the tested product by 

focusing on the most energy 

consumptive component. To ensure that 

non-compressor products have clear test 

procedure requirements, DOE proposes 

to indicate, in 10 CFR 430.23(cc)(8), 

that, in the context of non-compressor 

products, the term ‘‘compressor cycle’’ 

means a ‘‘refrigeration cycle’’ and that 

the term ‘‘compressor’’ refers to a 

‘‘refrigeration system.’’ DOE views this 

as a simpler approach than establishing 

parallel identical test procedures for 

non-compressor products or inserting 

the term ‘‘or refrigeration system cycles 

for non-compressors products’’ in the 

existing test procedures where 

compressor cycles are discussed. DOE 

seeks comment on this proposal. 

DOE notes that it recently modified its 

test procedures for refrigerators, 

refrigerator-freezers, and freezers to 

more accurately measure the energy 

consumption of multiple-compressor 

products. See 79 FR 22320, 22325– 

22330 (April 21, 2014). DOE is also 

aware of non-compressor products that 

use multiple refrigeration systems. The 

recently promulgated test procedures for 

multiple-compressor products would 

also be suitable for application to 

products with multiple refrigeration 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

74914 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 

systems. Hence, DOE is proposing to 

apply these same procedures to noncompressor products if DOE establishes 

coverage over them. This step would 

require no further amendments in the 

test procedures, other than the proposed 

change discussed above (i.e., modifying 

10 CFR 430.23) that the term 

‘‘compressor’’ would refer more 

generally to a ‘‘refrigeration system’’ 

when used in the context of testing noncompressor products. 

I. Extrapolation for Refrigeration 

Products Other Than Non-Compressor 

Refrigerators 

Section III.H.1 above discusses 

proposed test procedure requirements 

for non-compressor refrigerators, which 

generally do not maintain temperatures 

near fresh food compartment 

standardized temperatures when 

operating in 90 °F ambient temperature 

conditions. DOE proposes that their 

calculated energy use be calculated as 

the energy used during the test for the 

cold temperature setting. In contrast 

with this approach, the test procedures 

of Appendices A and B indicate that a 

product that fails to meet its 

standardized temperature in any 

compartment during a test cannot be 

rated, even if it otherwise would meet 

the definition of a refrigerator, 

refrigerator-freezer, or freezer in 10 CFR 

430.2 based on operation at ambient 

conditions of typical consumer use. 

This approach was established by DOE 

an interim final rule published 

December 16, 2010. See 75 FR 78810, 

78840–78842. 

DOE considered whether to propose 

adopting the extrapolation approach 

that was previously used in Appendices 

A1 and B1 as a means for testing and 

rating such products. This approach 

involved calculating energy use for the 

product at the standardized temperature 

using the measured energy use and 

compartment temperatures for two tests, 

one conducted using the cold 

temperature control settings and the 

other using the warm temperature 

control settings. For this calculation, the 

compartment temperatures measured for 

both tests are warmer than the 

standardized temperature. The 

equations used for the calculations are 

found in section 6.2.1.2 of Appendix A 

for all-refrigerators and section 6.2.2.2 

for refrigerators with freezer 

compartments or refrigerator-freezers— 

these equations are mathematically 

identical to those used when the 

standardized temperature falls between 

the compartment temperatures. As 

discussed in section III.H.1, DOE is 

concerned that in some cases the 

extrapolation approach can result in 

energy use measurements that are 

unrealistically high or low. In order to 

safeguard against this possibility, DOE 

proposes to restrict use of the 

extrapolation approach to tests in which 

the compartment temperature for the 

warm temperature setting is higher than 

the compartment temperature for the 

cold temperature setting, and the energy 

use measured for the warm setting is 

lower than the energy use measured for 

the cold setting. 

DOE expects the proposed restriction 

to resolve potential issues for most 

refrigeration products that use vaporcompression refrigeration technology. 

For these products, DOE expects that 

the cold-setting compartment 

temperatures are unlikely to be 

significantly warmer than their 

standardized temperatures in cases that 

require use of the extrapolation 

approach—perhaps up to 5 °F higher, 

rather than the overshoot of 9 °F or more 

observed for non-compressor products, 

as discussed in section III.H.1. Further, 

DOE expects that the warm temperature 

control settings for these products will 

generally allow operation at 

compartment temperature more than 5 

°F higher than the standardized 

temperature. Hence, the potential 

crossover of observed compartment 

temperatures (i.e., measuring 

compartment temperature in the warm 

setting that is not higher than the 

temperature measured in the cold 

setting) would not likely occur for such 

products. There may be some vaporcompression refrigeration products for 

which such crossover does occur. 

However, DOE expects that few if any 

products with such characteristics are 

likely to exist. In such cases, a test 

procedure waiver would be required. 

As discussed in section III.H.1, DOE 

notes that for non-compressor 

refrigerators, where the cold-setting 

compartment temperature is 9 °F or 

more higher than the standardized 

compartment temperature, the chance 

that the compartment temperatures are 

nearly the same for both cold and warm 

temperature control settings is much 

higher. DOE also notes that the very 

large deviation from typical operating 

compartment temperature for noncompressor refrigerators means that the 

measured energy use associated with 

extrapolation would not be 

representative of field energy use. 

Hence, while DOE is proposing to add 

the extrapolation approach to 

Appendices A and B for use with vaporcompression products, DOE is not 

proposing this approach for noncompressor refrigerators for the reasons 

noted above. 

DOE requests comments on its 

proposal to adopt the extrapolation 

approach for measurement of energy use 

in Appendices A and B for refrigeration 

products other than non-compressor 

refrigerators, subject to the requirement 

that the measured warm-setting 

compartment temperature(s) must be 

warmer than the cold-setting 

compartment temperatures and that the 

measured energy use must be lower in 

the warm setting. 

J. Hybrid Refrigeration Product Test 

Procedure Amendments 

To adequately address the testing 

issues involved with assessing the 

energy usage of hybrid refrigeration 

products, DOE examined a number of 

factors. These factors included 

appropriate ambient temperatures, 

usage adjustment factors, standardized 

temperatures, temperature control 

settings, and energy use calculations. 

These different elements, along with 

DOE’s proposals in addressing them, are 

discussed in detail below. 

1. Ambient Temperature and Usage 

Factor 

DOE proposes to require that hybrid 

refrigeration products be tested in 90 °F 

ambient temperature conditions. These 

products do not have the combination of 

characteristics that led DOE to consider 

an alternative ambient temperature for 

testing non-compressor cooled cabinets. 

Most hybrid refrigeration products have 

vapor-compression refrigeration systems 

that should have sufficient capacity to 

maintain the product’s intended 

compartment temperatures in 90 °F 

ambient temperature conditions. 

Although DOE is not aware of any 

hybrid non-compressor products that 

can safely store food, such products (if 

developed) should reasonably be 

expected to maintain compartment 

temperatures at or below the 39 °F 

standardized temperature for fresh food 

compartments, even with elevated use 

that would be simulated with closed 

door operation in 90 °F ambient 

temperature conditions, as would be 

expected for the types of refrigerators 

and refrigerator-freezers that are 

currently covered. Consequently, DOE 

sees no reason to deviate from this 

specified test condition, which is 

currently used for all regulated 

consumer refrigeration products. 

DOE also proposes a usage adjustment 

factor of 0.85 for hybrid refrigeration 

products. Because at least half of the 

refrigerated volume of these products is 

occupied by the cellar compartment, 

which is often for wine storage, DOE 

believes that the door opening 

frequency of these products would be 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 74915 

closer to that of wine chillers than 

refrigerators. As discussed in section 

III.G.1, a number of test procedures 

prescribe a usage adjustment factor of 

0.85 for wine chillers. Although that 

section suggests that a lower adjustment 

factor than 0.85 may be more 

appropriate for cooled cabinets because 

of the differing impact of testing in 

90 °F ambient temperature compared to 

testing of refrigerators, refrigeratorfreezers, and freezers, the same 

argument would not necessarily apply 

to hybrid products because a substantial 

portion of the refrigerated space of 

hybrid products would be dedicated to 

fresh food and/or freezer compartments. 

Because hybrid products include fresh 

food and or freezer compartments, using 

an elevated ambient temperature would 

not produce as dramatic an impact on 

energy use of a hybrid product 

compared to a cooled cabinet. Also, the 

refrigeration system of a hybrid product 

would generally be working to cool the 

coldest compartment in the product, 

while the warmer compartments would 

be cooled by transferring air from the 

cooler compartments, which means the 

refrigeration system operating efficiency 

(coefficient of performance, ‘‘COP’’) of a 

hybrid product would be more typical 

of the refrigeration systems of 

refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, or 

freezers than that of cooled cabinets. 

Hence, the COP trend while operating in 

an elevated ambient temperature 

environment for a hybrid refrigeration 

product should be more consistent with 

the COP behavior for refrigerators, 

refrigerator-freezers, and freezers, than 

for cooled cabinets. These arguments 

suggest that the greater sensitivity to 

elevated ambient temperature for cooled 

cabinets would not necessarily apply to 

hybrid products. DOE does not have 

data indicating that a 0.85 usage 

adjustment factor would be 

inappropriate for hybrid refrigeration 

products. In the absence of such data, 

DOE proposes to use this factor for 

calculating energy use for hybrid 

products. 

DOE seeks comments on its proposal 

to specify that hybrid refrigeration 

products be tested in 90 °F ambient 

temperature conditions, and that their 

energy use be calculated using a 0.85 

usage adjustment factor. 

2. Standardized Temperature, 

Temperature Control Settings, and 

Energy Use Calculations for Hybrid 

Refrigeration Products 

Hybrid refrigeration products have 

cellar compartments, in addition to 

fresh food and/or freezer compartments. 

As discussed in section III.F.2, DOE 

proposes that 55 °F be used as the 

standardized temperature for cellar 

compartments. Consistent with this 

approach, this proposal would require 

testing of the cellar compartments found 

in hybrid refrigeration products using 

the same standardized temperature. 

When testing hybrid refrigeration 

products, there may be two or three 

compartment temperatures to compare 

with standardized temperatures, 

including the cellar, fresh food, and 

freezer compartment temperatures. DOE 

proposes to require that the procedures 

for setting temperature controls and test 

selection be consistent with the current 

test procedures for refrigerators, 

refrigerator-freezers, and freezers (see, 

e.g., Appendix A, sections 3.2.1 and 

3.2.2), as described below: 

(1) A first test would be conducted 

with all temperature controls set in their 

median position. 

(2) If the measured compartment 

temperatures during the first test are all 

lower than the compartments’ 

standardized temperatures, a second test 

would be conducted with all 

temperature controls set in their 

warmest positions. If the measured 

compartment temperatures for the 

second test are still lower than the 

compartments’ standardized 

temperatures, the energy use would be 

calculated based on the results of the 

second test only. Otherwise, the energy 

use would be calculated based on the 

results of both tests. 

(3) Conversely, if one or more of the 

measured compartment temperatures 

during the first test are warmer than the 

standardized temperature(s), the second 

test would be conducted with all 

temperature controls set in their coldest 

positions. If, for this second test, the 

measured compartment temperatures 

are all lower than the compartments’ 

standardized temperatures, the results 

of both tests would be used to calculate 

the energy consumption. If one or more 

of the compartment temperatures are 

still warmer than the standardized 

temperatures, the energy use would be 

calculated based on cold- and warmsetting tests, subject to restrictions on 

measured compartment temperatures, 

measured energy use, and product 

status as a non-compressor refrigerator. 

(4) Alternatively, the energy use could 

be calculated based on a single test 

conducted with all temperature controls 

set in their warmest position, if the 

measured compartment temperatures 

are all lower than their compartments’ 

standardized temperatures. 

DOE also proposes to calculate energy 

use in a manner consistent with the 

procedures currently specified in the 

test procedures for refrigerators and 

refrigerator-freezers (see, e.g., Appendix 

A, section 6.2). Specifically, if the 

compartment temperatures measured for 

a test conducted with all temperature 

controls set in their warmest positions 

are all lower than their compartments’ 

standardized temperatures, the results 

of this test alone would be used to 

determine energy use. Also, if two tests 

were used to determine energy use as 

described above, a weighted average of 

the test results would first be 

determined based on each of the 

compartment temperatures individually. 

See 10 CFR part 430, subpart B, 

Appendix A, section 6.2.2.2. For hybrid 

refrigeration products, this calculation 

would be performed for the cellar 

compartment temperature as well as the 

fresh food and/or freezer compartment 

temperature. The rated energy use for 

the product would be based on the 

highest of the three calculations 

performed in this fashion, or the higher 

of the two calculations performed. DOE 

proposes to add a third table describing 

the temperature setting logic in section 

3 of Appendix A. The table would 

describe the test sequence and the tests 

to be used for the energy use 

calculation, similar to the existing tables 

in this section, but for a generalized case 

in which the product may have one, 

two, or three compartments of different 

standardized temperatures. Also, DOE 

proposes to restructure section 3.2.1 for 

better clarity. 

DOE requests comment on these 

proposed procedures for setting 

temperature controls, conducting tests, 

and calculating product energy 

consumption. 

K. Ice Maker Test Procedure 

Amendments 

In developing a means to reliably test 

the energy usage of ice makers, DOE is 

considering adding new provisions to 

its testing regulations. These provisions, 

which would be located in 10 CFR 

430.23 and a new Appendix BB, would 

detail the testing, measuring, and 

calculation of energy usage of these 

products. DOE would also add a 

definition to describe the scope of those 

products that would be treated as ice 

makers. Additional detail regarding 

these provisions follows. 

1. Establishment of New Paragraph 10 

CFR 430.23(dd) and New Appendix BB 

for Ice Makers 

DOE believes that testing ice makers 

would require a substantially different 

procedure from the approach proposed 

for refrigerator-freezers and freezers, 

products that DOE already regulates. In 

light of these differences, DOE proposes 

to add a new paragraph (dd) to 10 CFR 

430.23 and a new Appendix BB to 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

74916 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 

contain the test procedures for ice 

makers. The new paragraph (dd) would 

explain how to calculate the annual 

energy consumption for ice makers, 

which would involve multiplying the 

daily average energy consumption by 

the number of days in a year (365). The 

new Appendix BB would describe how 

to measure ice maker energy use. 

2. Definitions for Ice Makers 

DOE proposes to add several new 

definitions to clarify components or 

characteristics of ice makers, as 

described below. Some of the 

definitions would be added to 10 CFR 

430.2 while others would be added to a 

new section 1 within the new Appendix 

BB. 

The definitions being proposed for 10 

CFR 430.2 would distinguish among the 

different types of ice makers that DOE 

is considering addressing in a separate 

effort to evaluate potential energy 

conservation standards for these 

products. First, DOE proposes to 

distinguish between ‘‘batch-type’’ and 

‘‘continuous-type’’ ice makers. The 

proposed definitions for these two ice 

maker categories are identical to those 

used in DOE’s ACIM test procedure and 

are commonly understood in the 

industry: In the context of consumer ice 

makers, ‘‘batch-type ice maker’’ would 

mean an ice maker having alternate 

freezing and harvest periods, and 

‘‘continuous-type ice maker’’ would 

mean an ice maker that continually 

freezes and harvests ice at the same 

time. Although most ice makers are 

batch-type, DOE is aware of at least one 

continuous-type product. (ContinuousType Ice maker, No. 2) The operating 

characteristics of these products are 

sufficiently different to require different 

testing methods. Hence, distinguishing 

between the types is necessary in 

establishing the procedures that apply 

to a given model of ice maker. 

Furthermore, the energy use 

characteristics of these two types of ice 

makers may be different, which may 

justify establishing different product 

classes. DOE may establish different 

product classes of a given category of 

product if they have performancerelated features that justify a higher or 

lower standard. (42 U.S.C. 6295(q)(1)(B)) 

If DOE decides to propose separate 

product classes for batch-type and 

continuous-type ice makers, further 

discussion and an opportunity for 

comment would be provided in the 

appropriate rulemaking proceeding. 

Second, DOE proposes to establish 

definitions to distinguish ‘‘cooledstorage’’ and ‘‘uncooled-storage’’ ice 

makers. DOE proposes to define a 

‘‘cooled-storage ice maker’’ as an ice 

maker that maintains ice storage bin 

temperatures below 32 °F. A cooledstorage ice maker would be distinct 

from an ‘‘uncooled-storage ice maker,’’ 

which DOE proposes to define as an ice 

maker that does not maintain ice storage 

bin temperatures below 32 °F between 

periods of ice production. Such units 

often, but not always, have a drain 

connection to remove the melt water 

that collects in the bin. 

Although the terms ‘‘cooled-storage 

ice maker’’ and ‘‘uncooled-storage ice 

maker’’ are not widely used in industry, 

DOE proposes to use them to 

distinguish between these two types of 

ice makers because they have different 

operating characteristics requiring 

unique test procedures. For example, 

cooled-storage ice makers consume 

energy after filling their ice storage bins 

with ice by operating their refrigeration 

systems to cool their ice storage bins 

and prevent the melting of ice. 

Consequently, cooled-storage ice makers 

only need to replace the ice removed by 

the user. 

In contrast, uncooled-storage ice 

makers do not operate their refrigeration 

systems after filling their ice storage 

bins and may consume very little energy 

when they are not actively producing 

ice. However, because the ice in the bin 

melts, uncooled-storage ice makers need 

to replace the ice that melts in the 

uncooled ice storage bin in addition to 

replacing the ice that is removed by the 

user. Although the proposed test 

procedure has very similar provisions 

for measuring icemaking energy use for 

both of these types of ice makers, the 

proposal has different provisions for 

measuring the energy associated with 

ice storage. For cooled-storage ice 

makers, ice storage energy use 

comprises the energy required to 

maintain the ice storage bin at its belowfreezing temperature, whereas for 

uncooled-storage ice makers, it 

comprises the energy required to replace 

melted ice. The differences between 

these products may extend to specific 

features, such as the production of 

different types of ice, and others that 

may affect energy usage, which may 

help justify the creation of separate 

product classes. Consequently, in DOE’s 

view, the proposed definitions should 

help address these different operating 

characteristics and the potential that 

these products may constitute different 

product classes. 

Finally, DOE proposes to define the 

term ‘‘portable ice maker’’ as an ice 

maker that does not require connection 

to a water supply and instead has one 

or more reservoirs that would be 

manually supplied with water. This 

style of ice maker is also generally small 

(Portable Ice Maker, No. 8); hence, both 

the lack of a fixed water connection and 

the small size of these units contribute 

to their portability. Not using a water 

supply represents a difference in 

operation of portable ice makers that 

requires differences in the test 

procedure as compared with procedures 

with water inlet connections. In 

addition, as described in section III.K.9, 

DOE proposes to apply an adjustment 

factor of 0.5 for portable ice makers to 

account for the likelihood that they 

would not be energized throughout the 

year, due to their portability. 

DOE requests comments on the 

proposed definitions delineating 

different types of ice makers. DOE also 

seeks comment on whether there exists 

common industry terminology that 

would be more suitable for 

distinguishing cooled-storage and 

uncooled-storage ice makers. 

DOE is also proposing to include a 

number of definitions as part of a new 

Appendix BB that would relate to 

icemaking and be used to describe the 

icemaking operation and the test 

procedures necessary to measure 

icemaking energy use. In particular, 

DOE is proposing to define the terms 

‘‘harvest,’’ ‘‘harvest rate,’’ ‘‘ice hardness 

factor,’’ ‘‘ice storage bin,’’ ‘‘icemaking 

cycle,’’ and ‘‘replacement cycle.’’ Some 

of these definitions exist in similar 

forms in the test procedures for 

refrigerators and refrigerator-freezers, or 

in the test procedures for ACIM. With 

the exception of the proposed definition 

for ‘‘replacement cycle,’’ which DOE 

included to clarify the duration of the 

ice storage test period for uncooledstorage ice makers, these proposed 

definitions are all commonly 

understood in the industry. The 

proposed definitions for ‘‘harvest rate’’ 

and ‘‘ice hardness factor’’ are identical 

to those used in DOE’s ACIM test 

procedure. 

DOE requests comment on these 

proposed definitions. 

3. Energy Use Metric for Ice Makers 

DOE’s regulations do not currently 

incorporate a test procedure for 

consumer ice makers. While DOE is 

aware that manufacturers are using the 

current ACIM test procedure (see 10 

CFR part 431, subpart H) to represent 

the energy use of consumer ice makers, 

DOE is unaware of any procedure that 

has been specifically developed for 

these ice makers. DOE’s research 

indicates that there is very little 

reporting of energy use information for 

consumer ice makers. 

In developing the test procedures for 

ice makers, DOE considered its 

approach for ACIM (see 10 CFR 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 74917 

431.134) and the proposed approach for 

consumer refrigeration products with 

ice makers. 78 FR 41609 (July 10, 2013). 

The DOE test procedure for ACIM 

incorporates by reference the test 

procedures of AHRI Standard 810–2007 

with Addendum 1, Performance Rating 

of Automatic Commercial Ice-Makers, 

March 2011 (‘‘AHRI 810’’), as well as 

ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 29–2009, 

Method of Testing Automatic Ice 

Makers, (including Errata Sheets issued 

April 8, 2010 and April 21, 2010), 

approved January 28, 2009 (‘‘ANSI/

ASHRAE 29–2009’’). The energy use of 

an ACIM is reported in kilowatt-hours 

per 100 pounds of ice. This metric 

represents the efficiency of ice 

production when operating in a 90 °F 

ambient temperature room with 70 °F 

inlet water temperature. The metric 

does not account for standby energy use 

between icemaking periods or the 

energy use associated with replenishing 

the ice that melts in the storage bin. 

Similarly, DOE’s previously proposed 

approach for measuring icemaking 

energy use in refrigerators, refrigeratorfreezers, and freezers, which DOE is 

continuing to consider (see 78 FR 41610 

(July 10, 2013)) is based on a procedure 

developed by AHAM. (Test Procedures 

for Refrigerators, Refrigerator-Freezers, 

and Freezers, Docket No. EERE–2012– 

BT–TP–0016, No. 5). The energy 

conservation standards for these 

products are based on an energy use 

metric in units of kilowatt-hours per 

year (kWh/year). See, e.g., 10 CFR 

430.32(a). The proposed procedures 

would, if eventually adopted, measure 

the energy use associated with 

icemaking in these products by 

determining the energy required by the 

product to produce each pound of ice 

and multiplying that energy 

consumption by an average daily ice 

production rate. See 78 FR at 41628 

(discussing in detail DOE’s 2013 

proposal for calculating the energy use 

attributable to the icemaking process in 

consumer refrigerator-freezers). This 

daily energy consumption, which would 

include icemaking energy use, would 

then be multiplied by 365 to yield the 

energy use in kilowatt-hours per year, 

which is consistent with the manner in 

which the annual energy usage must be 

calculated for refrigeration products. 

See, e.g., 10 CFR 430.23(a)(5). The ice 

produced in these products is stored in 

an ice storage bin located in the freezer 

compartment or in an icemaking 

compartment within the fresh food 

compartment that is maintained at subfreezing temperatures. The energy 

required by the product’s refrigeration 

system to maintain these sub-freezing 

temperatures in the ice storage bin is 

already accounted for in the existing test 

procedure, which measures the energy 

use of these products while maintaining 

their compartment temperatures at the 

appropriate standardized temperatures 

(e.g., temperatures that are less than 

32 °F in the freezer compartment). 

While ice makers, unlike the 

refrigeration products noted 

immediately above, do not necessarily 

maintain cold compartment 

temperatures, they do store ice. In these 

cases, the ice is not stored in a separate 

compartment; rather, the ice is stored in 

the open interior of the product, i.e., 

within the ice bin itself, as opposed to 

having a separate storage compartment. 

ACIMs operate in a similar manner— 

while an ACIM ‘‘may include [a] means 

for storing ice’’ (see 10 CFR 431.132), 

many ACIM models do not include 

separate ice storage bins. The energy use 

metric for ACIMs, kilowatt-hours per 

100 pounds of ice, does not include the 

energy use required to store ice or to 

replenish ice that melts. 

Today’s proposal considers whether 

the energy use metric for ice makers 

should include the energy use 

associated with ice storage and/or 

replenishment of melted ice. As part of 

this effort, DOE conducted testing to 

observe the energy use characteristics of 

ice makers and to measure energy use, 

both for ice production and for ice 

storage. The tests and energy 

consumption calculations were based 

on today’s proposed test procedure, 

which calls for testing in 72 °F ambient 

temperature conditions (see section 

III.K.5). Table III–6 presents the test 

results for four ice makers. The table 

displays the annual energy consumption 

attributable to both ice production and 

ice storage for both a low and a high 

daily ice consumption rate estimate. 

The low production estimate is equal to 

the average daily ice production 

proposed for the icemaking test for 

refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and 

freezers, while the high production rate 

estimate would represent an extreme 

daily average production rate scenario, 

because it exceeds the harvest capacity 

of some of the tested ice makers. The 

test data show that the energy use 

associated with ice storage is a 

significant portion of the energy use of 

these products. Hence, DOE’s proposed 

test procedure would measure this 

portion of the energy consumption and 

include it in the proposed energy use 

metric. 

TABLE III–6—ICE MAKER TEST RESULTS

Ice 

maker 

No. 

Storage 

type 

Icemaking 

energy 

consumption 

(kWh/lb) 

Annual energy consumption 

(kWh/year) 

1.8 lb/day 

Ice consumption rate 

20 lb/day 

Ice consumption rate 

Ice 

production 

Ice 

storage 

% 

storage 

Ice 

production 

Ice 

storage 

% 

storage 

1 ........... Uncooled ... 0.15 101 495 83 1,121 102 8 

2 ........... Uncooled ... 0.14 90 925 91 1,003 508 34 

3* .......... Uncooled ... 0.073 24 38 61 268 16 5 

4* .......... Uncooled ... 0.17 56 144 72 624 40 6 

5** ........ Cooled ....... 0.21 141 120 46 1,562 N/A N/A 

6** ........ Cooled ....... 0.29 188 182 49 2,084 N/A N/A 

* Portable ice maker. 

** Measured harvest rate is less than 20 lb/day. 

DOE requests comment on this 

proposed energy use metric and 

whether it would sufficiently capture 

the total energy consumption of both 

cooled-storage and uncooled-storage ice 

makers. 

4. Daily Ice Consumption Rate 

DOE proposes to use a value of 4 

pounds per day as the daily ice 

consumption rate for calculating the 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

74918 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 

10 Daily Harvest Rates for Representative 

Residential Ice Makers, No. 4. 

annual energy consumption of ice 

makers. In a separate rulemaking, DOE 

had previously proposed to apply an ice 

consumption rate of 1.8 pounds per day 

for measuring the energy use associated 

with icemaking in consumer 

refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and 

freezers. 78 FR at 41628. In response to 

the proposed test procedure for 

refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and 

freezers, AHAM commented that based 

on a Northwest Energy Efficiency 

Alliance (NEAA) field study and 

member data on ice production rates for 

products in the NEAA field study, the 

average ice consumption rate would be 

0.76 pounds per day. (Test Procedures 

for Refrigerators, Refrigerator-freezers, 

and Freezers; Docket No. EERE–2012– 

BT–TP–0016; AHAM, No. 41 at p. 2) 

DOE notes that ice makers within 

consumer refrigerator-freezers or 

freezers are a feature of that particular 

product type, while ice makers are a 

product specifically designed to 

produce ice. Accordingly, the daily ice 

consumption likely varies between 

these ice makers. DOE lacks data on the 

difference in daily ice consumption 

between ice makers and ice makers 

within refrigerator-freezers and freezers; 

however, DOE assumes that consumers 

who choose to purchase a dedicated ice 

maker will consume, on average, more 

ice than consumers who rely on their 

refrigerator-freezers or freezers to supply 

ice. Given the lack of usage data for ice 

makers, DOE selected 4 pounds per day 

as a reasonable daily ice consumption 

rate that is substantially higher than 

both the 1.8 pounds per day and 0.76 

pounds per day referenced for ice 

makers in refrigerator-freezers and 

freezers. 

Moreover, dedicated ice makers are 

typically capable of producing much 

more ice per day than the automatic 

icemakers used in refrigerator-freezers 

and freezers, with some ice makers 

having claimed harvest rates ranging 

from 10 to 70 pounds per day. DOE 

recognizes that these rates may have 

been measured under different testing 

conditions than those being proposed in 

today’s notice.10 In the absence of 

comprehensive and reliable field data 

that would suggest a particular nationalaverage daily ice consumption rate, DOE 

is assuming that these products will, for 

the reasons noted immediately above, 

have an ice production rate roughly 

double that which DOE previously 

considered for the automatic icemakers 

of refrigerator-freezers and freezers. 

DOE requests comment on this 

proposed daily ice consumption rate. 

DOE also seeks access to field or survey 

data that indicate whether this value is 

representative of actual ice consumption 

for ice makers. Because the harvest rates 

of ice makers vary widely, DOE 

recognizes the limitations of using a 4 

pound per day estimate for all ice 

makers. Therefore, DOE requests 

comment on whether the daily ice 

consumption rate used in the test 

procedure should vary based on harvest 

rate, and if so, how the rate should vary. 

5. Test Conditions and Set-Up 

Because of the similarities between 

ice makers and other consumer 

refrigeration products, DOE proposes to 

require that ice makers be tested using 

many of the same test conditions as are 

required for refrigeration products such 

as refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and 

freezers. Specifically, DOE proposes to 

require that ice makers meet the same 

set-up requirements and operating 

conditions (excluding those 

requirements that are not applicable to 

ice makers), clearance distances, steadystate conditions as applicable, and 

icemaking cycle indication provisions. 

DOE expects that using the same set-up 

and test conditions will help ensure 

testing consistency for ice makers while 

minimizing manufacturer burden. 

DOE initially considered proposing 

that ice makers be tested in an ambient 

temperature condition of 90 ± 1 °F, 

which is considerably warmer than the 

average ambient temperature that these 

products would likely face in 

consumers’ homes. The 90 °F ambient 

temperature is used for many 

refrigeration products because the test 

procedure requires testing with the 

doors closed and the elevated 

temperature simulates thermal loads 

associated with door openings and other 

loads, such as cooling down warm food. 

However, ice makers would likely 

experience much less frequent door 

openings than refrigerators or 

refrigerator-freezers since an ice maker’s 

door would be expected to be opened 

primarily when retrieving ice for use in 

cool drinks, while refrigerator and 

refrigerator-freezer doors would be 

accessed when retrieving or preparing 

any food that requires refrigeration or is 

cooled before consumption. In addition, 

the load associated with the freezing 

and cool down of ice would be 

measured directly in the ice maker test 

procedure, while the load associated 

with cool-down of foods inserted into a 

refrigerator or refrigerator-freezer is not 

directly measured in the test procedure 

for these products, suggesting that using 

an elevated temperature to simulate 

these loads is inappropriate when 

testing ice makers. Consequently, DOE’s 

proposal would require that ice makers 

be tested in a 72 °F ambient temperature 

condition. See also section III.G.1. 

DOE requests comment on its 

proposal to require testing of ice makers 

in a 72 °F ambient temperature 

condition and its proposal to apply all 

of the set-up requirements that are 

currently required for refrigerators, 

refrigerator-freezers, and freezers to ice 

makers. DOE also seeks comment on its 

assumption that ice makers are not 

opened as frequently as other 

refrigeration products along with its 

estimated ice production rate for ice 

makers. 

For ice makers that are not portable 

(i.e., units that use water provided by a 

water supply line), DOE proposes to 

require that the inlet water temperature 

be the same as the 72 °F ambient 

temperature condition required for the 

test, but with a modified tolerance 

requirement of ± 2 °F. DOE has proposed 

a similar approach for measuring the 

energy use associated with icemaking in 

refrigerator-freezers and freezers. See 78 

FR at 41621 (proposing that testing be 

conducted with water inlet temperature 

of 90 ± 2 °F). DOE offered this approach 

as a means to minimize the potential 

complications associated with 

maintaining water temperature at a level 

other than the ambient temperature in 

the supply water lines when water is 

not flowing. DOE also proposes to 

require the same inlet water pressure as 

proposed for testing of automatic 

icemakers in refrigerators, refrigeratorfreezers, and freezers, 60 ± 15 psig. Id. 

DOE also proposes to clarify that the 

pressure range would apply while the 

water is flowing. 

DOE considered whether to propose 

the same 72 ± 2 °F water supply 

temperature requirement for portable ice 

makers. However, during testing of a 

portable ice maker, DOE determined 

that the water in the reservoir reached 

a steady-state temperature of 

approximately 45 °F after several hours. 

Therefore, to reduce the time required 

during testing to reach a steady-state, 

DOE proposes that the water used to fill 

the reservoir of portable ice makers be 

55 ± 2 °F. 

DOE requests comment on whether its 

proposed water temperature and 

pressure conditions for portable and 

non-portable ice makers are appropriate. 

The DOE proposal for ice makers 

would use many of the same 

requirements as those used for other 

consumer refrigeration products. Many 

of these requirements are from HRF–1– 

2008 and are incorporated by reference 

into DOE’s regulations. See Appendix 

A, section 2.2. This group of 

requirements addresses the test room, 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 74919 

the placement of the unit under test 

within the test room, the electric power 

supply, measurement instrumentation, 

sensor placement for measuring ambient 

air temperatures, and product set-up 

conditions. Many of these requirements 

would also apply when testing ice 

makers. Hence, DOE’s proposed test 

procedures for Appendix BB would 

incorporate by reference many of the 

same provisions as Appendix A. 

To ensure that consumer refrigeration 

products are set up for testing in a 

manner consistent with their normal use 

set-up, DOE’s Appendix A requires that 

set-up be in accordance with the printed 

consumer instructions supplied with 

the cabinet. However, the test procedure 

permits certain exceptions designed to 

ensure test consistency for set-up 

parameters that could affect test results, 

but allow for set-up flexibility for those 

parameters that do not affect energy test 

results. See Appendix A, section 2.6. 

DOE proposes to use the same set-up 

approach for ice makers, with some 

adjustments to the exceptions. 

Specifically, the proposed ice maker test 

procedure would not include the 

exceptions that (a) waive the need for 

the installation of water lines and water 

filters, (b) highlight specific 

requirements for setting the 

temperatures of convertible or special 

compartments, and (c) require ice bins 

to be emptied of ice. 

DOE’s proposal includes instructions 

for setting temperature controls for ice 

makers. These requirements would 

apply primarily to cooled-storage ice 

makers. While DOE found from its 

research that not all cooled-storage ice 

makers have user-operable temperature 

controls, the proposal addresses how to 

test products equipped with such 

controls. The proposal would require 

these types of controls to be set at the 

median setting during testing, for both 

the ice production and ice storage parts 

of the test. This proposed requirement 

would differ from the current 

requirements for refrigerators, 

refrigerator-freezers, and freezers. These 

provisions require multiple tests and the 

results are used to calculate energy use 

based on standardized compartment 

temperatures. Such an approach is 

unnecessary for ice makers because they 

are not designed to maintain storage 

space within compartments at specific 

temperatures. 

Furthermore, the detailed 

requirements that DOE proposed earlier 

for measuring icemaking energy use in 

refrigerator-freezers are unnecessary 

when testing ice makers. This is 

because, for refrigerator-freezers and 

freezers, any ‘‘drift’’ in compartment 

temperature associated with the 

initiation of icemaking can change the 

energy use associated with maintaining 

the compartment temperatures. To 

control this drift, temperature 

readjustment is necessary to help 

minimize the change in compartmentrelated energy use. See 78 FR at 41623. 

Ice makers do not consume energy to 

maintain compartment temperatures 

because they have no separate internal 

spaces apart from the ice storage bin 

that could be considered a 

‘‘compartment’’ for the purposes of the 

test. Accordingly, DOE is not proposing 

similar requirements in the test 

procedure for ice makers. 

On the other hand, some features of 

ice makers raise set-up concerns that do 

not arise for refrigerators, refrigeratorfreezers, or freezers (e.g., ice piece size 

control, drain lines, and elevated-drain 

auxiliary pumps). The proposed 

procedure would account for these 

concerns. 

DOE is not aware of user-accessible 

ice piece size control for any automatic 

icemakers used in refrigerator-freezers 

or freezers. While DOE is similarly 

unaware of such controls in ice makers, 

DOE expects that such a control feature 

would be more likely to be offered in an 

ice maker, since the main function of 

these products is the production of ice. 

In addition, the impact of varying ice 

piece size in an ice maker that has such 

a control feature would be expected to 

affect the energy use measurement 

much more for these products, since 

most of the energy use of refrigeratorfreezers and freezers is associated with 

maintaining cold individual 

compartment temperatures. DOE 

proposes that any user-accessible 

control allowing ice piece size 

adjustment to be set for the largest ice 

piece size when testing ice makers. This 

approach would be consistent with 

maximizing ice production rate, one of 

the key sales features of ice makers that 

distinguish them, for example, from the 

icemaking capabilities of conventional 

refrigerator-freezers. 

As mentioned above, many uncooledstorage ice makers have drain 

connections to remove water that 

remains from the ice production process 

or that collects at the bottom of the ice 

storage bin. To ensure that this water 

freely flows out of the ice maker, DOE 

proposes to require that any tubing used 

to convey such water away from the 

unit under test to a test lab floor drain 

be as specified in the consumer 

instructions supplied with the cabinet, 

and that, unless otherwise specified by 

the instructions, the drain lines must be 

installed running downwards from the 

ice maker’s drain outlet. DOE is aware 

that ice maker manufacturers offer 

optional pumps that can pump the drain 

water to a higher location, which is 

useful in those cases where the drain 

piping in the house is at a higher 

elevation than the ice maker’s drain 

outlet. DOE’s proposal does not permit 

the use of such optional pumps in the 

test. 

Further, DOE is aware that some ice 

makers have on-board pumps integrated 

within the products’ cabinets that can 

be used for this purpose if necessary. 

DOE’s proposal would also allow these 

integrated pumps to be shut off or 

disconnected for the test, if the 

consumer instructions supplied with 

the cabinet indicate that such pumps 

can be switched off or disconnected 

when they are not needed for lifting the 

drain water to a higher location. If the 

integrated pump cannot be turned off by 

the consumer during typical operation, 

the pump would be operational during 

the test and its energy consumption 

would be included during testing. 

DOE is proposing a data collection 

frequency interval for temperature, 

power, and energy measurements to be 

not less than once per minute. The 

current DOE test procedures in 

Appendices A and B allow a recording 

interval of up to four minutes. Because 

the icemaking test involves multiple 

recurring events (i.e., icemaker cycles 

and compressor cycles) that are not 

synchronized, a shorter recording 

interval would improve the accuracy of 

the measurements. Additionally, 

updating the requirements to reflect the 

increased accuracy of the equipment 

routinely employed by test facilities 

would ensure that the procedure 

adequately accounts for the improved 

technology already used in the field. 

DOE believes that the test burden 

associated with this requirement, if any, 

would be insignificant because most, if 

not all, test facilities already use oneminute recording intervals during 

testing. 

DOE’s proposed batch-type ice maker 

procedure would measure the energy 

use for test periods that comprise 

complete icemaking cycles. This 

concept is consistent with both the 

established ACIM test procedure and 

the test procedure DOE proposed for 

measuring icemaking energy use in 

refrigerator-freezers and freezers. The 

concept is also based on a correlation 

between the energy used to produce ice 

during each cycle, which is used to 

accurately calculate the energy use per 

mass of produced ice. 

For most ice makers, identifying 

icemaking cycles from recorded data 

(e.g., power input and temperatures) is 

straightforward, since the compressor 

power measured for an uncooled-storage 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

74920 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 

ice maker will change suddenly in the 

transition from the harvest cycle to the 

freeze cycle, or the mold heater of a 

cooled-storage ice maker will be 

energized to free the ice from the 

icemaking mold. However, identifying 

the icemaking cycles for some ice 

makers may be difficult because the 

power required to energize the mold 

heater (or other ice release mechanism) 

may be negligible compared to the 

overall power draw of the unit, and/or 

the compressor power may not change 

significantly during harvest. To address 

this situation for the icemaking test 

procedure for refrigerator-freezers and 

freezers, DOE proposed three alternative 

methods that would allow one to readily 

identify the start and end of icemaking 

cycles. See 78 FR at 41622 (describing 

in detail the alternative methods 

proposed by DOE). DOE’s proposal for 

ice makers would follow this same 

approach to identifying icemaking 

cycles. 

Additionally, DOE’s proposal would 

require manufacturers to measure the 

energy used for icemaking and ice 

storage. Measuring the energy use of the 

ice storage function for cooled-storage 

ice makers requires measuring how 

much energy is used to maintain the ice 

maker’s storage bin at a steady state ice 

storage temperature. A test would be 

needed to confirm that the unit is 

operating in a steady state before such 

a measurement is made. For 

refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and 

freezers, steady state is determined 

based on compartment temperatures— 

i.e., once the rate of temperature change 

within a compartment is less than 0.042 

°F per hour. See Appendix A, section 

2.9. DOE proposes to use a similar 

temperature-based method for ice 

makers to confirm that uncooled-storage 

ice makers have reached steady state. 

However, as mentioned above, ice 

makers do not have compartments to 

provide refrigerated storage space. 

Hence, the evaluation of stability would 

not be based on an evaluation of 

compartment temperature, as it is for 

other refrigeration products, but rather, 

a less complex measurement of the 

interior temperature of the ice maker. 

DOE also notes that because its 

proposed approach for ice makers 

would not be based on the maintenance 

of particular storage temperatures (i.e., 

standardized temperatures), in DOE’s 

tentative view, for the purpose of 

evaluating stability, temperature sensor 

locations are not as critical for ice 

makers as they are for the compartments 

of other consumer refrigeration products 

(e.g., refrigerator-freezers). As a result, 

today’s proposal would require 

manufacturers to evaluate steady-state 

conditions on the basis of a single 

temperature sensor located one inch 

above the maximum ice level of the ice 

storage bin as close to the center of the 

bin as possible but in a location that 

would not interfere with the operation 

of the ice maker, such as when ice falls 

into the bin during harvest. In addition, 

because the space available in this 

location of the ice maker may be 

limited, DOE’s proposal does not 

require use of weighted temperature 

sensors, for example, as described in 

HRF–1–2008 section 5.5.4. However, the 

proposal would require a measurement 

accuracy of at least ± 0.5 °F for these 

sensors. DOE also proposes to apply the 

same steady state criterion already used 

for refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, 

and freezers to the single measured 

temperature to confirm that a steady 

state condition has been achieved for 

the ice storage test for cooled-storage ice 

makers. 

DOE requests comment on all of its 

proposals for test conditions and for setup of ice makers for testing. DOE also 

requests comment on its proposals 

related to the treatment of ice maker 

drain lines and drain pumps, along with 

information regarding the power 

consumption of such pumps. 

6. Icemaking Test 

To measure icemaking energy use, 

DOE proposes to require a test similar 

to its ACIM test procedure, which 

involves measuring ice and monitoring 

energy use once per icemaking cycle for 

three consecutive icemaking cycles to 

determine the energy use per 100 

pounds of produced ice. However, 

rather than requiring the collecting and 

weighing of ice after every icemaking 

cycle, DOE’s proposal for batch-type ice 

makers would measure icemaking 

energy use for a whole, but unspecified, 

number of icemaking cycles over at least 

6 hours, unless the bin fills first. For 

continuous-type ice makers with no 

icemaking cycles, DOE’s proposal 

would measure energy use over 6 hours, 

unless the bin fills first. DOE proposes 

to use the same approach to minimize 

any thermal losses from door openings 

in order to mitigate their potential 

impacts on the measured energy use. 

The thermal loss associated with ice 

collection would have a much greater 

impact on energy use measurement for 

an ice maker than for a typical ACIM 

because ice collection for an ice maker 

requires opening the door and exposing 

much more of the cooled surfaces of the 

interior to warm test room air. Many 

ACIM models drop the produced ice 

through a hole in the bottom of the 

ACIM assembly at the end of each 

icemaking cycle, which reduces the 

thermal exposure associated with ice 

collection. In addition, the harvest 

capacity of most ice makers is much 

lower than that of ACIMs, so any 

amount of thermal loss would have a 

greater impact on the energy use 

measurement. Reducing this thermal 

loss by requiring ice collection only 

once would reduce the test uncertainty 

that would be associated with a onceper-cycle collection of ice. 

DOE notes that for batch-type ACIMs, 

the ACIM test procedure requires 

icemaking stabilization to occur prior to 

taking measurements. This stabilization 

is achieved when the difference in the 

weight of harvested ice for two 

consecutive icemaking cycles does not 

exceed 2 percent. See ANSI/ASHRAE 

29–2009, section 7.1.1. DOE proposes to 

require a stabilization period for the ice 

maker test procedure as well, but 

stabilization would be achieved after 

two hours of icemaking operation rather 

than confirmed based on batch weight. 

This method would avoid the potential 

thermal loading associated with door 

openings that is likely to occur if DOE 

were to adopt the ice production-based 

approach followed by the ACIM-based 

procedure. DOE observed during ice 

maker testing that the temperatures and 

power consumption of these products 

reach steady-state within these times. 

(Ice maker Stabilization Data, No. 6) 

DOE requests comment on the 

proposed two-hour stabilization period 

for both batch-type and continuous-type 

ice makers. 

Also, similar to the procedure for 

ACIM, DOE proposes to require that a 

perforated container be placed in the ice 

storage bin to collect the ice that will be 

weighed at the end of the test period. 

DOE proposes to require that the 

container used to catch the harvested 

ice shall be perforated such that the ice 

of the unit under test cannot fall 

through the container’s holes and the 

water hold-up weight is no more than 

1.0 percent of the weight of the smallest 

batch of ice for which the container is 

used. DOE expects that some portion of 

the ice collected during a test of an 

uncooled-storage ice maker may melt 

before the container is removed for 

weighing of the ice. The water that 

melts off the ice in a consumer’s home 

would drop to the bottom of the ice 

storage bin and would not be available 

for use as ice. In order to maintain 

consistency with field use, DOE 

proposes that melted ice should not be 

included in the ice mass measurement 

at the end of the test period—hence, the 

proposed use of a perforated container. 

However, DOE is aware that surface 

tension may prevent melt water from 

passing through the holes in the 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 74921 

container. To address this possibility, 

DOE proposes that the perforated 

container may not ‘‘hold’’ water 

representing more than 1.0 percent of 

any ice mass measurement made during 

testing. To help with this measurement, 

DOE is including a procedure to 

determine the water hold-up weight of 

the container that involves immersing 

the container in water, letting it drain, 

and measuring the weight of the 

remaining water that does not drain. 

DOE also proposes to require using a 

perforated container for continuous-type 

ice makers. This is in contrast to the test 

procedure for continuous-type ACIMs, 

which requires using a non-perforated 

container to capture ice. See ANSI– 

ASHRAE 29–2009, section 7.2.1, which 

is incorporated by reference in the DOE 

ACIM test procedure. As with batchtype ice, the water that melts off 

continuous-type ice and drains to the 

bottom of the bin prior to the retrieval 

of ice from the bin is not useful as ice. 

Hence, DOE proposes use of a 

perforated container for continuous-type 

ice makers as well as for batch-types. 

During its tests of ice makers, DOE 

noted one unit whose design severely 

limited the size of a perforated container 

that could be placed within its bin to 

collect harvested ice because the ice bin 

did not slide or tilt out. Consequently, 

a perforated container that could be 

placed in the bin was unable to fit all 

of the ice that was produced within the 

specified icemaking test period. For 

such units, in which it is impossible to 

place a perforated container large 

enough to capture all of the ice 

produced during the icemaking test 

period, DOE proposes to allow 

additional door openings during the test 

period for ice retrieval and 

measurement. The collected ice would 

be placed into the ice storage bin of the 

unit under test, underneath the 

perforated container. The proposal 

would also allow (in the case of batchtype ice makers) the perforated 

container to be sized so that it can 

capture the ice associated with no less 

than five icemaking cycles. The ice 

produced during the test period would 

be retrieved and weighed multiple times 

during the test period, but no more 

frequently than once every five 

icemaking cycles. For continuous-type 

ice makers, the proposal would allow 

the perforated container to be sized so 

that it can capture the ice associated 

with no less than an hour of ice 

production. The ice produced during 

the test would be retrieved and weighed 

multiple times during the test period, 

but no more frequently than once per 

hour. 

DOE proposes to apply weighing 

requirements identical to those used for 

ACIMs, i.e., using a scale for weighing 

ice with an accuracy and precision 

within 1 percent of the measured ice 

weight. See ANSI–ASHRAE 29–2009, 

section 5.51. 

For measuring the energy use of 

batch-type ice makers, DOE proposes 

using a test period that would begin 

with the start of the first icemaking 

cycle occurring after the two-hour 

stabilization period. The perforated 

container would be placed into the ice 

bin after the last batch of ice harvested 

prior to the start of the test period drops 

into the bin, and the bin would not be 

emptied of ice before inserting the 

container. The test period would consist 

of a whole number of icemaking cycles 

and be at least six hours in duration, or 

until the ice storage bin fills and ice 

production stops automatically. The ice 

container would be retrieved for 

weighing of the ice within two minutes 

of the time that the last batch of ice 

produced during the test period falls 

into the bin. 

For continuous-type ice makers, the 

test procedure would also require a twohour stabilization period, and the test 

period duration would last either six 

hours or until icemaking is 

automatically stopped—whichever 

comes first. The container for collecting 

the ice would be retrieved for weighing 

of the ice either at the end of the six 

hours or within two minutes of the 

termination of icemaking. 

To limit thermal loss associated with 

the door opening, the proposal would 

require that the elapsed time during 

which the ice maker door is open when 

placing or retrieving the container must 

not exceed 15 seconds. DOE anticipates 

that this is a reasonable amount of time 

to retrieve or place the container 

without creating a substantial thermal 

loss. 

DOE proposes to require the rapid 

retrieval of the ice for weighing after the 

end of the test period to ensure that the 

ice weight does not decrease 

significantly after the test period due to 

melting that would occur in uncooledstorage ice makers. However, DOE 

recognizes that the test would require 

close monitoring to make sure that the 

two minutes are not exceeded. DOE 

requests comment on the two-minute 

requirement and suggestions of 

alternative ice collection delay limits. 

DOE also requests comment on other 

aspects of the proposed test procedure, 

including use of a perforated container 

and the container specifications, 

requirements for the scale used to 

measure the ice weight, the requirement 

to leave the ice produced during the 

stabilization period in the ice storage 

bin, the six-hour test period, or any 

other aspect of the proposed test. 

DOE notes that the measurements that 

would be made under the proposed 

icemaking test would include the energy 

consumed during the test period and the 

mass of ice produced during the test 

period. This energy use would be 

divided by the ice mass to determine the 

energy consumption per pound of ice 

produced. The estimated daily energy 

use in kilowatt-hours associated with 

ice production would then be calculated 

as the daily average production rate 

multiplied by the calculated energy use 

per pound of ice. This is discussed in 

further detail in section III.K.9. 

7. Ice Storage Test 

For both cooled-storage and uncooledstorage ice makers, DOE proposes to 

require that the ice storage test be 

conducted when the ice maker enters 

ice storage mode to maintain cool ice 

storage conditions or when replenishing 

the ice supply to replace melted ice. In 

these cases, the ice storage bin would be 

full of ice during this part of the test. 

During testing, however, an ice maker 

may not have completely filled its bin 

during the test period specified for the 

icemaking test. If this occurs, icemaking 

may have to continue after completion 

of the icemaking test in preparation for 

the ice storage test. The proposal would 

allow the ice that would have been 

collected at the end of the icemaking 

test period to be placed back into the 

bin after being weighed. However, the 

proposal would prohibit the use of ice 

from a different source to accelerate the 

filling of the bin. This precautionary 

step would ensure that the ice storage 

test results would not be affected by any 

potential subcooling (i.e., temperature 

below 32 °F) or different melt 

characteristics associated with the size 

or shape of ice from a different source. 

The proposal would also use a 

stabilization period for cooled-storage 

ice makers after the initial filling of the 

ice storage bin automatically terminates 

ice production. DOE proposes that 

completion of this stabilization period 

be defined based on the stabilization 

criteria used for the testing of 

refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, or 

freezers, as described, for example, in 

Appendix A, section 2.9. This proposal, 

and the requirements for the 

temperature sensor used to confirm 

stabilization, are described in section 

III.K.5. DOE is not proposing to require 

a stabilization period for uncooledstorage ice makers because of the 

lengthiness of the proposed ice storage 

test period described below. 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

74922 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 

The proposed ice storage 

measurement test periods would also be 

different for cooled-storage and 

uncooled-storage ice makers because of 

the different operation of these two ice 

maker types. For cooled-storage ice 

makers, DOE proposes to specify a test 

period as required for refrigerators, 

refrigerator-freezers, or freezers with 

manual defrost, i.e., the test period 

would comprise at least two whole 

compressor cycles and be of a duration 

not less than 3 hours. See Appendix A, 

section 4.1. 

For uncooled-storage ice makers, DOE 

proposes a test period duration of at 

least 48 hours that would start at the 

end of ice production and end once the 

following replacement cycle stops. 

During testing of uncooled-storage ice 

makers, DOE observed that the periods 

of ice production initiated to replace 

melted ice did not always occur at 

regular intervals, nor did they 

consistently last the same amount of 

time. The change in the average energy 

use measured for the entire ice storage 

period, evaluated after each replacement 

cycle, continued to represent a 

significant portion of ice maker total 

energy use for a long period of time. 

Test data show that a test period as long 

as 48 hours is generally required to limit 

this variation to roughly one percent of 

total ice maker energy use. (‘‘Ice Storage 

Test Period Stabilization’’, No. 7) DOE 

proposes using a test period of at least 

48 hours to reduce the potential 

variability associated with the ice 

storage test for uncooled storage ice 

makers. 

DOE requests comment on its 

proposed methodology for measuring 

ice storage energy consumption for both 

cooled-storage and uncooled-storage ice 

makers. In particular, it requests 

comment on whether its proposed 

duration for the uncooled-storage test 

period is sufficiently long to reduce the 

variability in test results that might be 

caused by the inconsistent intervals 

between ice production and idle periods 

when the ice maker is operating only to 

replenish melted ice. DOE is also 

interested in whether a shorter duration 

would be viable. In either case, DOE is 

interested in any supporting data 

suggesting a different duration than the 

one proposed or data supporting the 

proposed duration. 

8. Ice Hardness for Continuous-Type Ice 

Makers 

DOE is aware of at least one 

continuous-type ice maker on the 

market: a nugget ice maker, which 

compresses the continuously formed ice 

to produce uniformly-sized cylindrical 

pieces. ANSI/ASHRAE 29–2009, 

‘‘Method of Testing Automatic Ice 

Makers,’’ Annex A, ‘‘Method of 

Calorimetry,’’ addresses the hardness of 

ice produced by continuous-type 

ACIMs. Ice hardness, which represents 

the fraction of the delivered ice product 

which is frozen as opposed to liquid 

water, is defined as the percentage value 

or ratio obtained by dividing the 

measured latent heat capacity of the ice, 

expressed in British thermal units per 

pound (Btu/lb), by the value 144 Btu/lb, 

which is the latent heat capacity of 

water assuming all of the water freezes. 

DOE’s ACIM test procedure adjusts 

the energy consumption calculations 

using the ice hardness. See 10 CFR 

431.134(2)(i). This adjustment corrects 

the measured energy use per pound of 

ice so that it represents the energy use 

that would have been required to 

produce ice of 100 percent hardness. 

The adjustment ensures that a higher 

efficiency rating cannot be obtained 

simply by designing a continuous ice 

maker that produces lower-hardness ice. 

Similarly, the adjustment partially 

corrects for the typically greater energy 

use per pound of batch type ice makers 

(compared with continuous type) by 

eliminating the portion of the energy 

use rating difference associated with the 

reduced frozen water content found in 

ice produced by continuous-type ice 

makers. DOE proposes that an ice 

hardness factor be used in the same way 

to adjust the measurement of energy use 

per pound of ice for continuous-type ice 

makers to calculate an adjusted energy 

use per pound of ice produced. As 

described in section III.K.6, energy use 

per pound of ice would be multiplied by 

the daily average ice production to 

determine the daily average energy use 

for ice production. 

However, DOE recognizes that the ice 

hardness measurement procedure 

prescribed in Annex A: Method of 

Calorimetry in ASHRAE 29–2009 could 

incur a significant test burden. 

Therefore, DOE proposes to allow 

manufacturers the option of either using 

an ice hardness measurement 

determined using the ASHRAE 29–2009 

procedure or a standard ice hardness 

factor of 0.85, which is a typical ice 

hardness value for nugget ice, the style 

of ice produced in the continuous-type 

ice maker mentioned above. This 

approach will reduce the test burden by 

avoiding the need for measuring ice 

hardness, while still providing 

manufacturers the option of using the 

ice hardness measurement if they desire 

to do so. 

DOE requests comment on its 

proposal to adjust the icemaking energy 

use for continuous-type ice makers to 

account for ice hardness under 100 

percent and its proposed approach to 

allow manufacturers to use either an ice 

hardness value measured using 

calorimetry or a standard ice hardness 

factor when calculating energy usage. 

DOE also requests comment on whether 

its proposed ice hardness factor of 0.85 

is an appropriate value to represent the 

nugget ice expected to be produced by 

consumer continuous-type ice makers. 

9. Energy Use Calculations 

As discussed in section III.K.3, DOE 

proposes to use an energy use metric for 

ice makers that includes energy use 

associated both with icemaking and 

with ice storage. Section III.K.4 

discusses DOE’s proposal to use an 

average daily ice production rate of 4 

pounds to calculate the contribution to 

daily energy use associated with 

icemaking. DOE’s proposal would 

involve calculating the energy use per 

ice mass by dividing the total energy use 

measured during the icemaking test 

period by the total mass of ice produced 

during the test period. Daily icemaking 

energy use would be calculated by 

multiplying the energy use per ice mass 

by the daily ice consumption rate of 4 

pounds per day. For continuous-type ice 

makers, the energy use per ice mass 

would be adjusted by multiplying this 

value by the ice hardness adjustment 

factor, IHAF, which is equal to: 

IH is the ice hardness factor, either a 

standard value of 0.85 or the measured 

value obtained using the procedure 

specified in Annex A of ASHRAE 29– 

2009. The ice hardness factor corrects 

the energy use per ice mass to account 

for the reduced refrigeration load 

associated with the production of ice 

such as nugget ice, which is not 100 

percent frozen water. The 40 Btu/lb in 

the above expression represents the 

cooling load required to reduce the 

temperature of a pound of the incoming 

water from its inlet temperature of 72 °F 

to the ice temperature of 32 °F. 

To calculate daily ice storage energy 

use, DOE is proposing that the average 

ice storage power consumption be 

multiplied by the amount of time per 

day that the ice maker is not producing 

the 4-pound average daily ice 

consumption. This approach avoids 

attributing ice storage energy use to ice 

makers during the time when they 

would be operating in active mode to 

produce the projected daily amount of 

4-pounds of ice. This amount of time 

would be calculated based on the 4- 


mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3EP16DE14.004</GPH>
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 74923 

11This and other DOE guidance documents are 

available for viewing at http://

www1.eere.energy.gov/guidance/

default.aspx?pid=2&spid=1. 

pound consumption and the 

measurements of ice mass and duration 

of the icemaking test period. The ice 

storage time would be equal to the 

number of minutes in a day, 1,440, 

minus the number of minutes required 

to produce 4 pounds of ice. This ice 

storage time would then be multiplied 

by the energy consumption measured 

during the ice storage test period and 

divided by the duration of that test 

period to provide the daily energy use 

associated with ice storage. 

The ice production and ice storage 

energy use contributions would be 

added to provide the daily average 

energy use. For portable ice makers, this 

sum would be further multiplied by a 

usage adjustment factor to account for 

the fact that portable ice makers are not 

energized and producing or storing ice 

at all times. DOE proposes applying a 

usage adjustment factor equal to 0.5 for 

portable ice makers. DOE has no data to 

indicate, on average, what portion of the 

year portable ice makers are energized— 

DOE has proposed use of 0.5 for this 

factor and requests comments and any 

information that might refine this 

estimate. 

DOE requests comment on its 

proposed method for calculating the 

daily energy consumption of ice makers. 

In addition, DOE requests comment on 

whether 0.5 is an appropriate annual 

usage adjustment factor for portable ice 

makers and seeks access to field or 

survey data that could help it develop 

a more representative assumption. 

L. Incidental Changes To Test Procedure 

Language To Improve Clarity 

DOE proposes to change the 

description for calculating the energy 

use for products in the majority of cases 

where two tests are conducted using 

two different temperature control 

settings that bracket the compartments’ 

standardized temperatures. Specifically, 

section 6.2.1.2 of Appendix A currently 

refers to these two tests as two ‘‘test 

periods.’’ DOE proposes to change the 

language to refer to ‘‘tests.’’ DOE 

proposes similar changes in sections 

6.2.1.1, 6.2.2.1, 6.2.3.1, and 6.2.4.1 of 

Appendix A and in sections 6.2.1.1 and 

6.2.1.2 of Appendix B. DOE requests 

comment on this proposal. 

DOE also proposes to amend the 

regulatory language associated with 

separate auxiliary compartments. Rather 

than discussing ‘‘first’’ fresh food or 

freezer compartments, DOE is proposing 

to use the term ‘‘primary’’ fresh food or 

freezer compartments. DOE requests 

comment on this proposal. 

DOE proposes to modify its definition 

for variable defrost. Rather than 

indicating that ‘‘the times between 

defrost should vary with different usage 

patterns and include a continuum of 

lengths of time between defrosts as 

inputs vary.’’ DOE proposes to modify 

the language by replacing ‘‘should’’ with 

‘‘must’’. DOE requests comment on this 

proposal. 

DOE proposes to extend certain set-up 

provisions to some of the new product 

classes addressed by this notice. For 

example, section 2.4 of Appendix A 

describes requirements for automatic 

defrost refrigerator-freezers. DOE 

proposes to indicate in the title of this 

section that it applies to all automatic 

defrost refrigeration products covered 

by Appendix A with freezer 

compartments that have a temperature 

range equivalent to the freezer 

compartments of refrigerator-freezers. 

These products include hybrid 

refrigerator-freezers and hybrid freezers. 

Also, section 2.5 describes requirements 

for all-refrigerators with small 

compartments for the freezing and 

storage of ice. DOE proposes that the 

title of this section would be modified 

to also cite hybrid all-refrigerators, noncompressor all-refrigerators, and hybrid 

non-compressor all-refrigerators. 

Finally, section 2.11 addresses 

refrigerators and refrigerator freezers 

with demand-response capability. DOE 

proposes that this requirement would 

generally apply to refrigeration products 

covered by the test procedure. DOE 

requests comment on these proposed 

extensions of the set-up requirements. 

M. Changes to Volume Measurement 

and Calculation Instructions 

Section 5.3 of Appendices A and B, 

which references AHAM HRF–1–2008 

section 3.30 and sections 4.2 through 

4.3, provides instructions for measuring 

a unit’s refrigerated volume. Since 

establishing the test procedures in 

Appendices A and B, DOE has received 

questions regarding how to account for 

certain component volumes when 

determining the total refrigerated 

volume according to AHAM HRF–1– 

2008. DOE issued guidance on the 

proper treatment of such components in 

August 2012 (‘‘Guidance on Component 

Consideration in Volume 

Measurements,’’ No. 11, (‘‘August 2012 

Guidance’’)).11 DOE is proposing to 

amend Appendices A and B to clarify 

the appropriate volume measurements 

consistent with the instructions 

provided in the August 2012 Guidance. 

Specifically DOE proposes that the 

following component volumes would 

not be included in the compartment 

volume measurements: Icemaker 

compartment insulation (e.g., insulation 

isolating the icemaker compartment 

from the fresh food compartment of a 

product with a bottom-mounted freezer 

with through-the-door ice service), 

fountain recess, dispenser insulation, 

and ice chute (if there is a plug, cover, 

or cap over the chute per Figure 4–2 of 

AHAM HRF–2–2008). DOE proposes 

that the following component volumes 

would be included in the compartment 

volume measurements: Icemaker auger 

motor (if housed inside the insulated 

space of the cabinet), icemaker kit, ice 

storage bin, and ice chute (up to the 

dispenser flap, if there is no plug, cover, 

or cap over the ice chute per Figure 4– 

3 of HRF–1–2008). DOE requests 

comment on the proposed volume 

measurement clarifications. 

Adjusted total volume is designated 

VA in Appendices A and B, whereas it 

is designated AV in 10 CFR 430.32. DOE 

proposes to change the designation to 

AV in the test procedure appendices for 

consistency. 

Rounding for volume calculations, as 

specified in HRF–1–2008, is to the 

nearest 0.01 cubic foot or 0.1 liter for 

freezer and fresh food compartments. 

DOE proposes to require that volumes of 

freezer, fresh food, and cellar 

compartments be rounded off to the 

nearest 0.01 cubic foot, and that, if the 

volumes of these compartments are 

recorded in liters, that they be converted 

to cubic feet and rounded off to the 

nearest 0.01 cubic foot before use in 

calculations of total refrigerated volume 

or adjusted total volume. DOE proposes 

also that total refrigerated volume and 

adjusted volume be recorded to the 

nearest 0.1 cubic foot. 

DOE requests comments on these 

proposals and is particularly interested 

in the proposed conversion when 

calculating refrigerated and adjusted 

total volumes. 

N. Removal of Appendices A1 and B1 

On September 15, 2011, DOE 

published a final rule establishing 

amended energy conservation standards 

for refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, 

and freezers. (76 FR 57516) Any 

refrigerator, refrigerator-freezer, or 

freezer manufactured starting on 

September 15, 2014, must be compliant 

with those amended standards to be 

legally distributed in commerce in the 

United States. To determine whether 

products comply with the amended 

standards, DOE requires that 

manufacturers use the test procedures 

set forth in Appendix A for refrigerators 

and refrigerator-freezers and Appendix 

B for freezers. Products manufactured 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

74924 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 

prior to September 15, 2014, were 

required to be tested for compliance 

with the existing standards using 

Appendices A1 or B1 unless the 

manufacturer was certifying the product 

for early compliance with the amended 

standards, in which case the 

manufacturer would use Appendix A or 

B. However, beginning on September 

15, 2014, the Appendix A1 and B1 test 

procedures will be displaced by 

Appendices A and B. To prevent 

confusion after the compliance date of 

the amended standards and to eliminate 

unnecessary regulatory text, DOE 

proposes to remove Appendix A1 and 

Appendix B1 from subpart B to 10 CFR 

part 430 and to remove reference to 

these appendices in other parts of the 

regulations. 

In addition, DOE proposes to remove 

from the list of materials incorporated 

by reference ANSI/AHAM HRF–1–1979, 

(Revision of ANSI B38.1–1970), (‘‘HRF– 

1–1979’’), American National Standard, 

Household Refrigerators, Combination 

Refrigerator-Freezers and Household 

Freezers. This commercial standard is 

incorporated by reference only into the 

test procedures of Appendices A1 and 

B1, which DOE proposes to eliminate. 

O. Compliance With Other EPCA 

Requirements 

1. Test Burden 

EPCA requires that the test 

procedures DOE prescribes or amends 

be reasonably designed to produce test 

results that measure the energy 

efficiency, energy use, or estimated 

annual operating cost of a covered 

product during a representative average 

use cycle or period of use. These 

procedures must also not be unduly 

burdensome to conduct. See 42 U.S.C. 

6293(b)(3). DOE has concluded that the 

amendments proposed in today’s notice 

satisfy this requirement. 

The test procedures proposed in this 

notice apply primarily to products 

currently unregulated by DOE. Most of 

these products are very similar to 

refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and 

freezers, and use insulated cabinets and 

refrigeration systems to keep the 

interiors cool. The proposed test 

procedures are based on, and consistent 

with, test procedures currently required 

for testing refrigerators, refrigeratorfreezers, and freezers and would not 

represent any greater test burden than 

DOE’s test procedures for these 

products. 

The proposed test procedures for ice 

makers differ somewhat from the test 

procedures for refrigerators, refrigeratorfreezers, and freezers. However, the test 

facilities and instrumentation required 

for testing ice makers would be nearly 

identical, and the test duration would 

be very similar and would represent no 

greater test burden than what is 

currently required of manufacturers of 

those refrigeration products that DOE 

already regulates. 

DOE considered whether the 

proposed test procedures could be 

modified to further reduce the burdens 

of its proposal without negatively 

affecting test accuracy and concluded 

that there are no such options for 

modification that would significantly 

reduce the burden beyond the steps 

already taken and described above. 

2. Changes in Measured Energy Use 

Most of the amendments proposed in 

today’s notice establish test procedures 

for products for which there currently 

are no DOE test procedures or energy 

conservation standards: Cooled 

cabinets, non-compressor refrigeration 

products, hybrid freezers, and ice 

makers. Hence, there are no changes in 

measured energy use associated with 

these amendments. 

DOE had previously issued guidance 

that addressed hybrid products as well 

as refrigerator, refrigerator-freezer, and 

freezer products that have a wine chiller 

volume that comprises less than 50 

percent of that product’s interior 

volume. While this guidance may not 

have completely clarified whether 

existing coverage for refrigerators and 

refrigerator-freezers extends to any of 

these products, DOE’s proposed 

coverage determination, published 

October 31, 2013, has since clarified the 

extent of this coverage and affirmed that 

products with a wine storage volume 

less than 50 percent of the total interior 

volume are currently subject to the 

standards applicable to refrigerators and 

refrigerator-freezers, but that hybrid 

products are not. 78 FR 65223. Hence, 

for refrigerator, refrigerator-freezer, and 

freezer products, including refrigerators 

and refrigerator-freezers that have a 

wine chiller comprising less than 50 

percent of the product’s volume, there 

also are no changes in measured energy 

use. 

This notice also proposes test 

procedure amendments for a small 

minority of product types that are 

currently covered by DOE’s regulations, 

including non-hybrid refrigerators, 

refrigerator-freezers, and freezers that 

have cellar compartments comprising 

less than half of their total refrigerated 

volume. The test procedure 

amendments addressing these products 

for the most part clarify how to conduct 

the test, rather than impose any new 

requirements. Further, to the extent 

DOE is aware, no actual or planned 

products in this category (i.e., products 

with cellar compartments whose 

volumes are insufficient to meet the 

proposed hybrid refrigeration product 

definition) would be affected by the 

proposed amendments. Hence, DOE 

does not expect at this time that there 

would be any change in measured 

energy consumption for such products. 

Today’s proposal also would modify 

the definitions for refrigerator, 

refrigerator-freezer, and freezer, and 

would introduce general terms such as 

consumer refrigeration product to 

denote groups of covered products. The 

definitional changes for refrigerator, 

refrigerator-freezer, and freezer would 

indicate that these products may 

contain cellar compartments that 

comprise less than half of their 

refrigerated volume, and would 

otherwise rearrange the order of the 

requirements to make the structure of all 

the definitions consistent. DOE is not 

aware of any existing products whose 

status would be changed by this 

amendment, nor does DOE believe that 

the proposal would change any 

product’s energy use measurement. 

DOE requests comment on its findings 

that there would be no affected products 

for which there would be changes in 

measured energy use associated with 

any of the amendments proposed in this 

notice. 

3. Standby and Off Mode Energy Use 

EPCA directs DOE to amend its test 

procedures to include standby mode 

and off mode energy consumption. It 

also requires that this energy 

consumption be integrated into the 

overall energy consumption descriptor 

for the product, unless DOE determines 

that the current test procedures for the 

product already fully account for and 

incorporate the standby and off mode 

energy consumption of the covered 

product. (42 U.S.C. 6295(gg)(2)(A)(i)). 

DOE’s proposal involves measuring 

the energy use of the affected products 

during extended time periods that 

include periods when the compressor 

and other key components are cycled 

off. All of the energy these products use 

during the ‘‘off cycles’’ would be 

included in the measurements. A given 

refrigeration product being tested could 

include auxiliary features that draw 

power in a standby or off mode. In such 

instances, HRF–1–2008, which is 

incorporated in relevant part into the 

proposed test procedures, generally 

instructs manufacturers to set certain 

auxiliary features to the lowest power 

position during testing. In this lowest 

power position, any standby or off mode 

energy use of such auxiliary features 

would be included in the energy 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 74925 

measurement. Hence, no separate 

changes would be needed to account for 

standby and off mode energy 

consumption, since the current (and as 

proposed) procedures address these 

modes. DOE also notes that it has 

included an ice storage test for the 

energy test procedure for ice makers, 

which effectively addresses standby 

energy use for these products during 

times when the ice maker is not actively 

making ice. 

DOE requests comments on its 

tentative determination that the 

proposed test procedures would 

adequately address standby and off 

mode energy use. 

IV. Procedural Issues and Regulatory 

Review 

A. Review Under Executive Order 12866 

The Office of Management and Budget 

(OMB) has determined that test 

procedure rulemakings do not constitute 

‘‘significant regulatory actions’’ under 

section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866, 

Regulatory Planning and Review, 58 FR 

51735 (Oct. 4, 1993). Accordingly, this 

action was not subject to review under 

the Executive Order by the Office of 

Information and Regulatory Affairs 

(OIRA) in the Office of Management and 

Budget. 

B. Review Under the Regulatory 

Flexibility Act 

The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 

U.S.C. 601, et seq.) requires preparation 

of an initial regulatory flexibility 

analysis (IFRA) for any rule that by law 

must be proposed for public comment, 

unless the agency certifies that the rule, 

if promulgated, will not have a 

significant economic impact on a 

substantial number of small entities. As 

required by Executive Order 13272, 

‘‘Proper Consideration of Small Entities 

in Agency Rulemaking,’’ 67 FR 53461 

(August 16, 2002), DOE published 

procedures and policies on February 19, 

2003, to ensure that the potential 

impacts of its rules on small entities are 

properly considered during the DOE 

rulemaking process. 68 FR 7990. DOE 

has made its procedures and policies 

available on the Office of the General 

Counsel’s Web site: http://energy.gov/

gc/office-general-counsel. 

For manufacturers of consumer 

refrigeration products, the Small 

Business Administration (SBA) has set a 

size threshold, which defines those 

entities classified as ‘‘small businesses’’ 

for the purposes of the statute. DOE 

used the SBA’s size standards published 

on January 31, 1996, as amended, to 

determine whether any small entities 

would be required to comply with the 

rule. 61 FR 3280, 3286, as amended at 

67 FR 3041, 3045 (Jan. 23, 2002) and at 

69 FR 29192, 29203 (May 21, 2004); see 

also 65 FR 30836, 30850 (May 15, 2000), 

as amended at 65 FR 53533, 53545 

(Sept. 5, 2000). The size standards are 

codified at 13 CFR part 121. The 

standards are listed by North American 

Industry Classification System (NAICS) 

code and industry description and are 

available at http://www.sba.gov/sites/

default/files/files/Size_Standards_

Table.pdf. Miscellaneous refrigeration 

product manufacturers are classified 

under NAICS 335222, ‘‘Household 

Refrigerator and Home Freezer 

Manufacturing’’ and NAICS 333415, 

‘‘Air-Conditioning and Warm Air 

Heating Equipment and Commercial 

and Industrial Refrigeration Equipment 

Manufacturing.’’ The SBA sets a 

threshold of 1,000 employees or less for 

an entity to be considered as a small 

business for NAICS 335222 and 750 

employees or less for NAICS 333415. 

In this NOPR, DOE proposes new test 

procedures for miscellaneous 

refrigeration products, comprising 

cooled cabinets (e.g., wine chillers and 

beverage centers), hybrid refrigeration 

products, non-compressor refrigerators, 

and ice makers. As described in section 

III.O.2, these products are not currently 

covered by DOE energy conservation 

standards. The notice also proposes to 

amend the test procedure for 

refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and 

freezers that have cellar compartments 

that have a volume insufficient to be 

considered hybrid products under 

today’s proposal. The proposed test 

procedures, when taken as a whole, may 

impact manufacturers who would be 

required to test their products in 

accordance with these proposed 

requirements. DOE has analyzed these 

impacts on small businesses and 

presents its findings below. 

DOE examined the potential impacts 

of the new testing procedures proposed 

in this rulemaking under the provisions 

of the Regulatory Flexibility Act and the 

procedures and policies published on 

February 19, 2003. In using these 

procedures, DOE conducted a more 

focused inquiry into small business 

manufacturers of products that would 

be covered by this proposal. During its 

market survey, DOE used all available 

public information to identify potential 

small manufacturers. DOE’s research 

involved the review of product 

databases (e.g., California Energy 

Commission (CEC), and Natural 

Resources Canada (NRCan) databases) 

and individual company Web sites to 

create a list of companies that 

manufacture or sell miscellaneous 

refrigeration products. DOE reviewed 

these data to determine whether the 

entities met the SBA’s definition of a 

small business manufacturer of 

miscellaneous refrigeration products 

and screened out companies that do not 

offer products that would be affected by 

the proposed amendments, do not meet 

the definition of a ‘‘small business,’’ or 

are foreign-owned and operated. 

DOE identified four small business 

manufacturers of products that would 

be affected by today’s proposal. From its 

analysis, DOE determined the expected 

impacts of the proposed rule on affected 

small businesses and whether DOE 

could certify that this rulemaking would 

not have a significant economic impact 

on a substantial number of small 

entities. 

If adopted, the proposed test 

procedure would provide new test 

procedures for manufacturers to use 

when evaluating the energy efficiency of 

all cooled cabinets, ice makers, noncompressor refrigerators, and hybrid 

refrigeration products as they are all 

defined in today’s proposal. Cooled 

cabinets are currently regulated by the 

CEC and NRCan as wine chillers. DOE 

assumes that such products sold in 

California and/or Canada are the same 

products sold in the remaining States. 

Hence, manufacturers have already 

tested such products in order to report 

energy use to CEC and/or NRCan. The 

proposed test procedure would modify 

the calculation of energy use for these 

products, but would not require 

retesting. The cost to manufacturers 

associated with testing procedures for 

the remaining products addressed by 

today’s proposal are estimated to 

average $2,500 per test. This estimate is 

based on input from third party testing 

labs for completing tests as specified by 

DOE’s proposed test procedure. 

The primary cost for small businesses 

under this rulemaking would result 

from the aforementioned testing 

requirements. The four identified small 

businesses manufacture cooled cabinets, 

hybrid refrigeration products, and ice 

makers. However, assuming that DOE 

establishes coverage over the products 

addressed in this proposal, only 

products for which manufacturers 

publicly make energy use claims would 

be required under Federal law to be 

tested using a DOE test procedure. (At 

this time, there are no Federal energy 

conservation standards in place for 

these products.) Currently, only wine 

chillers (treated under this proposal as 

cooled cabinets) are required to make 

representations of their energy use by 

virtue of their coverage by the State of 

California. Moreover, although some of 

the four identified small businesses also 

manufacture ice makers, they do not 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

74926 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 

12U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor 

Statistics. 2011. National Occupational 

Employment and Wage Estimates. Washington, DC. 

13U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor 

Statistics. 2010. Employer Costs for Employee 

Compensation—Management, Professional, and 

Related Employees. Washington, DC. 

make any public claims regarding their 

energy consumption; therefore, these ice 

makers would not be subject to any 

testing requirements under this 

rulemaking. As mentioned above, 

existing cooled cabinet models that are 

being sold in the U.S. are assumed to 

have already been tested, and the 

proposed test would require only an 

adjustment of the calculated energy use. 

Consequently, costs associated with 

revising the calculations of energy use 

and revising representations of energy 

use were applied only to the number of 

existing basic models of cooled cabinets 

manufactured by these small businesses, 

which DOE estimated at 25 cooled 

cabinet basic models. DOE estimated 

that revising the energy use 

representations for these products 

would require 120 hours of effort for 

each manufacturer. The average hourly 

salary for an engineer completing these 

tasks is estimated at $44.36.12 Fringe 

benefits are estimated at 30 percent of 

total compensation, which brings the 

hourly costs to employers associated 

with reviewing and filing of reports to 

$57.67.13 Hence, total costs to small 

businesses to implement the 

requirements of this rulemaking are 

estimated at $28,000, or an average of 

$7,000 per small business. 

DOE also considered the additional 

costs associated with the test procedure 

requirements of testing and reporting to 

DOE the energy use of the products 

other than cooled cabinets that are the 

subject of this notice. These costs would 

be incurred if an energy conservation 

standard were established that imposed 

efficiency requirements as well as 

requirements to report energy use for 

these products. Based on an estimated 

testing cost of $2,500 per unit, testing of 

two units per basic model, shipping 

costs for shipping the units to a test 

laboratory of $150 per unit, test 

management and review time of 5 hours 

per unit, reporting time of 40 hours plus 

6 hours per model, and the above hourly 

rate, the additional costs are estimated 

at $74,000, or $18,500 per small 

business. 

DOE seeks comment on its estimated 

additional testing cost from the 

proposed testing requirements, 

particularly the impacts of these 

additional costs on small manufacturers 

and whether the number of small 

businesses DOE has identified is 

accurate. 

DOE also analyzed the testing cost 

burden relative to the revenues of small 

manufacturers. Based on this analysis, 

DOE estimates that the cost burden of 

the test procedure proposal’s 

requirement for revising representations 

of cooled cabinets ranges from 0.01 to 

0.02 percent of annual revenues, 

depending on the small entity affected 

by this test procedure. DOE concludes 

that these values would be unlikely to 

represent a significant economic impact 

for small businesses. The total cost 

burden, including the cost associated 

with the additional requirement for 

testing of the additional products 

associated with this notice, if energy 

conservation standards are established, 

ranges from 0.01 to 0.2 percent of 

annual revenues. DOE concludes that 

this also would be unlikely to represent 

a significant economic impact for small 

businesses. 

Based on the criteria outlined above, 

DOE has determined that the proposed 

amendments would not have a 

‘‘significant economic impact on a 

substantial number of small entities,’’ 

and the preparation of a regulatory 

flexibility analysis is not required. DOE 

will transmit the certification and 

supporting statement of factual basis to 

the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the 

Small Business Administration for 

review under 5 U.S.C. 605(b). 

DOE seeks comment on its reasoning 

that the proposed test procedure 

changes would not have a significant 

impact on a substantial number of small 

entities. 

C. Review Under the Paperwork 

Reduction Act of 1995 

DOE has generally established 

regulations for the certification and 

recordkeeping requirements for certain 

covered consumer products and 

commercial equipment. 76 FR 12422 

(March 7, 2011). DOE proposed to add 

coverage for miscellaneous refrigeration 

products in a notice published on 

October 31, 2013. 78 FR 65223. All 

collections of information from the 

public by a Federal agency must receive 

prior approval from OMB. DOE is 

actively pursuing its renewal and 

expansion for the information collection 

for all of its covered products, including 

miscellaneous refrigeration products. As 

part of that effort, DOE estimated its 

public reporting burden for a typical 

manufacturer that is subject to DOE 

recordkeeping regulations. DOE 

estimated that it will take each 

respondent approximately 30 hours 

total per company per year to comply 

with the certification and recordkeeping 

requirements based on 20 hours of 

technician/technical work and 10 hours 

clerical work to actually submit the 

CCMS templates. DOE has proposed 

certification requirements for 

miscellaneous refrigeration products 

(which would only be required if DOE 

ultimately issues a coverage 

determination and sets standards for 

these products). This rulemaking would 

include recordkeeping requirements on 

manufacturers that are associated with 

executing and maintaining the test data 

for these products. For the purposes of 

estimating burden, DOE assumed that 

each respondent will spend 30 hours 

total per company per year estimate. 

DOE recognizes that recordkeeping 

burden may vary substantially based on 

company preferences and practices. 

DOE requests comment on this burden 

estimate and plans to publish a notice 

once the information approval is 

approved by OMB should this 

rulemaking be finalized as proposed. 

D. Review Under the National 

Environmental Policy Act of 1969 

DOE is proposing test procedure 

amendments that will likely be used to 

develop and implement future energy 

conservation standards for 

miscellaneous refrigeration products. 

DOE has determined that this rule falls 

into a class of actions that are 

categorically excluded from review 

under the National Environmental 

Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321, et 

seq.) and DOE’s implementing 

regulations at 10 CFR part 1021. 

Specifically, this proposed rule would 

amend the existing test procedures 

without affecting the amount, quality or 

distribution of energy usage, and, 

therefore, would not result in any 

environmental impacts. Thus, this 

rulemaking is covered by Categorical 

Exclusion A6 under 10 CFR part 1021, 

subpart D, which applies to any 

rulemaking that interprets or amends an 

existing rule without changing the 

environmental effect of that rule. 

Accordingly, neither an environmental 

assessment nor an environmental 

impact statement is required. 

E. Review Under Executive Order 13132 

Executive Order 13132, ‘‘Federalism,’’ 

64 FR 43255 (August 4, 1999) imposes 

certain requirements on agencies 

formulating and implementing policies 

or regulations that preempt State law or 

that have Federalism implications. The 

Executive Order requires agencies to 

examine the constitutional and statutory 

authority supporting any action that 

would limit the policymaking discretion 

of the States and to carefully assess the 

necessity for such actions. The 

Executive Order also requires agencies 

to have an accountable process to 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 74927 

ensure meaningful and timely input by 

State and local officials in the 

development of regulatory policies that 

have Federalism implications. On 

March 14, 2000, DOE published a 

statement of policy describing the 

intergovernmental consultation process 

it will follow in the development of 

such regulations. 65 FR 13735. DOE has 

examined this proposed rule and has 

determined that it would not have a 

substantial direct effect on the States, on 

the relationship between the national 

government and the States, or on the 

distribution of power and 

responsibilities among the various 

levels of government. EPCA governs and 

prescribes Federal preemption of State 

regulations as to energy conservation for 

the products that are the subject of 

today’s proposed rule. States can 

petition DOE for exemption from such 

preemption to the extent, and based on 

criteria, set forth in EPCA. (42 U.S.C. 

6297(d)) No further action is required by 

Executive Order 13132. 

F. Review Under Executive Order 12988 

Regarding the review of existing 

regulations and the promulgation of 

new regulations, section 3(a) of 

Executive Order 12988, ‘‘Civil Justice 

Reform,’’ 61 FR 4729 (Feb. 7, 1996), 

imposes on Federal agencies the general 

duty to adhere to the following 

requirements: (1) Eliminate drafting 

errors and ambiguity; (2) write 

regulations to minimize litigation; (3) 

provide a clear legal standard for 

affected conduct rather than a general 

standard; and (4) promote simplification 

and burden reduction. Section 3(b) of 

Executive Order 12988 specifically 

requires that Executive agencies make 

every reasonable effort to ensure that the 

regulation: (1) Clearly specifies the 

preemptive effect, if any; (2) clearly 

specifies any effect on existing Federal 

law or regulation; (3) provides a clear 

legal standard for affected conduct 

while promoting simplification and 

burden reduction; (4) specifies the 

retroactive effect, if any; (5) adequately 

defines key terms; and (6) addresses 

other important issues affecting clarity 

and general draftsmanship under any 

guidelines issued by the Attorney 

General. Section 3(c) of Executive Order 

12988 requires Executive agencies to 

review regulations in light of applicable 

standards in sections 3(a) and 3(b) to 

determine whether they are met or it is 

unreasonable to meet one or more of 

them. DOE has completed the required 

review and determined that, to the 

extent permitted by law, the proposed 

rule meets the relevant standards of 

Executive Order 12988. 

G. Review Under the Unfunded 

Mandates Reform Act of 1995 

Title II of the Unfunded Mandates 

Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA) requires 

each Federal agency to assess the effects 

of Federal regulatory actions on State, 

local, and Tribal governments and the 

private sector. Public Law 104–4, sec. 

201 (codified at 2 U.S.C. 1531). For a 

proposed regulatory action likely to 

result in a rule that may cause the 

expenditure by State, local, and Tribal 

governments, in the aggregate, or by the 

private sector of $100 million or more 

in any one year (adjusted annually for 

inflation), section 202 of UMRA requires 

a Federal agency to publish a written 

statement that estimates the resulting 

costs, benefits, and other effects on the 

national economy. (2 U.S.C. 1532(a), (b)) 

The UMRA also requires a Federal 

agency to develop an effective process 

to permit timely input by elected 

officers of State, local, and Tribal 

governments on a proposed ‘‘significant 

intergovernmental mandate,’’ and 

requires an agency plan for giving notice 

and opportunity for timely input to 

potentially affected small governments 

before establishing any requirements 

that might significantly or uniquely 

affect small governments. On March 18, 

1997, DOE published a statement of 

policy on its process for 

intergovernmental consultation under 

UMRA. 62 FR 12820; also available at 

http://energy.gov/gc/office-generalcounsel. DOE examined today’s 

proposed rule according to UMRA and 

its statement of policy and determined 

that the rule contains neither an 

intergovernmental mandate, nor a 

mandate that may result in the 

expenditure of $100 million or more in 

any year. Accordingly, these 

requirements do not apply. 

H. Review Under the Treasury and 

General Government Appropriations 

Act, 1999 

Section 654 of the Treasury and 

General Government Appropriations 

Act, 1999 (Pub. L. 105–277) requires 

Federal agencies to issue a Family 

Policymaking Assessment for any rule 

that may affect family well-being. This 

proposed rule would not have any 

impact on the autonomy or integrity of 

the family as an institution. 

Accordingly, DOE has concluded that it 

is not necessary to prepare a Family 

Policymaking Assessment. 

I. Review Under Executive Order 12630 

DOE has determined, under Executive 

Order 12630, ‘‘Governmental Actions 

and Interference with Constitutionally 

Protected Property Rights’’ 53 FR 8859 

(March 18, 1988), that this proposed 

regulation would not result in any 

takings that might require compensation 

under the Fifth Amendment to the U.S. 

Constitution. 

J. Review Under Treasury and General 

Government Appropriations Act, 2001 

Section 515 of the Treasury and 

General Government Appropriations 

Act, 2001 (44 U.S.C. 3516, note) 

provides for agencies to review most 

disseminations of information to the 

public under guidelines established by 

each agency pursuant to general 

guidelines issued by OMB. OMB’s 

guidelines were published at 67 FR 

8452 (Feb. 22, 2002), and DOE’s 

guidelines were published at 67 FR 

62446 (Oct. 7, 2002). DOE has reviewed 

today’s proposed rule under the OMB 

and DOE guidelines and has concluded 

that it is consistent with applicable 

policies in those guidelines. 

K. Review Under Executive Order 13211 

Executive Order 13211, ‘‘Actions 

Concerning Regulations That 

Significantly Affect Energy Supply, 

Distribution, or Use,’’ 66 FR 28355 (May 

22, 2001), requires Federal agencies to 

prepare and submit to OMB, a 

Statement of Energy Effects for any 

proposed significant energy action. A 

‘‘significant energy action’’ is defined as 

any action by an agency that 

promulgated or is expected to lead to 

promulgation of a final rule, and that: 

(1) Is a significant regulatory action 

under Executive Order 12866, or any 

successor order; and (2) is likely to have 

a significant adverse effect on the 

supply, distribution, or use of energy; or 

(3) is designated by the Administrator of 

OIRA as a significant energy action. For 

any proposed significant energy action, 

the agency must give a detailed 

statement of any adverse effects on 

energy supply, distribution, or use 

should the proposal be implemented, 

and of reasonable alternatives to the 

action and their expected benefits on 

energy supply, distribution, and use. 

Today’s regulatory action proposes to 

establish test procedures to measure the 

energy efficiency of miscellaneous 

refrigeration products, and is not a 

significant regulatory action under 

Executive Order 12866. Moreover, it 

would not have a significant adverse 

effect on the supply, distribution, or use 

of energy, nor has it been designated as 

a significant energy action by the 

Administrator of OIRA. Therefore, it is 

not a significant energy action, and, 

accordingly, DOE has not prepared a 

Statement of Energy Effects. 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

74928 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 

L. Review Under Section 32 of the 

Federal Energy Administration Act of 

1974 

Under section 301 of the Department 

of Energy Organization Act (Pub. L. 95– 

91; 42 U.S.C. 7101), DOE must comply 

with section 32 of the Federal Energy 

Administration Act of 1974, as amended 

by the Federal Energy Administration 

Authorization Act of 1977. (15 U.S.C. 

788; FEAA) Section 32 essentially 

provides in relevant part that, where a 

proposed rule authorizes or requires use 

of commercial standards, the notice of 

proposed rulemaking must inform the 

public of the use and background of 

such standards. In addition, section 

32(c) requires DOE to consult with the 

Attorney General and the Chairman of 

the Federal Trade Commission (FTC) 

concerning the impact of the 

commercial or industry standards on 

competition. 

The proposed rule would require 

using testing methods contained in the 

following commercial standards: AHAM 

HRF–1–2008, ‘‘Energy and Internal 

Volume of Refrigerating Appliances’’, 

and ANSI–ASHRAE 29–2009, ‘‘Method 

of Testing Automatic Ice Makers.’’ DOE 

has evaluated these standards and is 

unable to conclude whether they fully 

comply with the requirements of section 

32(b) of the FEAA, (i.e., that they were 

developed in a manner that fully 

provides for public participation, 

comment, and review). DOE will 

consult with the Attorney General and 

the Chairman of the FTC concerning the 

impact of these test procedures on 

competition, prior to prescribing a final 

rule. 

V. Public Participation 

A. Attendance at Public Meeting 

The time, date and location of the 

public meeting are listed in the DATES

and ADDRESSES sections at the beginning 

of this document. If you plan to attend 

the public meeting, please notify Ms. 

Brenda Edwards at (202) 586–2945 or 

Brenda.Edwards@ee.doe.gov. Please 

note that foreign nationals visiting DOE 

Headquarters are subject to advance 

security screening procedures. Any 

foreign national wishing to participate 

in the meeting should advise DOE as 

soon as possible by contacting Ms. 

Regina Washington at (202) 586–1214 or 

by email: Regina.Washington@

ee.doe.gov. Please also note that those 

wishing to bring laptops into the 

Forrestal Building will be required to 

obtain a property pass. Visitors should 

avoid bringing laptops, or allow an extra 

45 minutes. Persons can attend the 

public meeting via webinar. For more 

information, refer to the Public 

Participation section near the end of this 

notice. 

DOE requires visitors with laptop 

computers and other devices, such as 

tablets, to be checked upon entry into 

the building. Any person wishing to 

bring these devices into the Forrestal 

Building will be required to obtain a 

property pass. Visitors should avoid 

bringing these devices, or allow an extra 

45 minutes to check in. Please report to 

the visitor’s desk to have devices 

checked before proceeding through 

security. 

Due to the REAL ID Act implemented 

by the Department of Homeland 

Security (DHS), there have been recent 

changes regarding ID requirements for 

individuals wishing to enter Federal 

buildings from specific states and U.S. 

territories. Driver’s licenses from the 

following states or territory will not be 

accepted for building entry and one of 

the alternate forms of ID listed below 

will be required. DHS has determined 

that regular driver’s licenses (and ID 

cards) from the following jurisdictions 

are not acceptable for entry into DOE 

facilities: Alaska, American Samoa, 

Arizona, Louisiana, Maine, 

Massachusetts, Minnesota, New York, 

Oklahoma, and Washington. Acceptable 

alternate forms of Photo-ID include: U.S. 

Passport or Passport Card; an Enhanced 

Driver’s License or Enhanced ID-Card 

issued by the states of Minnesota, New 

York or Washington (Enhanced licenses 

issued by these states are clearly marked 

Enhanced or Enhanced Driver’s 

License); a military ID or other Federal 

government issued Photo-ID card. 

In addition, you can attend the public 

meeting via webinar. Webinar 

registration information, participant 

instructions, and information about the 

capabilities available to webinar 

participants will be published on DOE’s 

Web site, http://www1.eere.energy.gov/

buildings/appliance_standards/

rulemaking.aspx?ruleid=105. 

Participants are responsible for ensuring 

their systems are compatible with the 

webinar software. 

B. Procedure for Submitting Prepared 

General Statements for Distribution 

Any person who has plans to present 

a prepared general statement may 

request that copies of his or her 

statement be made available at the 

public meeting. Such persons may 

submit requests, along with an advance 

electronic copy of their statement in 

PDF (preferred), Microsoft Word or 

Excel, WordPerfect, or text (ASCII) file 

format, to the appropriate address 

shown in the ADDRESSES section at the 

beginning of this notice. The request 

and advance copy of statements must be 

received at least one week before the 

public meeting and may be emailed, 

hand-delivered, or sent by mail. DOE 

prefers to receive requests and advance 

copies via email. Please include a 

telephone number to enable DOE staff to 

make a follow-up contact, if needed. 

C. Conduct of Public Meeting 

DOE will designate a DOE official to 

preside at the public meeting and may 

also use a professional facilitator to aid 

discussion. The meeting will not be a 

judicial or evidentiary-type public 

hearing, but DOE will conduct it in 

accordance with section 336 of EPCA 

(42 U.S.C. 6306). A court reporter will 

be present to record the proceedings and 

prepare a transcript. DOE reserves the 

right to schedule the order of 

presentations and to establish the 

procedures governing the conduct of the 

public meeting. After the public meeting 

and until the end of the comment 

period, interested parties may submit 

further comments on the proceedings 

and any aspect of the rulemaking. 

The public meeting will be conducted 

in an informal, conference style. DOE 

will present summaries of comments 

received before the public meeting, 

allow time for prepared general 

statements by participants, and 

encourage all interested parties to share 

their views on issues affecting this 

rulemaking. Each participant will be 

allowed to make a general statement 

(within time limits determined by DOE), 

before the discussion of specific topics. 

DOE will permit, as time permits, other 

participants to comment briefly on any 

general statements. 

At the end of all prepared statements 

on a topic, DOE will permit participants 

to clarify their statements briefly and 

comment on statements made by others. 

Participants should be prepared to 

answer questions by DOE and by other 

participants concerning these issues. 

DOE representatives may also ask 

questions of participants concerning 

other matters relevant to this 

rulemaking. The official conducting the 

public meeting will accept additional 

comments or questions from those 

attending, as time permits. The 

presiding official will announce any 

further procedural rules or modification 

of the above procedures that may be 

needed for the proper conduct of the 

public meeting. 

A transcript of the public meeting will 

be included in the docket, which can be 

viewed as described in the Docket 

section at the beginning of this notice. 

In addition, any person may buy a copy 

of the transcript from the transcribing 

reporter. 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 74929 

D. Submission of Comments 

DOE will accept comments, data, and 

information regarding this proposed 

rule before or after the public meeting, 

but no later than the date provided in 

the DATES section at the beginning of 

this proposed rule. Interested parties 

may submit comments using any of the 

methods described in the ADDRESSES

section at the beginning of this notice. 

Submitting comments via 

regulations.gov. The regulations.gov 

Web page will require you to provide 

your name and contact information. 

Your contact information will be 

viewable to DOE Building Technologies 

staff only. Your contact information will 

not be publicly viewable except for your 

first and last names, organization name 

(if any), and submitter representative 

name (if any). If your comment is not 

processed properly because of technical 

difficulties, DOE will use this 

information to contact you. If DOE 

cannot read your comment due to 

technical difficulties and cannot contact 

you for clarification, DOE may not be 

able to consider your comment. 

However, your contact information 

will be publicly viewable if you include 

it in the comment or in any documents 

attached to your comment. Any 

information that you do not want to be 

publicly viewable should not be 

included in your comment, nor in any 

document attached to your comment. 

Persons viewing comments will see only 

first and last names, organization 

names, correspondence containing 

comments, and any documents 

submitted with the comments. 

Do not submit to regulations.gov 

information for which disclosure is 

restricted by statute, such as trade 

secrets and commercial or financial 

information (hereinafter referred to as 

Confidential Business Information 

(CBI)). Comments submitted through 

regulations.gov cannot be claimed as 

CBI. Comments received through the 

Web site will waive any CBI claims for 

the information submitted. For 

information on submitting CBI, see the 

Confidential Business Information 

section. 

DOE processes submissions made 

through regulations.gov before posting. 

Normally, comments will be posted 

within a few days of being submitted. 

However, if large volumes of comments 

are being processed simultaneously, 

your comment may not be viewable for 

up to several weeks. Please keep the 

comment tracking number that 

regulations.gov provides after you have 

successfully uploaded your comment. 

Submitting comments via email, hand 

delivery, or mail. Comments and 

documents submitted via email, hand 

delivery, or mail also will be posted to 

regulations.gov. If you do not want your 

personal contact information to be 

publicly viewable, do not include it in 

your comment or any accompanying 

documents. Instead, provide your 

contact information on a cover letter. 

Include your first and last names, email 

address, telephone number, and 

optional mailing address. The cover 

letter will not be publicly viewable as 

long as it does not include any 

comments. 

Include contact information each time 

you submit comments, data, documents, 

and other information to DOE. If you 

submit via mail or hand delivery, please 

provide all items on a CD, if feasible. It 

is not necessary to submit printed 

copies. No facsimiles (faxes) will be 

accepted. 

Comments, data, and other 

information submitted to DOE 

electronically should be provided in 

PDF (preferred), Microsoft Word or 

Excel, WordPerfect, or text (ASCII) file 

format. Provide documents that are not 

secured, written in English and free of 

any defects or viruses. Documents 

should not contain special characters or 

any form of encryption and, if possible, 

they should carry the electronic 

signature of the author. 

Campaign form letters. Please submit 

campaign form letters by the originating 

organization in batches of between 50 to 

500 form letters per PDF or as one form 

letter with a list of supporters’ names 

compiled into one or more PDFs. This 

reduces comment processing and 

posting time. 

Confidential Business Information. 

According to 10 CFR 1004.11, any 

person submitting information that he 

or she believes to be confidential and 

exempt by law from public disclosure 

should submit via email, postal mail, or 

hand delivery two well-marked copies: 

one copy of the document marked 

confidential including all the 

information believed to be confidential, 

and one copy of the document marked 

non-confidential with the information 

believed to be confidential deleted. 

Submit these documents via email or on 

a CD, if feasible. DOE will make its own 

determination about the confidential 

status of the information and treat it 

according to its determination. 

Factors of interest to DOE when 

evaluating requests to treat submitted 

information as confidential include: (1) 

A description of the items; (2) whether 

and why such items are customarily 

treated as confidential within the 

industry; (3) whether the information is 

generally known by or available from 

other sources; (4) whether the 

information has previously been made 

available to others without obligation 

concerning its confidentiality; (5) an 

explanation of the competitive injury to 

the submitting person which would 

result from public disclosure; (6) when 

such information might lose its 

confidential character due to the 

passage of time; and (7) why disclosure 

of the information would be contrary to 

the public interest. 

It is DOE’s policy that all comments 

may be included in the public docket, 

without change and as received, 

including any personal information 

provided in the comments (except 

information deemed to be exempt from 

public disclosure). 

E. Issues on Which DOE Seeks Comment 

Although DOE welcomes comments 

on any aspect of this proposal, DOE is 

particularly interested in receiving 

comments and views of interested 

parties concerning the following issues: 

1. DOE requests comment on the use 

of the term ‘‘cooled cabinet’’ to denote 

products such as wine chillers that 

maintain compartment temperatures 

that are warmer than 39 °F and on the 

proposed definition for these products. 

2. DOE requests comment on the use 

of the terms ‘‘non-compressor cooled 

cabinet’’ and ‘‘non-compressor 

refrigerator’’ to denote products that use 

alternative refrigeration systems. DOE 

also requests comment on the 

definitions proposed for these products, 

and also on DOE’s initial market 

research indicating that non-compressor 

refrigerator-freezers and non-compressor 

freezers are not available for sale. 

3. DOE requests comment on the 

definitions for hybrid products, 

including on the proposed requirement 

that hybrid status would require that at 

least 50 percent of the product’s 

refrigerated volume comprise one or 

more warm compartments such as wine 

chiller compartments. 

4. DOE requests comment on its 

proposed definition for ice makers. DOE 

also requests comment on whether it is 

necessary to further distinguish ice 

makers from freezers in the proposed ice 

maker definition. If so, what specific 

changes would be needed to the 

definition to ensure clarity between 

these two terms? 

5. DOE requests comment on its 

proposed definitions for ‘‘refrigerator, 

refrigerator-freezer, and freezer’’, 

‘‘miscellaneous refrigeration product’’, 

and ‘‘consumer refrigeration product.’’ 

6. DOE requests comment on the 

proposed changes to the definitions for 

refrigerator, refrigerator-freezer, and 

freezer that would distinguish these 

products from commercial refrigeration 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

74930 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 

equipment. Similarly, DOE also seeks 

general comments on its proposed 

clarifying amendments to these 

definitions. 

7. DOE requests comment on its 

proposal to remove provisions for 

testing externally vented products from 

the test procedures. 

8. DOE requests comment on its 

proposed sampling plans and 

certification report requirements for the 

products covered by this proposed test 

procedure. DOE also requests comments 

on its proposal to establish requirements 

for allowing use of CAD for volume 

measurements and for regulations 

associated with verification of certified 

volumes for miscellaneous refrigeration 

products. 

9. DOE invites comment on its 

definition for cellar compartment. DOE 

also requests comment on whether an 

alternative term may be more 

appropriate than ‘‘cellar’’ to denote this 

type of compartment. 

10. DOE requests comment on its 

proposal to use 55 °F as the cellar 

compartment standardized temperature 

during testing. 

11. DOE requests comments on it 

proposals for measuring cellar 

compartment temperatures. 

12. DOE requests comment on its 

proposal to require that cellar 

compartments with their own 

temperature control within products 

that are not cooled cabinets or hybrid 

refrigeration products be treated as 

special compartments. 

13. DOE requests comment on its 

proposals for incorporating cellar 

compartment temperature 

measurements into the test procedure 

requirements for temperature control 

settings and the proposed selection of 

tests to be used to calculate energy use 

for cooled cabinets and hybrid 

refrigeration products. 

14. DOE requests comments on the 

proposals for calculating cellar 

compartment volume and for using a 

volume adjustment factor of 1.0 for 

these compartments for cooled cabinets 

and a volume adjustment factor of 0.69 

for these compartments in other 

refrigeration products. 

15. DOE requests comments on its 

proposed test procedure changes to 

address compartments that are 

convertible between the cellar 

compartment temperature range and 

fresh food and/or freezer temperature 

range. 

16. DOE requests comment on its 

proposals for ambient temperatures and 

usage adjustment factors for both vaporcompression and non-compressor 

cooled cabinets. DOE requests 

information regarding field energy use 

of wine chillers and other cooled 

cabinets which it could use to confirm 

or adjust the proposed adjustment 

factors. 

17. DOE requests comment on its 

proposal, for cooled cabinets equipped 

with manual light switches, that only 

one test would be required, with the 

lighting control set to its lowest energy 

use position. 

18. DOE seeks comment on its 

proposal to require testing of noncompressor refrigerators in 90 °F 

ambient temperature conditions, to 

require that their energy use be 

calculated with a usage factor equal to 

1.0, and to require that certification 

reports include the fresh food 

compartment temperature attained in 

testing (if warmer than 39 °F). DOE also 

requests comment on its potential 

consideration of adjustments to the 

energy conservation standards to be 

developed for non-compressor 

refrigerators that would address the 

reduced stringency of a test in which 

the compartment temperature is warmer 

than the standardized temperature. 

19. DOE requests comment on its 

proposal that non-compressor 

refrigeration system cycling be 

addressed in the test procedure by 

indicating that the term ‘‘compressor 

cycles’’ means ‘‘refrigeration system 

cycles’’ for such products. 

20. DOE requests comment on its 

proposal to incorporate into Appendices 

A and B the extrapolation approach 

when testing refrigeration products 

other than non-compressor refrigerators, 

subject to the requirement that the 

measured warm-setting compartment 

temperature(s) must be warmer than the 

cold-setting compartment temperatures 

and that the measured energy use must 

be lower in the warm setting. 

21. DOE seeks comments on its 

proposal to specify that hybrid 

refrigeration products be tested in 90 °F 

ambient temperature conditions, and 

that their energy use be calculated using 

a 0.85 usage adjustment factor. 

22. DOE requests comment on its 

proposals to incorporate cellar 

compartment temperatures into the test 

procedure requirements for setting 

temperature controls, conducting tests, 

and calculating product energy 

consumption. 

23. DOE requests comments on the 

proposed definitions delineating 

different types of ice makers. DOE also 

seeks comment on whether the industry 

uses terminology that would be more 

technically accurate (and descriptive) 

when distinguishing cooled-storage 

from uncooled-storage ice makers. 

24. DOE requests comment on its 

proposed definitions to support the 

proposed test procedures for ice makers. 

25. DOE requests comment on its 

proposal to establish an energy use 

metric for ice makers that includes both 

ice production and ice storage energy 

use, and whether the proposed metric 

would sufficiently capture the total 

energy consumption of both cooledstorage and uncooled-storage ice 

makers. 

26. DOE requests comment on its 

proposed daily ice consumption rate of 

4 lb per day. DOE also seeks access to 

field or survey data that would yield, if 

possible, a more representative value for 

a daily ice consumption rate. DOE also 

requests comment on whether the daily 

ice consumption rate used in its 

proposal should vary based on ice 

maker harvest rate, and if so, how the 

rate should vary. 

27. DOE requests comment on its 

proposal to require testing of ice makers 

in a 72 °F ambient temperature 

condition and its proposal to otherwise 

apply to ice makers all of the set-up 

requirements applicable to ice makers 

that are currently required for 

refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and 

freezers. DOE also seeks comment on its 

assumption that ice makers are not 

opened as frequently as other 

refrigeration products. 

28. DOE requests comment on 

whether its proposed water temperature 

conditions for portable and non-portable 

ice makers are appropriate: 72 ± 2 °F 

temperature and 60 ± 15 psig pressure 

for non-portable ice makers, and 55 ± 

2 °F temperature for portable ice 

makers. 

29. DOE requests comment on all 

aspects of its proposed test conditions 

and test set-up requirements for ice 

makers. DOE also requests comment on 

its proposals for ice maker drain lines 

and for drain pumps. DOE also requests 

information regarding the power 

consumption of such pumps. 

30. DOE requests comment on the 

proposed two-hour stabilization period 

for the icemaking portion of the test for 

ice makers. 

31. DOE requests comment on its 

proposal to require that ice be retrieved 

within two-minutes after the end of the 

icemaking test period and seeks 

suggestions and alternative ice 

collection delay limits. DOE also seeks 

any supporting data regarding the 

proposed and alternative limits. 

32. DOE seeks comment on its 

proposed use of a perforated container 

and the container specifications, the 

proposed requirements for the scale 

used to measure the ice weight, the 

proposed requirement to leave the ice 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 74931 

produced during the stabilization period 

in the ice storage bin (i.e., the six-hour 

test period), or any other aspect of the 

proposed test. 

33. DOE requests comment on its 

proposed methodology for measuring 

ice storage energy consumption for both 

cooled-storage and uncooled-storage ice 

makers. In particular, it requests 

comment on whether its proposed 

duration for the uncooled-storage test 

period is of sufficient length to reduce 

the variability in test results that might 

be caused by the inconsistent intervals 

between ice production and idle periods 

when the ice maker is operating only to 

replenish melted ice. 

34. DOE requests comment on its 

proposed adjustment to the icemaking 

energy use for continuous-type ice 

makers to account for ice hardness less 

than 100 percent, and its proposed 

approach that would allow use of either 

an ice hardness value measured using 

calorimetry or a standard ice hardness 

factor. DOE also requests comment on 

whether its proposed ice hardness factor 

of 0.85 is an appropriate value to 

represent the nugget ice expected to be 

used in consumer continuous-type ice 

makers. 

35. DOE requests comment on its 

proposed method for calculating the 

daily energy consumption of ice makers. 

In addition, DOE requests comment on 

whether 0.5 is an appropriate annual 

usage adjustment factor for portable ice 

makers and seeks access to field or 

survey data that could help it develop 

a more representative assumption. 

36. DOE requests comment on its 

proposal to change the term ‘‘test 

period’’ to ‘‘test’’ in sections 6.2.1.1, 

6.2.1.2, 6.2.2.1, 6.2.3.1, and 6.2.4.1 of 

Appendix A and in sections 6.2.1.1 and 

6.2.1.2 of Appendix B. 

37. DOE requests comment on its 

proposal to refer to primary 

compartments as ‘‘primary’’ 

compartments rather than ‘‘first’’ 

compartments in its discussions of 

separate auxiliary compartments. 

38. DOE requests comments on its 

proposal to replace ‘‘should’’ with 

‘‘must’’ in its definition for variable 

defrost. 

39. DOE requests comment on its 

proposed extension of the requirements 

of Appendix A, sections 2.4, 2.5, and 

2.11 to the appropriate new products 

addressed by this notice. 

40. DOE requests comment on the 

proposed clarifications to the 

refrigerated volume measurements in 

Appendices A and B, which are 

consistent with the August 2012 

Guidance. 

41. DOE requests comments on its 

proposal to modify the designation for 

adjusted volume to ‘‘AV’’ in Appendices 

A and B, and its proposal to require that 

the volumes of freezer, fresh food, and 

cellar compartments be rounded to the 

nearest 0.01 cubic foot before 

calculation of a product’s total 

refrigerated volume or adjusted volume. 

42. DOE seeks comment on its 

reasoning that the proposed test 

procedure changes would not have a 

significant impact on a substantial 

number of small entities. 

VI. Approval of the Office of the 

Secretary 

The Secretary of Energy has approved 

publication of this proposed rule. 

List of Subjects 

10 CFR Part 429 

Confidential business information, 

Energy conservation, Household 

appliances, Imports, Reporting and 

recordkeeping requirements. 

10 CFR Part 430 

Administrative practice and 

procedure, Confidential business 

information, Energy conservation, 

Household appliances, Imports, 

Incorporation by reference, 

Intergovernmental relations, Small 

businesses. 

Issued in Washington, DC, on November 

26, 2014. 

Kathleen B. Hogan, 

Deputy Assistant Secretary for Energy 

Efficiency, Energy Efficiency and Renewable 

Energy. 

For the reasons stated in the 

preamble, DOE is proposing to amend 

parts 429 and 430 of Chapter II of Title 

10, Code of Federal Regulations as set 

forth below: 

PART 429—CERTIFICATION, 

COMPLIANCE, AND ENFORCEMENT 

FOR CONSUMER PRODUCTS AND 

COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL 

EQUIPMENT 

■ 1. The authority citation for part 429 

continues to read as follows: 

Authority: 42 U.S.C. 6291–6317. 

■ 2. Amend § 429.14 by: 

■ a. Revising the section heading and 

paragraph (a)(3); and 

■ b. Adding paragraphs (c) and (d). 

The revision and additions read as 

follows: 

§ 429.14 Consumer refrigerators, 

refrigerator-freezers and freezers. 

(a) * * * 

(3) The value of total refrigerated 

volume of a basic model reported in 

accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this 

section shall be the mean of the total 

refrigerated volumes measured for each 

tested unit of the basic model or the 

total refrigerated volume of the basic 

model as calculated in accordance with 

§ 429.72(c). The value of adjusted total 

volume of a basic model reported in 

accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this 

section shall be the mean of the adjusted 

total volumes measured for each tested 

unit of the basic model or the adjusted 

total volume of the basic model as 

calculated in accordance with 

§ 429.72(c). 

* * * * * 

(c) Rounding requirements for 

representative values, including 

certified and rated values. 

(1) The represented value of annual 

energy use must be rounded to the 

nearest kilowatt hour per year. 

(2) The represented value of total 

refrigerated volume must be rounded to 

the nearest 0.1 cubic foot. 

(3) The represented value of adjusted 

total volume must be rounded to the 

nearest 0.1 cubic foot. 

(d) Product category determination. 

Each basic model shall be certified 

according to the appropriate product 

category as defined in § 430.2 based on 

compartment volumes and compartment 

temperatures. 

(1) Compartment volumes used to 

determine product category shall be 

measured according to the provisions in 

section 5.3 of appendix A of subpart B 

of part 430 of this chapter for 

refrigerators and refrigerator-freezers 

and section 5.3 of appendix B of subpart 

B of part 430 of this chapter for freezers; 

and 

(2) Compartment temperatures used to 

determine product category shall be 

measured according to the provisions 

section 5.1 of appendix A of subpart B 

of part 430 of this chapter for 

refrigerators and refrigerator-freezers 

and section 5.1 of appendix B of subpart 

B of part 430 of this chapter for freezers, 

except that the compartment 

temperatures shall be measured with an 

ambient temperature of 72.0±1.0 degrees 

Fahrenheit (22.2±0.6 degrees Celsius). 

■ 3. Add § 429.61 to read as follows: 

§ 429.61 Miscellaneous refrigeration 

products. 

(a) Sampling plan for selection of 

units for testing. 

(1) The requirements of § 429.11 are 

applicable to miscellaneous 

refrigeration products; and 

(2) For each basic model of 

miscellaneous refrigeration product, a 

sample of sufficient size shall be 

randomly selected and tested to ensure 

that— 

(i) Any represented value of estimated 

annual operating cost, energy 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

74932 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 

consumption, or other measure of 

energy consumption of a basic model for 

which consumers would favor lower 

values shall be greater than or equal to 

the higher of: 

(A) The mean of the sample, where: 

and, x is the sample mean; n is the 

number of samples; and xi is the ith

sample; 

or 

(B) The upper 95 percent confidence 

limit (UCL) of the true mean divided by 

1.10, where: 

And x is the sample mean; s is the 

sample standard deviation; n is the 

number of samples; and t0.95 is the t 

statistic for a 95% one-tailed confidence 

interval with n-1 degrees of freedom 

(from appendix A of subpart B of part 

430 of this chapter). 

and 

(ii) Any represented value of the 

energy factor or other measure of energy 

consumption of a basic model for which 

consumers would favor higher values 

shall be less than or equal to the lower 

of: 

(A) The mean of the sample, where: 

and, x is the sample mean; n is the 

number of samples; and xi is the ith

sample; 

or 

(B) The lower 95 percent confidence 

limit (LCL) of the true mean divided by 

0.90, where: 

And x is the sample mean; s is the 

sample standard deviation; n is the 

number of samples; and t0.95 is the t 

statistic for a 95% one-tailed confidence 

interval with n-1 degrees of freedom 

(from appendix A of subpart B of part 

430 of this chapter). 

(3) The value of total refrigerated 

volume of a basic model reported in 

accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this 

section shall be the mean of the total 

refrigerated volumes measured for each 

tested unit of the basic model or the 

total refrigerated volume of the basic 

model as calculated in accordance with 

§ 429.72(d). The value of adjusted total 

volume of a basic model reported in 

accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this 

section shall be the mean of the adjusted 

total volumes measured for each tested 

unit of the basic model or the adjusted 

total volume of the basic model as 

calculated in accordance with 

§ 429.72(d). 

(b) Certification reports. 

(1) The requirements of § 429.12 are 

applicable to miscellaneous 

refrigeration products; and 

(2) Pursuant to § 429.12(b)(13), a 

certification report shall include the 

following public product-specific 

information: 

(i) For cooled cabinets, hybrid 

refrigeration products, and noncompressor refrigerators: the annual 

energy use in kilowatt hours per year 

(kWh/yr); the total refrigerated volume 

in cubic feet (cu ft) and the total 

adjusted volume in cubic feet (cu ft). 

(ii) For non-compressor refrigerators 

and hybrid non-compressor 

refrigerators, the cold-setting fresh food 

compartment temperature average 

calculated for tests used for 

certification, if this value is greater than 

39 °F. 

(iii) For ice makers: The annual 

energy use in kilowatt-hours per year 

(kWh/yr), the harvest rate in pounds of 

ice per day (lb/day), and, for 

continuous-type ice makers, the ice 

hardness (as defined in section 5 of 

appendix BB to subpart B of part 430 of 

this chapter) used to calculate the 

energy use. 

(3) Pursuant to § 429.12(b)(13), a 

certification report must include the 

following additional product-specific 

information for cooled cabinets, hybrid 

refrigeration products, and noncompressor refrigerators: Whether the 

basic model has variable defrost control 

(in which case, manufacturers must also 

report the values, if any, of CTL and 

CTM (For an example, see section 5.2.1.3 

in appendix A to subpart B of part 430 

of this chapter.) used in the calculation 

of energy consumption), whether the 

basic model has variable anti-sweat 

heater control (in which case, 

manufacturers must also report the 

values of heater Watts at the ten 

humidity levels 5%, 15%, through 95% 

used to calculate the variable anti-sweat 

heater ‘‘Correction Factor’’), and 

whether testing has been conducted 

with modifications to the standard 

temperature sensor locations specified 

by the figures referenced in section 5.1 

of appendices A and B to subpart B of 

part 430 of this chapter. 

(c) Rounding requirements for 

representative values, including 

certified and rated values. 

(1) The represented value of annual 

energy use must be rounded to the 

nearest kilowatt hour per year. 

(2) The represented value of total 

refrigerated volume must be rounded to 

the nearest 0.1 cubic foot. 

(3) The represented value of adjusted 

total volume must be rounded to the 

nearest 0.1 cubic foot. 

(4) The represented value of coldsetting fresh food compartment 

temperature must be rounded to the 

nearest 0.1 degree Fahrenheit. 

(5) The represented value of harvest 

rate must be rounded to the nearest 0.1 

pound of ice per day. 

(6) The represented value of ice 

hardness (as defined in section 5 of 

appendix BB to subpart B of part 430 of 

this chapter) must be rounded to the 

nearest 0.01. 

(d) Product category determination. 

Each basic model for miscellaneous 

refrigeration products other than ice 

makers shall be certified according to 

the appropriate product category as 

defined in § 430.2 based on 

compartment volumes and compartment 

temperatures. 

(1) Compartment volumes used to 

determine product category shall be 

measured according to the provisions in 

section 5.3 of appendix A to subpart B 

of part 430 of this chapter; and 

(2) Compartment temperatures used to 

determine product category shall be 

measured according to the provisions 

section 5.1 of appendix A to subpart B 

of part 430 of this chapter, except that 

the compartment temperatures shall be 

measured with an ambient temperature 

of 72.0 ± 1.0 degrees Fahrenheit (22.2 ± 

0.6 degrees Celsius). 

■ 4. Amend § 429.72 by adding 

paragraph (d) to read as follows: 

§ 429.72 Alternative methods for 

determining non-energy ratings. 

* * * * * 

(d) Miscellaneous refrigeration 

products. The total refrigerated volume 

of a miscellaneous refrigeration product 

basic model may be determined by 

performing a calculation of the volume 

based upon computer-aided design 

(CAD) models of the basic model in lieu 

of physical measurements of a 

production unit of the basic model. Any 

value of total adjusted volume of a basic 

model reported to DOE in a certification 

of compliance in accordance with 

§ 429.61(b)(2) must be calculated using 

the CAD-derived volume(s) and the 

applicable provisions in the test 

procedures in part 430 of this chapter 

for measuring volume. The calculated 

value must be within two percent, or 0.5 

cubic feet (0.2 cubic feet for products 

with total refrigerated volume less than 


mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3EP16DE14.005</GPH> EP16DE14.006</GPH> EP16DE14.007</GPH> EP16DE14.008</GPH>
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 74933 

7.75 cubic feet (220 liters)), whichever 

is greater, of the volume of a production 

unit of the basic model measured in 

accordance with the applicable test 

procedure in part 430 of this chapter. 

■ 5. Amend § 429.134 by 

■ a. Revising paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(B); and 

■ b. Adding paragraph (c). 

The addition and revision reads as 

follows: 

§ 429.134 Product-specific enforcement 

provisions. 

* * * * * 

(b) * * * 

(1) * * * 

(ii) * * * 

(B) If the certified total refrigerated 

volume is found to be invalid, the 

average measured adjusted total volume, 

rounded to the nearest 0.1 cubic foot, 

will serve as the basis for calculation of 

maximum allowed energy use for the 

tested basic model. 

* * * * * 

(c) Miscellaneous refrigeration 

products— 

(1) Verification of total refrigerated 

volume. For all miscellaneous 

refrigeration products except ice 

makers, the total refrigerated volume of 

the basic model will be measured 

pursuant to the test requirements of part 

430 of this chapter for each unit tested. 

The results of the measurement(s) will 

be averaged and compared to the value 

of total refrigerated volume certified by 

the manufacturer. The certified total 

refrigerated volume will be considered 

valid only if 

(i) The measurement is within two 

percent, or 0.5 cubic feet (0.2 cubic feet 

for products with total refrigerated 

volume less than 7.75 cubic feet (220 

liters)), whichever is greater, of the 

certified total refrigerated volume, or 

(ii) The measurement is greater than 

the certified total refrigerated volume. 

(A) If the certified total refrigerated 

volume is found to be valid, the 

certified adjusted total volume will be 

used as the basis for calculating the 

maximum allowed energy use for the 

tested basic model. 

(B) If the certified total refrigerated 

volume is found to be invalid, the 

average measured adjusted total volume, 

rounded to the nearest 0.1 cubic foot, 

will serve as the basis for calculating the 

maximum allowed energy use for the 

tested basic model. 

(2) For all miscellaneous refrigeration 

products except ice makers, test for 

models with two compartments, each 

having its own user-operable 

temperature control. The test described 

in section 3.3 of the applicable test 

procedure in appendix A to subpart B 

part 430 of this chapter shall be used for 

all units of a tested basic model before 

DOE makes a determination of 

noncompliance with respect to the basic 

model. 

PART 430—ENERGY CONSERVATION 

PROGRAM FOR CONSUMER 

PRODUCTS 

■ 6. The authority citation for part 430 

continues to read as follows: 

Authority: 42 U.S.C. 6291–6309; 28 U.S.C. 

2461 note. 

■ 7. Amend § 430.2 by: 

■ a. Adding, in alphabetical order, 

definitions for ‘‘all-refrigerator,’’ ‘‘batchtype ice maker,’’ ‘‘consumer 

refrigeration product,’’ ‘‘continuoustype ice maker,’’ ‘‘cooled cabinet,’’ 

‘‘cooled-storage ice maker,’’ ‘‘hybrid allrefrigerator,’’ ‘‘hybrid freezer,’’ ‘‘hybrid 

non-compressor all-refrigerator,’’ 

‘‘hybrid non-compressor refrigerator,’’ 

‘‘hybrid refrigerator,’’ ‘‘hybrid 

refrigerator-freezer,’’ ‘‘hybrid 

refrigeration product,’’ ‘‘ice maker,’’ 

‘‘miscellaneous refrigeration product,’’ 

‘‘non-compressor all-refrigerator,’’ ‘‘noncompressor cooled cabinet,’’ ‘‘noncompressor refrigerator,’’ ‘‘portable ice 

maker,’’ and ‘‘uncooled-storage ice 

maker;’’ 

■ b. Revising the definitions for 

‘‘freezer,’’ ‘‘refrigerator,’’ and 

‘‘refrigerator-freezer;’’ and 

■ c. Removing the definitions for 

‘‘electric refrigerator’’ and ‘‘electric 

refrigerator-freezer.’’ 

The additions and revisions read as 

follows: 

§ 430.2 Definitions. 

* * * * * 

All-refrigerator means a refrigerator 

that does not include a compartment 

capable of maintaining compartment 

temperatures below 32 °F (0 °C) as 

determined according to the provisions 

in § 429.14(c)(2). It may include a 

compartment of 0.50 cubic-foot capacity 

(14.2 liters) or less for the freezing and 

storage of ice. 

* * * * * 

Batch-type ice maker means an ice 

maker that has alternating freezing and 

harvesting periods. 

* * * * * 

Consumer refrigeration product 

means a refrigerator, refrigerator-freezer, 

freezer, or miscellaneous refrigeration 

product as defined in this section. 

Continuous-type ice maker means an 

ice maker that continually and 

simultaneously freezes and harvests ice. 

* * * * * 

Cooled cabinet means a cabinet that 

has a source of refrigeration requiring 

electric energy input only and is capable 

of maintaining compartment 

temperatures either (a) no lower than 

39 °F (3.9 °C), or (b) in a range that 

extends no lower than 37 °F (2.8 °C) but 

at least as high as 60 °F (15.6 °C) as 

determined according to the provisions 

in § 429.61(c)(2). 

Cooled-storage ice maker means an 

ice maker that maintains ice storage bin 

temperatures below 32 °F (0 °C). 

* * * * * 

Freezer means a cabinet that has a 

source of refrigeration that requires 

single phase alternating current electric 

energy input only and is capable of 

maintaining compartment temperatures 

of 0 °F (¥17.8 °C) or below as 

determined according to the provisions 

in § 429.14(c)(2). It does not include any 

refrigerated cabinet that consists solely 

of an automatic ice maker and an ice 

storage bin arranged so that operation of 

the automatic icemaker fills the bin to 

its capacity. A freezer may include one 

or more cellar compartments, as defined 

in Appendix B of subpart B of this part, 

whose combined refrigerated volume is 

less than half the total refrigerated 

volume of the product. However, the 

term does not include any product: 

(1) With one or more permanently 

open compartments; 

(2) Which does not include a 

compressor and condenser unit as an 

integral part of the cabinet assembly; or 

(3) That is certified under one or more 

of the following commercial standards: 

(i) ANSI/NSF 7–2009 International 

Standard for Food Equipment— 

Commercial Refrigerators and Freezers; 

or 

(ii) ANSI/UL 471–2006 UL Standard 

for Commercial Refrigerators and 

Freezers. 

* * * * * 

Hybrid all-refrigerator means a hybrid 

refrigerator that does not include a 

compartment capable of maintaining 

compartment temperatures below 32 °F 

(0 °C) as determined according to the 

provisions in § 429.61(c)(2). It may 

include a compartment of 0.50 cubicfoot capacity (14.2 liters) or less for the 

freezing and storage of ice. 

Hybrid freezer means a cabinet that 

has a source of refrigeration that 

includes a compressor and condenser 

unit and requires electric energy input 

only, and consists of two or more 

compartments where: 

(1) At least half but not all of its 

refrigerated volume is comprised of one 

or more cellar compartments, as defined 

in Appendix A of subpart B of this part, 

and 

(2) The remaining compartment(s) are 

capable of maintaining compartment 

temperatures at 0 °F (¥17.8 °C) or 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

74934 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 

below as determined according to the 

provisions in § 429.61(c)(2). 

Hybrid non-compressor allrefrigerator means a hybrid noncompressor refrigerator that does not 

include a compartment capable of 

maintaining compartment temperatures 

below 32 °F (0 °C) as determined 

according to the provisions in 

§ 429.61(c)(2). It may include a 

compartment of 0.50 cubic-foot capacity 

(14.2 liters) or less for the freezing and 

storage of ice. 

Hybrid non-compressor refrigerator 

means a non-compressor refrigerator 

with at least half of its refrigerated 

volume composed of one or more cellar 

compartments, as defined in Appendix 

A of subpart B of this part. 

Hybrid refrigerator means a cabinet 

that has a source of refrigeration that 

includes a compressor and condenser 

unit and requires electric energy input 

only, and consists of two or more 

compartments where: 

(1) At least half but not all of its 

refrigerated volume is comprised of one 

or more cellar compartments, as defined 

in Appendix A of subpart B of this part, 

(2) At least one of the remaining 

compartments is capable of maintaining 

compartment temperatures above 32 °F 

(0 °C) and below 39 °F (3.9 °C) as 

determined according to § 429.61(c)(2), 

(3) The cabinet may also include a 

compartment capable of maintaining 

compartment temperatures below 32 °F 

(0 °C) as determined according to 

§ 429.61(c)(2), but 

(4) It does not provide a separate low 

temperature compartment capable of 

maintaining compartment temperatures 

below 8 °F (¥13.3 °C) as determined 

according to § 429.61(c)(2). 

Hybrid refrigerator-freezer means a 

cabinet that has a source of refrigeration 

that includes a compressor and 

condenser unit and requires electric 

energy input only, and consists of three 

or more compartments where: 

(1) At least half but not all of its 

refrigerated volume is comprised of one 

or more cellar compartments, as defined 

in Appendix A of subpart B of this part, 

(2) At least one of the remaining 

compartments is capable of maintaining 

compartment temperatures above 32 °F 

(0 °C) and below 39 °F (3.9 °C) as 

determined according § 429.61(c)(2), 

and 

(3) At least one other compartment is 

capable of maintaining compartment 

temperatures below 8 °F (¥13.3 °C) and 

may be adjusted by the user to a 

temperature of 0 °F (¥17.8 °C) or below 

as determined according to 

§ 429.61(c)(2). 

Hybrid refrigeration product means a 

hybrid refrigerator, hybrid refrigeratorfreezer, hybrid freezer, or hybrid noncompressor refrigerator as defined in 

this section. 

Ice maker means a consumer product 

other than a refrigerator, refrigeratorfreezer, freezer, hybrid refrigeration 

product, non-compressor refrigerator, or 

cooled cabinet designed to 

automatically produce and harvest ice, 

but excluding any basic model that is 

certified under NSF/ANSI 12–2012 

Automatic Ice Making Equipment. Such 

a product may also include a means for 

storing ice, dispensing ice, or storing 

and dispensing ice. 

* * * * * 

Miscellaneous refrigeration product 

means a consumer refrigeration product 

other than a refrigerator, refrigeratorfreezer, or freezer, which includes 

hybrid refrigeration products, cooled 

cabinets, non-compressor refrigerators, 

and ice makers. 

* * * * * 

Non-compressor all-refrigerator 

means a non-compressor refrigerator 

that is not a hybrid non-compressor 

refrigerator and that does not include a 

compartment capable of maintaining 

compartment temperatures below 32 °F 

(0 °C) as determined according to 

§ 429.61(c)(2). It may include a 

compartment of 0.50 cubic-foot capacity 

(14.2 liters) or less for the freezing and 

storage of ice. 

Non-compressor cooled cabinet 

means a cooled cabinet that has a source 

of refrigeration that does not include a 

compressor and condenser unit. 

Non-compressor refrigerator means a 

cabinet that has a source of refrigeration 

that does not include a compressor and 

condenser unit, requires electric energy 

input only, and is capable of 

maintaining compartment temperatures 

above 32 °F (0 °C) and below 39 °F (3.9 

°C) as determined according to 

§ 429.61(c)(2). A non-compressor 

refrigerator may include a compartment 

capable of maintaining compartment 

temperatures below 32 °F (0 °C) as 

determined according to § 429.61(c)(2). 

A non-compressor refrigerator also may 

include one or more cellar 

compartments, as defined in Appendix 

A of subpart B of this part, if the 

combined refrigerated volume of these 

compartments is less than half the total 

refrigerated volume of the product. 

* * * * * 

Portable ice maker means an ice 

maker that does not require connection 

to a household water supply for 

operation and is operable using one or 

more on-board reservoirs that must be 

manually supplied with water. 

* * * * * 

Refrigerator means a cabinet that has 

a source of refrigeration that requires 

single phase alternating current electric 

energy input only and is capable of 

maintaining compartment temperatures 

above 32 °F (0 °C) and below 39 °F (3.9 

°C) as determined according to 

§ 429.14(c)(2). A refrigerator may 

include a compartment capable of 

maintaining compartment temperatures 

below 32 °F (0 °C), but does not provide 

a separate low temperature 

compartment capable of maintaining 

compartment temperatures below 8 °F 

(¥13.3 °C) as determined according to 

§ 429.14(c)(2). A refrigerator also may 

include one or more cellar 

compartments, as defined in Appendix 

A of subpart B of this part, if the 

combined refrigerated volume of the 

cellar compartment(s) is less than half 

the total refrigerated volume of the 

product. However, the term does not 

include any product: 

(1) With one or more permanently 

open compartments; 

(2) Which does not include a 

compressor and condenser unit as an 

integral part of the cabinet assembly; or 

(3) That is certified under one or more 

of the following commercial standards: 

(i) ANSI/NSF 7–2009 International 

Standard for Food Equipment— 

Commercial Refrigerators and Freezers; 

or 

(ii) ANSI/UL 471–2006 UL Standard 

for Commercial Refrigerators and 

Freezers. 

Refrigerator-freezer means a cabinet 

that has a source of refrigeration that 

requires single phase alternating current 

electric energy input only and consists 

of two or more compartments where at 

least one of the compartments is capable 

of maintaining compartment 

temperatures above 32 °F (0 °C) and 

below 39 °F (3.9 °C) as determined 

according to § 429.14(c)(2), and at least 

one other compartment is capable of 

maintaining compartment temperatures 

below 8 °F (¥13.3 °C) and may be 

adjusted by the user to a temperature of 

0 °F (¥17.8 °C) or below as determined 

according to § 429.14(c)(2). A 

refrigerator-freezer may include one or 

more cellar compartments, as defined in 

Appendix A of subpart B of this part, if 

the total refrigerated volume of the 

cellar compartment(s) is less than half 

the total refrigerated volume of the 

product. However, the term does not 

include any cabinet: 

(1) With one or more permanently 

open compartments; 

(2) Which does not include a 

compressor and condenser unit as an 

integral part of the cabinet assembly; or 

(3) That is certified under one or more 

of the following commercial standards: 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 74935 

(i) ANSI/NSF 7–2009 International 

Standard for Food Equipment– 

Commercial Refrigerators and Freezers; 

or 

(ii) ANSI/UL 471–2006 UL Standard 

for Commercial Refrigerators and 

Freezers. 

* * * * * 

Uncooled-storage ice maker means an 

ice maker that does not maintain ice 

storage bin temperatures below 32 °F. 

■ 8. Amend § 430.3 by: 

■ a. Revising introductory paragraph (f) 

and paragraph (h)(6); 

■ b. Removing paragraph (f)(1); 

■ c. Redesignating paragraph (f)(2) as 

(f)(1); 

■ d. Adding paragraph (f)(2); and 

■ e. Removing and reserving paragraph 

(h)(5). 

The revisions and additions read as 

follows: 

§ 430.3 Materials incorporated by 

reference. 

* * * * * 

(f) ASHRAE. American Society of 

Heating, Refrigerating and AirConditioning Engineers, Inc., 1791 

Tullie Circle NE., Atlanta, GA 30329, 

(404) 636–8400, ashrae@ashrae.org, or 

http://www.ashrae.org. 

* * * * * 

(2) ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 29–2009, 

Method of Testing Automatic Ice 

Makers, (including Errata Sheets issued 

April 8, 2010 and April 21, 2010), 

approved January 28, 2009; IBR 

approved for appendix BB of subpart B. 

* * * * * 

(h) * * * 

(6) AHAM HRF–1–2008, (‘‘HRF–1– 

2008’’), Association of Home Appliance 

Manufacturers, Energy and Internal 

Volume of Refrigerating Appliances 

(2008), including Errata to Energy and 

Internal Volume of Refrigerating 

Appliances, Correction Sheet issued 

November 17, 2009, IBR approved for 

appendices A, B, and BB to subpart B. 

* * * * * 

■ 9. Amend § 430.23 by: 

■ a. Revising paragraphs (a) and (b); and 

■ b. Adding paragraphs (dd) and (ee). 

The revisions and additions read as 

follows: 

§ 430.23 Test procedures for the 

measurement of energy and water 

consumption. 

(a) Refrigerators and refrigeratorfreezers. (1) The estimated annual 

operating cost for models without an 

anti-sweat heater switch shall be the 

product of the following three factors, 

the resulting product then being 

rounded off to the nearest dollar per 

year: 

(i) The representative average-use 

cycle of 365 cycles per year; 

(ii) The average per-cycle energy 

consumption for the standard cycle in 

kilowatt-hours per cycle, determined 

according to section 6.2 of appendix A 

of this subpart; and 

(iii) The representative average unit 

cost of electricity in dollars per 

kilowatt-hour as provided by the 

Secretary. 

(2) The estimated annual operating 

cost for models with an anti-sweat 

heater switch shall be the product of the 

following three factors, the resulting 

product then being rounded off to the 

nearest dollar per year: 

(i) The representative average-use 

cycle of 365 cycles per year; 

(ii) Half the sum of the average percycle energy consumption for the 

standard cycle and the average per-cycle 

energy consumption for a test cycle type 

with the anti-sweat heater switch in the 

position set at the factory just before 

shipping, each in kilowatt-hours per 

cycle, determined according to section 

6.2 of appendix A of this subpart; and 

(iii) The representative average unit 

cost of electricity in dollars per 

kilowatt-hour as provided by the 

Secretary. 

(3) The estimated annual operating 

cost for any other specified cycle type 

shall be the product of the following 

three factors, the resulting product then 

being rounded off to the nearest dollar 

per year: 

(i) The representative average-use 

cycle of 365 cycles per year; 

(ii) The average per-cycle energy 

consumption for the specified cycle 

type, determined according to section 

6.2 of appendix A of this subpart; and 

(iii) The representative average unit 

cost of electricity in dollars per 

kilowatt-hour as provided by the 

Secretary. 

(4) The energy factor, expressed in 

cubic feet per kilowatt-hour per cycle, 

shall be: 

(i) For models without an anti-sweat 

heater switch, the quotient of: 

(A) The adjusted total volume in 

cubic feet, determined according to 

section 6.1 of appendix A of this 

subpart, divided by— 

(B) The average per-cycle energy 

consumption for the standard cycle in 

kilowatt-hours per cycle, determined 

according to section 6.2 of appendix A 

of this subpart, the resulting quotient 

then being rounded off to the second 

decimal place; and 

(ii) For models having an anti-sweat 

heater switch, the quotient of: 

(A) The adjusted total volume in 

cubic feet, determined according to 

section 6.1 of appendix A of this 

subpart, divided by— 

(B) Half the sum of the average percycle energy consumption for the 

standard cycle and the average per-cycle 

energy consumption for a test cycle type 

with the anti-sweat heater switch in the 

position set at the factory just before 

shipping, each in kilowatt-hours per 

cycle, determined according to section 

6.2 of appendix A of this subpart, the 

resulting quotient then being rounded 

off to the second decimal place. 

(5) The annual energy use, expressed 

in kilowatt-hours per year, shall be the 

following, rounded to the nearest 

kilowatt-hour per year: 

(i) For models without an anti-sweat 

heater switch, the representative average 

use cycle of 365 cycles per year 

multiplied by the average per-cycle 

energy consumption for the standard 

cycle in kilowatt-hours per cycle, 

determined according to section 6.2 of 

appendix A of this subpart, and 

(ii) For models having an anti-sweat 

heater switch, the representative average 

use cycle of 365 cycles per year 

multiplied by half the sum of the 

average per-cycle energy consumption 

for the standard cycle and the average 

per-cycle energy consumption for a test 

cycle type with the anti-sweat heater 

switch in the position set at the factory 

just before shipping, each in kilowatthours per cycle, determined according 

to section 6.2 of appendix A of this 

subpart. 

(6) Other useful measures of energy 

consumption shall be those measures of 

energy consumption that the Secretary 

determines are likely to assist 

consumers in making purchasing 

decisions which are derived from the 

application of appendix A of this 

subpart. 

(7) The following principles of 

interpretation shall be applied to the 

test procedure. The intent of the energy 

test procedure is to simulate typical 

room conditions (72 °F (22.2 °C)) with 

door openings, by testing at 90 °F (32.2 

°C) without door openings. Except for 

operating characteristics that are 

affected by ambient temperature (for 

example, compressor percent run time), 

the unit, when tested under this test 

procedure, shall operate in a manner 

equivalent to the unit’s operation while 

in typical room conditions. 

(i) The energy used by the unit shall 

be calculated when a calculation is 

provided by the test procedure. Energy 

consuming components that operate in 

typical room conditions (including as a 

result of door openings, or a function of 

humidity), and that are not exempted by 

this test procedure, shall operate in an 

equivalent manner during energy testing 

under this test procedure, or be 

accounted for by all calculations as 

provided for in the test procedure. 

Examples: 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

74936 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 

(A) Energy saving features that are 

designed to operate when there are no 

door openings for long periods of time 

shall not be functional during the 

energy test. 

(B) The defrost heater shall neither 

function nor turn off differently during 

the energy test than it would when in 

typical room conditions. Also, the 

product shall not recover differently 

during the defrost recovery period than 

it would in typical room conditions. 

(C) Electric heaters that would 

normally operate at typical room 

conditions with door openings shall 

also operate during the energy test. 

(D) Energy used during adaptive 

defrost shall continue to be measured 

and adjusted per the calculation 

provided for in this test procedure. 

(ii) DOE recognizes that there may be 

situations that the test procedures do 

not completely address. In such cases, a 

manufacturer must obtain a waiver in 

accordance with the relevant provisions 

of 10 CFR part 430 if: 

(A) A product contains energy 

consuming components that operate 

differently during the prescribed testing 

than they would during representative 

average consumer use; and 

(B) Applying the prescribed test to 

that product would evaluate it in a 

manner that is unrepresentative of its 

true energy consumption (thereby 

providing materially inaccurate 

comparative data). 

(b) Freezers. (1) The estimated annual 

operating cost for freezers without an 

anti-sweat heater switch shall be the 

product of the following three factors, 

the resulting product then being 

rounded off to the nearest dollar per 

year: 

(i) The representative average-use 

cycle of 365 cycles per year; 

(ii) The average per-cycle energy 

consumption for the standard cycle in 

kilowatt-hours per cycle, determined 

according to section 6.2 of appendix B 

of this subpart; and 

(iii) The representative average unit 

cost of electricity in dollars per 

kilowatt-hour as provided by the 

Secretary. 

(2) The estimated annual operating 

cost for freezers with an anti-sweat 

heater switch shall be the product of the 

following three factors, the resulting 

product then being rounded off to the 

nearest dollar per year: 

(i) The representative average-use 

cycle of 365 cycles per year; 

(ii) Half the sum of the average percycle energy consumption for the 

standard cycle and the average per-cycle 

energy consumption for a test cycle type 

with the anti-sweat heater switch in the 

position set at the factory just before 

shipping, each in kilowatt-hours per 

cycle, determined according to section 

6.2 of appendix B of this subpart; and 

(iii) The representative average unit 

cost of electricity in dollars per 

kilowatt-hour as provided by the 

Secretary. 

(3) The estimated annual operating 

cost for any other specified cycle type 

for freezers shall be the product of the 

following three factors, the resulting 

product then being rounded off to the 

nearest dollar per year: 

(i) The representative average-use 

cycle of 365 cycles per year; 

(ii) The average per-cycle energy 

consumption for the specified cycle 

type, determined according to section 

6.2 of appendix B of this subpart; and 

(iii) The representative average unit 

cost of electricity in dollars per 

kilowatt-hour as provided by the 

Secretary. 

(4) The energy factor for freezers, 

expressed in cubic feet per kilowatthour per cycle, shall be: 

(i) For freezers not having an antisweat heater switch, the quotient of: 

(A) The adjusted net refrigerated 

volume in cubic feet, determined 

according to section 6.1 of appendix B 

of this subpart, divided by— 

(B) The average per-cycle energy 

consumption for the standard cycle in 

kilowatt-hours per cycle, determined 

according to 6.2 of appendix B of this 

subpart, the resulting quotient then 

being rounded off to the second decimal 

place; and 

(ii) For freezers having an anti-sweat 

heater switch, the quotient of: 

(A) The adjusted net refrigerated 

volume in cubic feet, determined 

according to 6.1 of appendix B of this 

subpart, divided by— 

(B) Half the sum of the average percycle energy consumption for the 

standard cycle and the average per-cycle 

energy consumption for a test cycle type 

with the anti-sweat heater switch in the 

position set at the factory just before 

shipping, each in kilowatt-hours per 

cycle, determined according to section 

6.2 of appendix B of this subpart, the 

resulting quotient then being rounded 

off to the second decimal place. 

(5) The annual energy use of all 

freezers, expressed in kilowatt-hours per 

year, shall be the following, rounded to 

the nearest kilowatt-hour per year: 

(i) For freezers not having an antisweat heater switch, the representative 

average use cycle of 365 cycles per year 

multiplied by the average per-cycle 

energy consumption for the standard 

cycle in kilowatt-hours per cycle, 

determined according to section 6.2 of 

appendix B of this subpart, and 

(ii) For freezers having an anti-sweat 

heater switch, the representative average 

use cycle of 365 cycles per year 

multiplied by half the sum of the 

average per-cycle energy consumption 

for the standard cycle and the average 

per-cycle energy consumption for a test 

cycle type with the anti-sweat heater 

switch in the position set at the factory 

just before shipping, each in kilowatthours per cycle, determined according 

to section 6.2 of appendix B of this 

subpart. 

(6) Other useful measures of energy 

consumption for freezers shall be those 

measures the Secretary determines are 

likely to assist consumers in making 

purchasing decisions and are derived 

from the application of appendix B of 

this subpart. 

(7) The following principles of 

interpretation should be applied to the 

test procedure. The intent of the energy 

test procedure is to simulate typical 

room conditions (72 °F (22.2 °C)) with 

door openings by testing at 90 °F (32.2 

°C) without door openings. Except for 

operating characteristics that are 

affected by ambient temperature (for 

example, compressor percent run time), 

the unit, when tested under this test 

procedure, shall operate in a manner 

equivalent to the unit’s operation while 

in typical room conditions. 

(i) The energy used by the unit shall 

be calculated when a calculation is 

provided by the test procedure. Energy 

consuming components that operate in 

typical room conditions (including as a 

result of door openings, or a function of 

humidity), and that are not exempted by 

this test procedure, shall operate in an 

equivalent manner during energy testing 

under this test procedure, or be 

accounted for by all calculations as 

provided for in the test procedure. 

Examples: 

(A) Energy saving features that are 

designed to operate when there are no 

door openings for long periods of time 

shall not be functional during the 

energy test. 

(B) The defrost heater shall neither 

function nor turn off differently during 

the energy test than it would when in 

typical room conditions. Also, the 

product shall not recover differently 

during the defrost recovery period than 

it would in typical room conditions. 

(C) Electric heaters that would 

normally operate at typical room 

conditions with door openings shall 

also operate during the energy test. 

(D) Energy used during adaptive 

defrost shall continue to be measured 

and adjusted per the calculation 

provided for in this test procedure. 

(ii) DOE recognizes that there may be 

situations that the test procedures do 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 74937 

not completely address. In such cases, a 

manufacturer must obtain a waiver in 

accordance with the relevant provisions 

of 10 CFR part 430 if: 

(A) A product contains energy 

consuming components that operate 

differently during the prescribed testing 

than they would during representative 

average consumer use and 

(B) Applying the prescribed test to 

that product would evaluate it in a 

manner that is unrepresentative of its 

true energy consumption (thereby 

providing materially inaccurate 

comparative data). 

* * * * * 

(dd) Cooled cabinets, non-compressor 

refrigerators, and hybrid refrigeration 

products. 

(1) The estimated annual operating 

cost for models without an anti-sweat 

heater switch shall be the product of the 

following three factors, the resulting 

product then being rounded off to the 

nearest dollar per year: 

(i) The representative average-use 

cycle of 365 cycles per year; 

(ii) The average per-cycle energy 

consumption for the standard cycle in 

kilowatt-hours per cycle, determined 

according to section 6.2 of appendix A 

of this subpart; and 

(iii) The representative average unit 

cost of electricity in dollars per 

kilowatt-hour as provided by the 

Secretary. 

(2) The estimated annual operating 

cost for models with an anti-sweat 

heater switch shall be the product of the 

following three factors, the resulting 

product then being rounded off to the 

nearest dollar per year: 

(i) The representative average-use 

cycle of 365 cycles per year; 

(ii) Half the sum of the average percycle energy consumption for the 

standard cycle and the average per-cycle 

energy consumption for a test cycle type 

with the anti-sweat heater switch in the 

position set at the factory just before 

shipping, each in kilowatt-hours per 

cycle, determined according to section 

6.2 of appendix A of this subpart; and 

(iii) The representative average unit 

cost of electricity in dollars per 

kilowatt-hour as provided by the 

Secretary. 

(3) The estimated annual operating 

cost for any other specified cycle type 

shall be the product of the following 

three factors, the resulting product then 

being rounded off to the nearest dollar 

per year: 

(i) The representative average-use 

cycle of 365 cycles per year; 

(ii) The average per-cycle energy 

consumption for the specified cycle 

type, determined according to section 

6.2 of appendix A to this subpart; and 

(iii) The representative average unit 

cost of electricity in dollars per 

kilowatt-hour as provided by the 

Secretary. 

(4) The energy factor, expressed in 

cubic feet per kilowatt-hour per cycle, 

shall be: 

(i) For models without an anti-sweat 

heater switch, the quotient of: 

(A) The adjusted total volume in 

cubic feet, determined according to 

section 6.1 of appendix A of this 

subpart, divided by— 

(B) The average per-cycle energy 

consumption for the standard cycle in 

kilowatt-hours per cycle, determined 

according to section 6.2 of appendix A 

of this subpart, the resulting quotient 

then being rounded off to the second 

decimal place; and 

(ii) For models having an anti-sweat 

heater switch, the quotient of: 

(A) The adjusted total volume in 

cubic feet, determined according to 

section 6.1 of appendix A of this 

subpart, divided by — 

(B) Half the sum of the average percycle energy consumption for the 

standard cycle and the average per-cycle 

energy consumption for a test cycle type 

with the anti-sweat heater switch in the 

position set at the factory just before 

shipping, each in kilowatt-hours per 

cycle, determined according to section 

6.2 of appendix A of this subpart, the 

resulting quotient then being rounded 

off to the second decimal place. 

(5) The annual energy use, expressed 

in kilowatt-hours per year, shall be the 

following, rounded to the nearest 

kilowatt-hour per year: 

(i) For models without an anti-sweat 

heater switch, the representative average 

use cycle of 365 cycles per year 

multiplied by the average per-cycle 

energy consumption for the standard 

cycle in kilowatt-hours per cycle, 

determined according to 6.2 of appendix 

A of this subpart, and 

(ii) For models having an anti-sweat 

heater switch, the representative average 

use cycle of 365 cycles per year 

multiplied by half the sum of the 

average per-cycle energy consumption 

for the standard cycle and the average 

per-cycle energy consumption for a test 

cycle type with the anti-sweat heater 

switch in the position set at the factory 

just before shipping, each in kilowatthours per cycle, determined according 

to section 6.2 of appendix A of this 

subpart. 

(6) Other useful measures of energy 

consumption shall be those measures of 

energy consumption that the Secretary 

determines are likely to assist 

consumers in making purchasing 

decisions which are derived from the 

application of appendix A of this 

subpart. 

(7) The following principles of 

interpretation shall be applied to the 

test procedure. The intent of the energy 

test procedure is to simulate operation 

in typical room conditions (72 °F (22.2 

°C)) with door openings. For all 

products that are tested with 90 °F (32.2 

°C) ambient temperature without door 

openings, the higher ambient 

temperature is intended to represent the 

heat load associated with door 

openings. For all products that are 

tested with 72 °F (22.2 °C) ambient 

temperature without door openings, an 

adjustment factor is applied to the test 

results to account for the heat load 

associated with door openings. Except 

for operating characteristics that are 

affected by ambient temperature (for 

example, compressor percent run time), 

the unit, when tested under this test 

procedure, shall operate in a manner 

equivalent to the unit’s operation while 

in typical room conditions. 

(i) The energy used by the unit shall 

be calculated when a calculation is 

provided by the test procedure. Energy 

consuming components that operate in 

typical room conditions (including as a 

result of door openings, or a function of 

humidity), and that are not exempted by 

this test procedure, shall operate in an 

equivalent manner during energy testing 

under this test procedure, or be 

accounted for by all calculations as 

provided for in the test procedure. 

Examples: 

(A) Energy saving features that are 

designed to operate when there are no 

door openings for long periods of time 

shall not be functional during the 

energy test. 

(B) The defrost heater shall neither 

function nor turn off differently during 

the energy test than it would when in 

typical room conditions. Also, the 

product shall not recover differently 

during the defrost recovery period than 

it would in typical room conditions. 

(C) Electric heaters that would 

normally operate at typical room 

conditions with door openings shall 

also operate during the energy test. 

(D) Energy used during adaptive 

defrost shall continue to be measured 

and adjusted per the calculation 

provided for in this test procedure. 

(ii) DOE recognizes that there may be 

situations that the test procedures do 

not completely address. In such cases, a 

manufacturer must obtain a waiver in 

accordance with the relevant provisions 

of 10 CFR part 430 if: 

(A) A product contains energy 

consuming components that operate 

differently during the prescribed testing 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

74938 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 

than they would during representative 

average consumer use; and 

(B) Applying the prescribed test to 

that product would evaluate it in a 

manner that is unrepresentative of its 

true energy consumption (thereby 

providing materially inaccurate 

comparative data). 

(8) For non-compressor models, 

‘‘compressor’’ and ‘‘compressor cycles’’ 

as used in appendix A of this subpart 

shall be interpreted to mean 

‘‘refrigeration system’’ and 

‘‘refrigeration system cycles,’’ 

respectively. 

(ee) Ice makers. (1) The annual energy 

use of ice makers, expressed in kilowatthours per year, shall be the product of 

the following two factors, rounded to 

the nearest kilowatt-hour per year: 

(i) 365 days per year; and 

(ii) The daily energy consumption in 

kilowatt-hours per day, determined 

according to section 6.3 of appendix BB 

of this subpart. 

Appendix A—[Amended] 

■ 10. Amend appendix A to subpart B 

by: 

■ a. Revising the heading and removing 

the introductory note; and 

■ b. Revising sections 1. Definitions, 2. 

Test Conditions, 3. Test Control 

Settings, 5. Test Measurements, 6. 

Calculation of Derived Results from Test 

Measurements and 7. Test Procedure 

Waivers. 

The revisions read as follows: 

Appendix A to Subpart B of Part 430— 

Uniform Test Method for Measuring the 

Energy Consumption of Refrigerators, 

Refrigerator-Freezers, and 

Miscellaneous Refrigeration Products 

Other Than Ice Makers 

1. Definitions 

Section 3, Definitions, of HRF–1–2008 

(incorporated by reference; see § 430.3) 

applies to this test procedure, except that the 

term ‘‘wine chiller’’ means ‘‘cooled cabinet’’ 

as defined in § 430.2 and the term ‘‘wine 

chiller compartment’’ means ‘‘cellar 

compartment’’ as defined in this appendix. 

Anti-sweat heater means a device 

incorporated into the design of a product to 

prevent the accumulation of moisture on the 

exterior or interior surfaces of the cabinet. 

Anti-sweat heater switch means a usercontrollable switch or user interface which 

modifies the activation or control of antisweat heaters. 

AS/NZS 4474.1:2007 means Australian/

New Zealand Standard 4474.1:2007, 

Performance of household electrical 

appliances—Refrigerating appliances, Part 1: 

Energy consumption and performance. Only 

sections of AS/NZS 4474.1:2007 

(incorporated by reference; see § 430.3) 

specifically referenced in this test procedure 

are part of this test procedure. In cases where 

there is a conflict, the language of the test 

procedure in this appendix takes precedence 

over AS/NZS 4474.1:2007. 

Automatic defrost means a system in 

which the defrost cycle is automatically 

initiated and terminated, with resumption of 

normal refrigeration at the conclusion of the 

defrost operation. The system automatically 

prevents the permanent formation of frost on 

all refrigerated surfaces. 

Automatic icemaker means a device that 

can be supplied with water without user 

intervention, either from a pressurized water 

supply system or by transfer from a water 

reservoir located inside the cabinet, that 

automatically produces, harvests, and stores 

ice in a storage bin and with means to 

automatically interrupt the harvesting 

operation when the ice storage bin is filled 

to a pre-determined level. 

Cellar compartment means a refrigerated 

compartment within a consumer refrigeration 

product that is capable of maintaining 

compartment temperatures either (a) no 

lower than 39 °F (3.9 °C), or (b) in a range 

that extends no lower than 37 °F (2.8 °C) but 

at least as high as 60 °F (15.6 °C) as 

determined according to § 429.14(c)(2) or 

§ 429.61(c)(2). 

Compartment means either: 

(a) A space within a refrigeration product 

cabinet that is enclosed when all product 

doors are closed and that has no subdividing 

barriers that divide the space. A subdividing 

barrier is a solid (non-perforated) barrier that 

may contain thermal insulation and is sealed 

around all of its edges or has edge gaps 

insufficient to allow thermal convection 

transfer from one side to the other sufficient 

to equilibrate temperatures on the two sides; 

or 

(b) All of the enclosed spaces within a 

refrigeration product cabinet that provide the 

same type of storage, for instance fresh food, 

freezer, or cellar. 

Complete temperature cycle means a time 

period defined based upon the cycling of 

compartment temperature that starts when 

the compartment temperature is at a 

maximum and ends when the compartment 

temperature returns to an equivalent 

maximum (within 0.5 °F of the starting 

temperature), having in the interim fallen to 

a minimum and subsequently risen again to 

reach the second maximum. Alternatively, a 

complete temperature cycle can be defined to 

start when the compartment temperature is at 

a minimum and ends when the compartment 

temperature returns to an equivalent 

minimum (within 0.5 °F of the starting 

temperature), having in the interim risen to 

a maximum and subsequently fallen again to 

reach the second minimum. 

Cycle means a 24-hour period for which 

the energy use of a product is calculated 

based on the consumer-activated 

compartment temperature controls being set 

to maintain the standardized temperatures 

(see section 3.2 of this appendix). 

Cycle type means the set of test conditions 

having the calculated effect of operating a 

product for a period of 24 hours, with the 

consumer-activated controls, other than those 

that control compartment temperatures, set to 

establish various operating characteristics. 

Defrost cycle type means a distinct 

sequence of control whose function is to 

remove frost and/or ice from a refrigerated 

surface. There may be variations in the 

defrost control sequence, such as the number 

of defrost heaters energized. Each such 

variation establishes a separate, distinct 

defrost cycle type. However, defrost achieved 

regularly during the compressor off-cycles by 

warming of the evaporator without active 

heat addition, although a form of automatic 

defrost, does not constitute a unique defrost 

cycle type for the purposes of identifying the 

test period in accordance with section 4 of 

this appendix. 

HRF–1–2008 means AHAM Standard HRF– 

1–2008, Association of Home Appliance 

Manufacturers, Energy and Internal Volume 

of Refrigerating Appliances (2008), including 

Errata to Energy and Internal Volume of 

Refrigerating Appliances, Correction Sheet 

issued November 17, 2009. Only sections of 

HRF–1–2008 (incorporated by reference; see 

§ 430.3) specifically referenced in this test 

procedure are part of this test procedure. In 

cases where there is a conflict, the language 

of the test procedure in this appendix takes 

precedence over HRF–1–2008. 

Ice storage bin means a container in which 

ice can be stored. 

Long-time automatic defrost means an 

automatic defrost system whose successive 

defrost cycles are separated by 14 hours or 

more of compressor operating time. 

Multiple compressor product means a 

consumer refrigeration product with more 

than one compressor. 

Multiple refrigeration system product 

means a multiple compressor product or a 

miscellaneous refrigeration product with 

more than one refrigeration system for which 

the operation of the systems is not 

coordinated. For non-compressor multiple 

refrigeration system products, ‘‘multiple 

compressor product’’ as used in this 

appendix shall be interpreted to mean 

‘‘multiple refrigeration system product.’’ 

Precooling means operating a refrigeration 

system before initiation of a defrost cycle to 

reduce one or more compartment 

temperatures significantly (more than 0.5 °F) 

below its minimum during stable operation 

between defrosts. 

Recovery means operating a refrigeration 

system after the conclusion of a defrost cycle 

to reduce the temperature of one or more 

compartments to the temperature range that 

the compartment(s) exhibited during stable 

operation between defrosts. 

Separate auxiliary compartment means a 

separate freezer, fresh food, or cellar 

compartment that is not the primary freezer, 

primary fresh food, or primary cellar 

compartment. Separate auxiliary 

compartments may also be convertible (e.g., 

from fresh food to freezer). Separate auxiliary 

compartments may not be larger than the 

primary compartment of their type, but such 

size restrictions do not apply to separate 

auxiliary convertible compartments. 

Special compartment means any 

compartment other than a butter conditioner, 

without doors directly accessible from the 

exterior, and with a separate temperature 

control (such as crispers convertible to meat 

keepers) that is not convertible from the fresh 

food temperature range to the freezer or cellar 

temperature ranges. 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 74939 

Stable operation means operation after 

steady-state conditions have been achieved 

but excluding any events associated with 

defrost cycles. During stable operation the 

average rate of change of compartment 

temperatures must not exceed 0.042 °F (0.023 

°C) per hour for all compartment 

temperatures. Such a calculation performed 

for compartment temperatures at any two 

times, or for any two periods of time 

comprising complete cycles, during stable 

operation must meet this requirement. 

(a) If compartment temperatures do not 

cycle, the relevant calculation shall be the 

difference between the temperatures at two 

points in time divided by the difference, in 

hours, between those points in time. 

(b) If compartment temperatures cycle as a 

result of compressor cycling or other cycling 

operation of any system component (e.g., a 

damper, fan, heater, etc.), the relevant 

calculation shall be the difference between 

compartment temperature averages evaluated 

for the whole compressor cycles or complete 

temperature cycles divided by the difference, 

in hours, between either the starts, ends, or 

mid-times of the two cycles. 

Stabilization period means the total period 

of time during which steady-state conditions 

are being attained or evaluated. 

Standard cycle means the cycle type in 

which the anti-sweat heater control, when 

provided, is set in the highest energyconsuming position. 

Through-the-door ice/water dispenser 

means a device incorporated within the 

cabinet, but outside the boundary of the 

refrigerated space, that delivers to the user on 

demand ice and may also deliver water from 

within the refrigerated space without 

opening an exterior door. This definition 

includes dispensers that are capable of 

dispensing ice and water or ice only. 

Variable anti-sweat heater control means 

an anti-sweat heater control that varies the 

average power input of the anti-sweat 

heater(s) based on operating condition 

variable(s) and/or ambient condition 

variable(s). 

Variable defrost control means an 

automatic defrost system in which successive 

defrost cycles are determined by an operating 

condition variable or variables other than 

solely compressor operating time. This 

includes any electrical or mechanical device 

performing this function. A control scheme 

that changes the defrost interval from a fixed 

length to an extended length (without any 

intermediate steps) is not considered a 

variable defrost control. A variable defrost 

control feature predicts the accumulation of 

frost on the evaporator and react accordingly. 

Therefore, the times between defrost must 

vary with different usage patterns and 

include a continuum of periods between 

defrosts as inputs vary. 

2. Test Conditions 

2.1 Ambient Temperature Measurement. 

Temperature measuring devices shall be 

shielded so that indicated temperatures are 

not affected by the operation of the 

condensing unit or adjacent units. 

2.1.1 Ambient Temperature. Measure and 

record the ambient temperature at points 

located 3 feet (91.5 cm) above the floor and 

10 inches (25.4 cm) from the center of the 

two sides of the unit under test. For products 

other than non-compressor cooled cabinets, 

the ambient temperature shall be 90.0±1 °F 

(32.2±0.6 °C) during the stabilization period 

and the test period. For non-compressor 

cooled cabinets, the ambient temperature 

shall be 72.0±1.0 °F (22.2±0.6 °C) during the 

stabilization period and the test period. 

2.1.2 Ambient Temperature Gradient. The 

test room vertical ambient temperature 

gradient in any foot of vertical distance from 

2 inches (5.1 cm) above the floor or 

supporting platform to a height of 1 foot (30.5 

cm) above the top of the unit under test is 

not to exceed 0.5 °F per foot (0.9 °C per 

meter). The vertical ambient temperature 

gradient at locations 10 inches (25.4 cm) out 

from the centers of the two sides of the unit 

being tested is to be maintained during the 

test. To demonstrate that this requirement 

has been met, test data must include 

measurements taken using temperature 

sensors at locations 10 inches (25.4 cm) from 

the center of the two sides of the unit under 

test at heights of 2 inches (5.1 cm) and 36 

inches (91.4 cm) above the floor or 

supporting platform and at a height of 1 foot 

(30.5 cm) above the unit under test. 

2.1.3 Platform. A platform must be used 

if the floor temperature is not within 3 °F (1.7 

°C) of the measured ambient temperature. If 

a platform is used, it is to have a solid top 

with all sides open for air circulation 

underneath, and its top shall extend at least 

1 foot (30.5 cm) beyond each side and front 

of the unit under test and extend to the wall 

in the rear. 

2.2 Operational Conditions. The unit 

under test shall be installed and its operating 

conditions maintained in accordance with 

HRF–1–2008, (incorporated by reference; see 

§ 430.3), sections 5.3.2 through 5.5.5.5. 

Exceptions and clarifications to the cited 

sections of HRF–1–2008 are noted in sections 

2.3 through 2.8, and 5.1 of this appendix. 

2.2 Operational Conditions. The unit 

under test shall be installed and its operating 

conditions maintained in accordance with 

HRF–1–2008 (incorporated by reference; see 

§ 430.3), sections 5.3.2 through section 

5.5.5.5 (excluding section 5.5.5.4). 

Exceptions and clarifications to the cited 

sections of HRF–1–2008 are noted in sections 

2.3 through 2.8, and 5.1 of this appendix. 

2.3 Anti-Sweat Heaters. The anti-sweat 

heater switch is to be on during one test and 

off during a second test. In the case of a unit 

equipped with variable anti-sweat heater 

control, the standard cycle energy use shall 

be the result of the calculation described in 

section 6.2.5 of this appendix. 

2.4 Conditions for Automatic Defrost 

Refrigerator-Freezers, Hybrid RefrigeratorFreezers and Hybrid Freezers. For these 

products, the freezer compartments shall not 

be loaded with any frozen food packages 

during testing. Cylindrical metallic masses of 

dimensions 1.12±0.25 inches (2.9±0.6 cm) in 

diameter and height shall be attached in good 

thermal contact with each temperature sensor 

within the refrigerated compartments. All 

temperature measuring sensor masses shall 

be supported by low-thermal-conductivity 

supports in such a manner to ensure that 

there will be at least 1 inch (2.5 cm) of air 

space separating the thermal mass from 

contact with any interior surface or hardware 

inside the cabinet. In case of interference 

with hardware at the sensor locations 

specified in section 5.1 of this appendix, the 

sensors shall be placed at the nearest 

adjacent location such that there will be a 1- 

inch air space separating the sensor mass 

from the hardware. 

2.5 Conditions for All-Refrigerators, 

Hybrid All-Refrigerators, Non-compressor 

All-Refrigerators, and Hybrid Noncompressor All-Refrigerators. There shall be 

no load in the freezer compartment during 

the test. 

2.6 The cabinet and its refrigerating 

mechanism shall be assembled and set up in 

accordance with the printed consumer 

instructions supplied with the cabinet. Setup of the test unit shall not deviate from 

these instructions, unless explicitly required 

or allowed by this test procedure. Specific 

required or allowed deviations from such setup include the following: 

(a) Connection of water lines and 

installation of water filters are not required; 

(b) Clearance requirements from surfaces of 

the product shall be as described in section 

2.8 of this appendix; 

(c) The electric power supply shall be as 

described in HRF–1–2008 (incorporated by 

reference; see § 430.3), section 5.5.1; 

(d) Temperature control settings for testing 

shall be as described in section 3 below. 

Settings for convertible compartments and 

other temperature-controllable or special 

compartments shall be as described in 

section 2.7 of this appendix; 

(e) The product does not need to be 

anchored or otherwise secured to prevent 

tipping during energy testing; 

(f) All the product’s chutes and throats 

required for the delivery of ice shall be free 

of packing, covers, or other blockages that 

may be fitted for shipping or when the 

icemaker is not in use; and 

(g) Ice storage bins shall be emptied of ice. 

For cases in which set-up is not clearly 

defined by this test procedure, manufacturers 

must submit a petition for a waiver (see 

section 7 of this appendix). 

2.7 Compartments that are convertible 

(e.g., from fresh food to freezer or cellar) shall 

be operated in the highest energy use 

position. A compartment may be considered 

to be convertible to a cellar compartment if 

it is capable of maintaining compartment 

temperatures at least as high as 55 °F (12.8 

°C) and also capable of operating at storage 

temperatures less than 37 °F. For the special 

case of convertible separate auxiliary 

compartments, this means that the 

compartment shall be treated as a freezer 

compartment, a fresh food compartment, or 

a cellar compartment, depending on which of 

these represents the highest energy use. 

Special compartments shall be tested with 

controls set to provide the coldest 

temperature. However, for special 

compartments in which temperature control 

is achieved using the addition of heat 

(including resistive electric heating, 

refrigeration system waste heat, or heat from 

any other source, but excluding the transfer 

of air from another part of the interior of the 

product) for any part of the controllable 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

74940 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 

temperature range of that compartment, the 

product energy use shall be determined by 

averaging two sets of tests. The first set of 

tests shall be conducted with such special 

compartments at their coldest settings, and 

the second set of tests shall be conducted 

with such special compartments at their 

warmest settings. The requirements for the 

warmest or coldest temperature settings of 

this section do not apply to features or 

functions associated with temperature 

controls (such as fast chill compartments) 

that are initiated manually and terminated 

automatically within 168 hours. 

Cellar compartments with their own 

temperature control that are a part of 

refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, or noncompressor refrigerators shall be tested 

according to the requirements for special 

compartments as described in this section. 

Moveable subdividing barriers (see 

compartment definition (a) in section 1 of 

this appendix) that separate compartments of 

different types (e.g., fresh food on one side 

and cellar on the other side) shall be placed 

in the median position. If such a subdividing 

barrier has an even number of positions, the 

near-median position representing the 

smallest volume of the warmer 

compartment(s) shall be used. 

2.8 Rear Clearance. 

(a) General. The space between the lowest 

edge of the rear plane of the cabinet and a 

vertical surface (the test room wall or 

simulated wall) shall be the minimum 

distance in accordance with the 

manufacturer’s instructions, unless other 

provisions of this section apply. The rear 

plane shall be considered to be the largest flat 

surface at the rear of the cabinet, excluding 

features that protrude beyond this surface, 

such as brackets or compressors. 

(b) Maximum clearance. The clearance 

shall not be greater than 2 inches (51 mm) 

from the lowest edge of the rear plane to the 

vertical surface, unless the provisions of 

paragraph (c) of this section apply. 

(c) If permanent rear spacers or other 

components that protrude beyond the rear 

plane extend further than the 2 inch (51 mm) 

distance, or if the highest edge of the rear 

plane is in contact with the vertical surface 

when the unit is positioned with the lowest 

edge of the rear plane at or further than the 

2 inch (51 mm) distance from the vertical 

surface, the appliance shall be located with 

the spacers or other components protruding 

beyond the rear plane, or the highest edge of 

the rear plane, in contact with the vertical 

surface. 

(d) Rear-mounted condensers. If the 

product has a flat rear-wall-mounted 

condenser (i.e., a rear-wall-mounted 

condenser with all refrigerant tube 

centerlines within 0.25 inches (6.4 mm) of 

the condenser plane), and the area of the 

condenser plane represents at least 25% of 

the total area of the rear wall of the cabinet, 

then the spacing to the vertical surface may 

be measured from the lowest edge of the 

condenser plane. 

2.9 Steady-State Condition. Steady-state 

conditions exist if the temperature 

measurements in all measured compartments 

taken at 4-minute intervals or less during a 

stabilization period are not changing at a rate 

greater than 0.042 °F (0.023 °C) per hour as 

determined by the applicable condition of 

paragraphs (a) or (b), of this section. 

(a) The average of the measurements 

during a 2-hour period if no cycling occurs 

or during a number of complete repetitive 

compressor cycles occurring through a period 

of no less than 2 hours is compared to the 

average over an equivalent time period with 

3 hours elapsing between the two 

measurement periods. 

(b) If paragraph (a) of this section cannot 

be used, the average of the measurements 

during a number of complete repetitive 

compressor cycles occurring through a period 

of no less than 2 hours and including the last 

complete cycle before a defrost period (or if 

no cycling occurs, the average of the 

measurements during the last 2 hours before 

a defrost period) are compared to the same 

averaging period before the following defrost 

period. 

2.10 Products with Demand-Response 

Capability. Products that have a 

communication module for demand-response 

functions that is located within the cabinet 

shall be tested with the communication 

module in the configuration set at the factory 

just before shipping. 

3. Test Control Settings 

3.1 Model with No User Operable 

Temperature Control. A test shall be 

performed to measure the compartment 

temperatures and energy use. A second test 

shall be performed with the temperature 

control electrically short circuited to cause 

the compressor to run continuously (or to 

cause the non-compressor refrigeration 

system to run continuously at maximum 

capacity). 

3.2 Models with User Operable 

Temperature Control. Testing shall be 

performed in accordance with the procedure 

in this section using the following 

standardized temperatures: 

All-refrigerator or non-compressor allrefrigerator: 39 °F (3.9 °C) fresh food 

compartment temperature; 

Hybrid all-refrigerator, or hybrid noncompressor all-refrigerator: 39 °F (3.9 °C) 

fresh food compartment temperature, and 

55 °F (12.8 °C) cellar compartment 

temperature; 

Refrigerator or non-compressor refrigerator: 

15 °F (¥9.4 °C) freezer compartment 

temperature and 39 °F (3.9 °C) fresh food 

compartment temperature; 

Hybrid refrigerator or hybrid noncompressor refrigerator: 15 °F (¥9.4 °C) 

freezer compartment temperature, 39 °F (3.9 

°C) fresh food compartment temperature, and 

55 °F (12.8 °C) cellar compartment 

temperature; 

Refrigerator-freezer: 0 °F (¥17.8 °C) freezer 

compartment temperature and 39 °F (3.9 °C) 

fresh food compartment temperature; 

Hybrid refrigerator-freezer: 0 °F (¥17.8 °C) 

freezer compartment temperature, 39 °F (3.9 

°C) fresh food compartment temperature, and 

55 °F (12.8 °C) cellar compartment 

temperature; 

Hybrid freezer: 0 °F (¥17.8 °C) freezer 

compartment temperature and 55 °F (12.8 °C) 

cellar compartment temperature; 

Cooled cabinet, including non-compressor 

models: 55 °F (12.8 °C) cellar compartment 

temperature. 

For the purposes of comparing 

compartment temperatures with standardized 

temperatures, as described in sections 3.2.1 

and 3.2.2 of this appendix, the freezer 

compartment temperature shall be as 

specified in section 5.1.4 of this appendix, 

the fresh food compartment temperature 

shall be as specified in section 5.1.3 of this 

appendix, and the cellar compartment 

temperature shall be as specified in section 

5.1.5 of this appendix. 

3.2.1 Temperature Control Settings and 

Tests to Use for Energy Use Calculations. 

3.2.1.1 Setting Temperature Controls. For 

mechanical control systems, (a) knob detents 

shall be mechanically defeated if necessary to 

attain a median setting, and (b) the warmest 

and coldest settings shall correspond to the 

positions in which the indicator is aligned 

with control symbols indicating the warmest 

and coldest settings. For electronic control 

systems, the test shall be performed with all 

compartment temperature controls set at the 

average of the coldest and warmest settings; 

if there is no setting equal to this average, the 

setting closest to the average shall be used. 

If there are two such settings equally close to 

the average, the higher of these temperature 

control settings shall be used. 

3.2.1.2 Test Sequence. A first test shall be 

performed with all compartment temperature 

controls set at their median position midway 

between their warmest and coldest settings. 

A second test shall be performed with all 

controls set at their warmest setting or all 

controls set at their coldest setting (not 

electrically or mechanically bypassed). For 

units with a single standardized temperature 

(e.g., all-refrigerator or cooled cabinet), this 

setting shall be the appropriate setting that 

attempts to achieve compartment 

temperatures measured during the two tests 

that bound (i.e., one is above and one is 

below) the standardized temperature. For 

other units, the second test shall be 

conducted with all controls at their coldest 

setting, unless all compartment temperatures 

measured during the first test are lower than 

the standardized temperatures, in which case 

the second test shall be conducted with all 

controls at their warmest setting. 

3.2.1.3 Tests to Use for Energy Use 

Calculations. For non-compressor 

refrigerators, if any compartment is warmer 

than its standardized temperature for a test 

with all controls at their coldest position, the 

energy calculation shall be based on the cold 

setting and the average compartment 

temperature of the cold setting shall be 

recorded. For all other products covered by 

this appendix, if any compartment is warmer 

than its standardized temperature for a test 

with all controls at their coldest position, the 

energy use shall be calculated based on tests 

conducted with the temperature controls in 

the cold setting for the first test and in the 

warm setting for the second test, subject to 

the restriction that, (a) the compartment 

temperatures must be warmer for the test 

conducted with the controls set in the warm 

position than their measurements with the 

controls set in the cold position, and (b) the 

measured energy use for the warm position 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 74941 

must be lower than the measured energy for 

the cold position. If condition (a) or (b) is not 

met, the manufacturer must submit a petition 

for a waiver (see section 7 of this appendix). 

3.2.1.4 Temperature Setting Tables. Refer 

to Table 1 of this section for products that 

have only a single refrigerated compartment 

(e.g., all-refrigerators) or Table 2 of this 

section for products that have fresh food and 

freezer compartments (e.g., refrigerators with 

freezer compartments or refrigerator-freezers) 

to determine which test results to use in the 

energy consumption calculation. See Table 3 

of this section for a general description of 

which settings to use and which test results 

to use in the energy consumption calculation 

for products with one, two, or three 

standardized temperatures. 

TABLE 1—TEMPERATURE SETTINGS FOR SINGLE-COMPARTMENT PRODUCTS

[E.g., all-refrigerators] 

First test Second test 

Energy calculation based on: 

Settings Results Settings Results 

Mid ............................. Low ............................ Warm ......................... Low ............................

High ............................

Second Test Only. 

First and Second Tests. 

High ............................ Cold ............................ Low ............................

High ............................

First and Second Tests. 

Cold- and Warm-Setting Tests.* ** 

* If compartment temperature is warmer and energy use is lower for the warm-setting test. 

** Except for non-compressor all-refrigerators, for which the energy calculation shall be based on the second test only. 

TABLE 2—TEMPERATURE SETTINGS FOR REFRIGERATION PRODUCTS WITH FREEZER COMPARTMENTS AND FRESH FOOD

COMPARTMENTS

First test Second test 

Energy calculation based on: 

Settings Results Settings Results 

Fzr Mid .......................

FF Mid ........................

Fzr Low ......................

FF Low .......................

Fzr Warm ...................

FF Warm ....................

Fzr Low ......................

FF Low. 

Second Test Only. 

Fzr Low ......................

FF High. 

First and Second Tests. 

Fzr High .....................

FF Low. 

First and Second Test. 

Fzr High .....................

FF High. 

First and Second Test. 

Fzr Low ......................

FF High ......................

Fzr Cold .....................

FF Cold ......................

Fzr Low ......................

FF High. 

Cold- and Warm-Setting Tests.* ** 

Fzr Low ......................

FF Low. 

First and Second Tests. 

Fzr High .....................

FF Low .......................

Fzr Cold .....................

FF Cold ......................

Fzr High .....................

FF Low. 

Cold- and Warm-Setting Tests.* ** 

.................................... .................................... Fzr Low ......................

FF Low .......................

First and Second Tests. 

Fzr High .....................

FF High ......................

Fzr Cold .....................

FF Cold ......................

Fzr Low ......................

FF Low. 

First and Second Tests. 

Fzr Low ......................

FF High. 

Cold- and Warm-Setting Tests.* ** 

Fzr High .....................

FF Low. 

Cold- and Warm-Setting Tests.* ** 

Fzr High .....................

FF High. 

Cold- and Warm-Setting Tests.* ** 

Notes: Fzr = Freezer Compartment, FF = Fresh Food Compartment. 

* If compartment temperature is warmer and energy use is lower for the warm-setting test. 

** Except for non-compressor refrigerators, for which the energy calculation shall be based on the second test only. 

TABLE 3—TEMPERATURE SETTINGS: GENERAL CHART FOR ALL PRODUCTS

First test Second test 

Energy calculation based on: 

Setting Results Setting Results 

Mid for all compartments.All compartments low Warm for all compartments.All compartments low 

One or more compartments high.

Second Test Only. 

First and Second Test. 

One or more compartments high.Cold for all compartments.All compartments low 

One or more compartments high.

First and Second Test. 

Cold- and Warm-Setting Tests.* ** 

* If compartment temperature is warmer and energy use is lower for the warm-setting test. 

** Except for non-compressor refrigerators, for which the energy calculation shall be based on the second test only. 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

74942 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 

3.2.2 Alternatively, a first test may be 

performed with all temperature controls set 

at their warmest setting. If all compartment 

temperatures are below the appropriate 

standardized temperatures, then the result of 

this test alone will be used to determine 

energy consumption. If this condition is not 

met, then the unit shall be tested in 

accordance with 3.2.1 of this appendix. 

3.2.3 Temperature Settings for Separate 

Auxiliary Convertible Compartments. For 

separate auxiliary convertible compartments 

tested as freezer compartments, the median 

setting shall be within 2 °F (1.1 °C) of the 

standardized freezer compartment 

temperature, and the warmest setting shall be 

at least 5 °F (2.8 °C) warmer than the 

standardized temperature. For separate 

auxiliary convertible compartments tested as 

fresh food compartments, the median setting 

shall be within 2 °F (1.1 °C) of 39 °F (3.9 °C), 

the coldest setting shall be below 34 °F (1.1 

°C), and the warmest setting shall be above 

43 °F (6.1 °C). For separate auxiliary 

convertible compartments tested as cellar 

compartments, the median setting shall be 

within 2 °F (1.1 °C) of 55 °F (12.8 °C), and the 

coldest setting shall be below 50 °F (10.0 °C). 

For compartments where control settings are 

not expressed as particular temperatures, the 

measured temperature of the convertible 

compartment rather than the settings shall 

meet the specified criteria. 

3.3 Optional Test for Models with Two 

Compartments and User Operable Controls. 

As an alternative to section 3.2 of this 

appendix, perform three tests such that the 

set of tests meets the ‘‘minimum 

requirements for interpolation’’ of AS/NZS 

4474.1:2007 (incorporated by reference; see 

§ 430.3) appendix M, section M3, paragraphs 

(a) through (c) and as illustrated in Figure 

M1. The target temperatures txA and txB

defined in section M4(a)(i) of AS/NZ 

4474.1:2007 shall be the standardized 

temperatures defined in section 3.2 of this 

appendix. 

* * * * * 

5. Test Measurements 

5.1 Temperature Measurements. (a) 

Temperature measurements shall be made at 

the locations prescribed in HRF–1–2008 

(incorporated by reference; see § 430.3) 

Figure 5.1 for cellar and fresh food 

compartments and Figure 2 for freezer 

compartments and shall be accurate to within 

±0.5 °F (0.3 °C). No freezer temperature 

measurements need be taken in an allrefrigerator, hybrid all-refrigerator, noncompressor all-refrigerator, or hybrid noncompressor all-refrigerator. No cellar 

compartment temperature measurements 

need be taken in a refrigerator, refrigeratorfreezer, or non-compressor refrigerator. 

(b) If the interior arrangements of the unit 

under test do not conform with those shown 

in Figures 5.1 or 5.2 of HRF–1–2008, as 

appropriate, the unit must be tested by 

relocating the temperature sensors from the 

locations specified in the figures to avoid 

interference with hardware or components 

within the unit, in which case the specific 

locations used for the temperature sensors 

shall be noted in the test data records 

maintained by the manufacturer in 

accordance with 10 CFR 429.71, and the 

certification report shall indicate that nonstandard sensor locations were used. If any 

temperature sensor is relocated by any 

amount from the location prescribed in 

Figure 5.1 or 5.2 of HRF–1–2008 in order to 

maintain a minimum 1-inch air space from 

adjustable shelves or other components that 

could be relocated by the consumer, except 

in cases in which the Figures prescribe a 

temperature sensor location within 1 inch of 

a shelf or similar feature (e.g., sensor T3 in 

Figure 5–1), this constitutes a relocation of 

temperature sensors that must be recorded in 

the test data and reported in the certification 

report as described above. 

5.1.1 Measured Temperature. The 

measured temperature of a compartment is 

the average of all sensor temperature readings 

taken in that compartment at a particular 

point in time. Measurements shall be taken 

at regular intervals not to exceed 4 minutes. 

Measurements for multiple refrigeration 

system products shall be taken at regular 

intervals not to exceed one minute. 

5.1.2 Compartment Temperature. The 

compartment temperature for each test 

period shall be an average of the measured 

temperatures taken in a compartment during 

the test period as defined in section 4 of this 

appendix. For long-time automatic defrost 

models, compartment temperatures shall be 

those measured in the first part of the test 

period specified in section 4.2.1 of this 

appendix. For models with variable defrost 

controls, compartment temperatures shall be 

those measured in the first part of the test 

period specified in section 4.2.2 of this 

appendix. For models with automatic defrost 

that is neither long-time nor variable defrost, 

the compartment temperature shall be an 

average of the measured temperatures taken 

in a compartment during a stable period of 

compressor operation that 

(a) Includes no defrost cycles or events 

associated with a defrost cycle, such as 

precooling or recovery, 

(b) Is no less than three hours in duration, 

and 

(c) Includes two or more whole compressor 

cycles. If the compressor does not cycle, the 

stable period used for the temperature 

average shall be three hours in duration. 

5.1.3 Fresh Food Compartment 

Temperature. The fresh food compartment 

temperature shall be calculated as: 

Where: 

R is the total number of applicable fresh food 

compartments, including the primary 

fresh food compartment and any separate 

auxiliary fresh food compartments 

(including separate auxiliary convertible 

compartments tested as fresh food 

compartments in accordance with 

section 2.7 of this appendix), but 

excluding any cellar compartments; 

TRi is the compartment temperature of fresh 

food compartment ‘‘i’’ determined in 

accordance with section 5.1.2 of this 

appendix; and 

VRi is the volume of fresh food compartment 

‘‘i.’’ 

5.1.4 Freezer Compartment Temperature. 

The freezer compartment temperature shall 

be calculated as: 

Where: 

F is the total number of applicable freezer 

compartments, which include the first 

freezer compartment and any number of 

separate auxiliary freezer compartments 

(including separate auxiliary convertible 

compartments tested as freezer 

compartments in accordance with 

section 2.7 of this appendix); 

TFi is the compartment temperature of 

freezer compartment ‘‘i’’ determined in 

accordance with section 5.1.2 of this 

appendix; and 

VFi is the volume of freezer compartment ‘‘i’’. 

5.1.5 Cellar Compartment Temperature. 

The cellar compartment temperature shall be 

calculated with the following equation 

provided that the model is a hybrid 

refrigeration product or cooled cabinet: 

Where: 

C is the total number of applicable cellar 

compartments, which include all cellar 

compartments that are not considered to 

be part of the fresh food compartment 

(including separate auxiliary convertible 

compartments tested as cellar 

compartments in accordance with 

section 2.7 of this appendix); 

TCi is the compartment temperature of cellar 

compartment ‘‘i’’ determined in 

accordance with section 5.1.2 of this 

appendix; and 

VCi is the volume of cellar compartment ‘‘i.’’ 

5.2 Energy Measurements 

5.2.1 Per-Day Energy Consumption. The 

energy consumption in kilowatt-hours per 

day, ET, for each test period shall be the 

energy expended during the test period as 

specified in section 4 of this appendix 

adjusted to a 24-hour period. The adjustment 

shall be determined as follows. 

5.2.1.1 Non-Automatic Defrost and 

Automatic Defrost. The energy 

consumption in kilowatt-hours per day shall 

be calculated equivalent to: 

ET = (EP × 1440 × K)/T 

Where: 

ET = test cycle energy expended in kilowatthours per day; 

EP = energy expended in kilowatt-hours 

during the test period; 

T = length of time of the test period in 

minutes; and 

1440 = conversion factor to adjust to a 24- 

hour period in minutes per day. 

K = dimensionless correction factor of 1.0 for 

refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and 

non-compressor refrigerators; 0.55 for 

cooled cabinets with a compressor and 

condenser unit as an integral part of the 

cabinet assembly; 1.20 for noncompressor cooled cabinets; and 0.85 for 


mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3EP16DE14.009</GPH> EP16DE14.010</GPH> EP16DE14.011</GPH>
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 74943 

hybrid refrigeration products to adjust 

for average household usage. 

5.2.1.2 Long-time Automatic Defrost. If 

the two-part test method is used, the energy 

consumption in kilowatt-hours per day shall 

be calculated equivalent to: 

ET = (1440 × K × EP1/T1) + (EP2 ¥ (EP1 × 

T2/T1)) × K × (12/CT) 

Where: 

ET, 1440, and K are defined in section 5.2.1.1 

of this appendix; 

EP1 = energy expended in kilowatt-hours 

during the first part of the test; 

EP2 = energy expended in kilowatt-hours 

during the second part of the test; 

T1 and T2 = length of time in minutes of the 

first and second test parts respectively; 

CT = defrost timer run time or compressor 

run time between defrosts in hours 

required to cause it to go through a 

complete cycle, rounded to the nearest 

tenth of an hour; and 

12 = factor to adjust for a 50-percent run time 

of the compressor in hours per day. 

5.2.1.3 Variable Defrost Control. The energy 

consumption in kilowatt-hours per day 

shall be calculated equivalent to: 

ET = (1440 × K × EP1/T1) + (EP2 ¥ (EP1 × 

T2/T1)) × K × (12/CT), 

Where: 

1440 and K are defined in section 5.2.1.1 of 

this appendix and EP1, EP2, T1, T2, and 

12 are defined in section 5.2.1.2 of this 

appendix; 

CT = (CTL × CTM)/(F × (CTM ¥ CTL) + CTL); 

CTL = the shortest compressor run time 

between defrosts used in the variable 

defrost control algorithm (greater than or 

equal to 6 but less than or equal to 12 

hours), or the shortest compressor run 

time between defrosts observed for the 

test (if it is shorter than the shortest run 

time used in the control algorithm and 

is greater than 6 hours), or 6 hours (if the 

shortest observed run time is less than 6 

hours), in hours rounded to the nearest 

tenth of an hour; 

CTM = maximum compressor run time 

between defrosts in hours rounded to the 

nearest tenth of an hour (greater than 

CTL but not more than 96 hours); 

F = ratio of per day energy consumption in 

excess of the least energy and the 

maximum difference in per-day energy 

consumption and is equal to 0.20. 

For variable defrost models with no values 

for CTL and CTM in the algorithm, the default 

values of 6 and 96 shall be used, respectively. 

5.2.1.4 Multiple Compressor Products 

with Automatic Defrost. For multiple 

compressor products, the two-part test 

method in section 4.2.3.4 of this appendix 

must be used. The energy consumption in 

kilowatt-hours per day shall be calculated 

equivalent to: 

Where: 

1440 and K are defined in section 5.2.1.1 of 

this appendix and EP1, T1, and 12 are 

defined in section 5.2.1.2 of this 

appendix; 

i = a variable that can equal 1, 2, or more that 

identifies each individual compressor 

system that has automatic defrost; 

D = the total number of compressor systems 

with automatic defrost. 

EP2i = energy expended in kilowatt-hours 

during the second part of the test for 

compressor system i; 

T2i = length of time in minutes of the second 

part of the test for compressor system i; 

CTi = the compressor run time between 

defrosts for compressor system i in hours 

rounded to the nearest tenth of an hour, 

for long-time automatic defrost control 

equal to a fixed time in hours, and for 

variable defrost control equal to 

(CTLi× CTMi)/(F × (CTMi¥ CTLi) + CTLi); 

Where: 

CTLi = for compressor system i, the shortest 

compressor run time between defrosts 

used in the variable defrost control 

algorithm (greater than or equal to 6 but 

less than or equal to 12 hours), or the 

shortest compressor run time between 

defrosts observed for the test (if it is 

shorter than the shortest run time used 

in the control algorithm and is greater 

than 6 hours), or 6 hours (if the shortest 

observed run time is less than 6 hours), 

in hours rounded to the nearest tenth of 

an hour; 

CTMi = for compressor system i, the 

maximum compressor run time between 

defrosts in hours rounded to the nearest 

tenth of an hour (greater than CTLi but 

not more than 96 hours); 

F = default defrost energy consumption 

factor, equal to 0.20. 

For variable defrost models with no values 

for CTLi and CTMi in the algorithm, the 

default values of 6 and 96 shall be used, 

respectively. 

5.2.1.5 Long-time or Variable Defrost 

Control for Systems with Multiple Defrost 

Cycle Types. The energy consumption in 

kilowatt-hours per day shall be calculated 

equivalent to: 

Where: 

1440 and K are defined in section 5.2.1.1 of 

this appendix and EP1, T1, and 12 are 

defined in section 5.2.1.2 of this 

appendix; 

i is a variable that can equal 1, 2, or more 

that identifies the distinct defrost cycle 

types applicable for the product; 

EP2i = energy expended in kilowatt-hours 

during the second part of the test for 

defrost cycle type i; 

T2i = length of time in minutes of the second 

part of the test for defrost cycle type i; 

CTi is the compressor run time between 

instances of defrost cycle type i, for longtime automatic defrost control equal to a 

fixed time in hours rounded to the 

nearest tenth of an hour, and for variable 

defrost control equal to 

(CTLi × CTMi)/(F × (CTMi ¥ CTLi) + CTLi); 

CTLi = least or shortest compressor run time 

between instances of defrost cycle type 

i in hours rounded to the nearest tenth 

of an hour (CTL for the defrost cycle type 

with the longest compressor run time 

between defrosts must be greater than or 

equal to 6 but less than or equal to 12 

hours); 

CTMi = maximum compressor run time 

between instances of defrost cycle type 

i in hours rounded to the nearest tenth 

of an hour (greater than CTLi but not 

more than 96 hours); 

For cases in which there are more than one 

fixed CT value (for long-time defrost models) 

or more than one CTM and/or CTL value (for 

variable defrost models) for a given defrost 

cycle type, an average fixed CT value or 

average CTM and CTL values shall be selected 

for this cycle type so that 12 divided by this 

value or values is the frequency of 

occurrence of the defrost cycle type in a 24 

hour period, assuming 50% compressor run 

time. 

F = default defrost energy consumption 

factor, equal to 0.20. 

For variable defrost models with no values 

for CTLi and CTMi in the algorithm, the 

default values of 6 and 96 shall be used, 

respectively. 

D is the total number of distinct defrost 

cycle types. 


mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3EP16DE14.012</GPH> EP16DE14.013</GPH>
74944 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 

5.3 Volume Measurements. (a) The unit’s 

total refrigerated volume, VT, shall be 

measured in accordance with HRF–1–2008, 

(incorporated by reference; see § 430.3), 

section 3.30 and sections 4.2 through 4.3. 

The measured volume shall include all 

spaces within the insulated volume of each 

compartment except for the volumes that 

must be deducted in accordance with section 

4.2.2 of HRF–1–2008, as provided in 

paragraph (b) of this section, and be 

calculated equivalent to: 

VT = VF + VFF + VC 

Where: 

VT = total refrigerated volume in cubic feet, 

VF = freezer compartment volume in cubic 

feet, 

VFF = fresh food compartment volume in 

cubic feet, and 

VC = cellar compartment volume in cubic 

feet. 

(b) The following component volumes 

shall not be included in the compartment 

volume measurements: Icemaker 

compartment insulation (e.g., insulation 

isolating the icemaker compartment from the 

fresh food compartment of a product with a 

bottom-mounted freezer with through-thedoor ice service), fountain recess, dispenser 

insulation, and ice chute (if there is a plug, 

cover, or cap over the chute per Figure 4–2 

of HRF–1–2008). The following component 

volumes shall be included in the 

compartment volume measurements: 

icemaker auger motor (if housed inside the 

insulated space of the cabinet), icemaker kit, 

ice storage bin, and ice chute (up to the 

dispenser flap, if there is no plug, cover, or 

cap over the ice chute per Figure 4–3 of 

HRF–1–2008). 

(c) Total refrigerated volume is determined 

by physical measurement of the test unit. 

Measurements and calculations used to 

determine the total refrigerated volume shall 

be retained as part of the test records 

underlying the certification of the basic 

model in accordance with 10 CFR 429.71. 

(d) Compartment classification shall be 

based on subdivision of the refrigerated 

volume into zones separated from each other 

by subdividing barriers: No evaluated 

compartment shall be a zone of a larger 

compartment unless the zone is separated 

from the remainder of the larger 

compartment by subdividing barriers; if there 

are no such subdividing barriers within the 

larger compartment, the larger compartment 

must be evaluated as a single compartment 

rather than as multiple compartments. If the 

cabinet contains a moveable subdividing 

barrier, it must be placed as described in 

section 2.7 of this appendix. 

(e) Freezer, fresh food, and cellar 

compartment volumes shall be calculated 

and recorded to the nearest 0.01 cubic feet. 

Total refrigerated volume shall be calculated 

and recorded to the nearest 0.1 cubic feet. 

6. Calculation of Derived Results From Test 

Measurements 

6.1 Adjusted Total Volume. The adjusted 

total volume of each tested unit must be 

determined based upon the volume measured 

in section 5.3 of this appendix using the 

following calculations. Where volume 

measurements for the freezer, fresh food, and 

cellar compartment are recorded in liters, the 

measured volume must be converted to cubic 

feet and rounded to the nearest 0.01 cubic 

foot prior to calculating the adjusted volume. 

Adjusted total volume shall be calculated 

and recorded to the nearest 0.1 cubic feet. 

6.1.1 Refrigerators, Hybrid Refrigerators, 

and Non-compressor Refrigerators. The 

adjusted total volume, AV, for refrigerators, 

hybrid refrigerators, or non-compressor 

refrigerators under test, shall be defined as: 

AV = (VF × CR) + VFF + (VC × CC) 

Where: 

AV = adjusted total volume in cubic feet; 

VF, VFF, and VC are defined in section 5.3 

of this appendix; 

CR = dimensionless adjustment factor for 

freezer compartments of 1.00 for allrefrigerators, hybrid all-refrigerators, 

non-compressor all-refrigerators, and 

hybrid non-compressor all-refrigerators, 

or 1.47 for other types of refrigerators, 

hybrid refrigerators, and non-compressor 

refrigerators; and 

CC = dimensionless adjustment factor of 0.69 

for cellar compartments. 

6.1.2 Refrigerator-Freezers, Hybrid 

Refrigerator-freezers, and Hybrid Freezers. 

The adjusted total volume, AV, for 

refrigerator-freezers, hybrid refrigeratorfreezers, and hybrid freezers under test shall 

be calculated as follows: 

AV = (VF × CRF) + VFF + (VC × CC) 

Where: 

VF, VFF, and VC are defined in section 5.3 

and AV is defined in section 6.1.1 of this 

appendix; 

CRF = dimensionless adjustment factor for 

freezer compartments of 1.76; and 

CC = dimensionless adjustment factor for 

cellar compartments of 0.69. 

6.1.3 Cooled Cabinets. The adjusted 

volume, AV, for cooled cabinets under test 

shall be equal to the cellar compartment 

volume, VC, which is defined in section 5.3 

of this appendix. 

6.2 Average Per-Cycle Energy 

Consumption. The average per-cycle energy 

consumption for a cycle type, E, is expressed 

in kilowatt-hours per cycle to the nearest one 

hundredth (0.01) kilowatt-hour and shall be 

calculated according to the sections below. 

6.2.1 All-Refrigerator and Noncompressor All-Refrigerator Models. The 

average per-cycle energy consumption shall 

depend upon the temperature attainable in 

the fresh food compartment as shown below. 

6.2.1.1 If the fresh food compartment 

temperature is always below 39.0 °F (3.9 °C), 

the average per-cycle energy consumption 

shall be equivalent to: 

E = ET1 

Where: 

ET is defined in section 5.2.1 of this 

appendix; and 

The number 1 indicates the test during which 

the highest fresh food compartment 

temperature is measured. 

6.2.1.2 If the product is a non-compressor 

all-refrigerator and the fresh food 

compartment temperature is above 39 °F (3.9 

°C) for the test conducted using the cold 

temperature control setting, the average percycle energy consumption shall be equivalent 

to: 

E = ET2 

Where: 

ET is defined in section 5.2.1 of this 

appendix; and 

The number 2 indicates the test conducted 

for the cold temperature control setting. 

6.2.1.3 If the conditions of sections 

6.2.1.1 and 6.2.1.2 of this appendix do not 

apply, the average per-cycle energy 

consumption shall be equivalent to: 

E = ET1 + ((ET2 ¥ ET1) × (39.0 ¥ TR1)/(TR2 

¥ TR1)) 

Where: 

ET is defined in section 5.2.1 of this 

appendix; 

TR = fresh food compartment temperature 

determined according to section 5.1.3 of 

this appendix in degrees F; 

The numbers 1 and 2 indicate measurements 

taken during the two tests to be used to 

calculate energy consumption, as 

specified in section 3 of this appendix; 

and 

39.0 = standardized fresh food compartment 

temperature in degrees F. 

6.2.2 Cooled Cabinets. The average percycle energy consumption shall depend upon 

the temperature attainable in the cellar 

compartment as shown below. 

6.2.2.1 If the cellar compartment 

temperature is always below 55.0 °F (12.8 

°C), the average per-cycle energy 

consumption shall be equivalent to: 

E = ET1 

Where: 

ET is defined in section 5.2.1 of this 

appendix; and 

The number 1 indicates the test during which 

the highest cellar compartment 

temperature is measured. 

6.2.2.2 If the cellar compartment 

temperature measured for at least one of the 

tests is greater than 55.0 °F (12.8 °C), the 

average per-cycle energy consumption shall 

be equivalent to: 

E = ET1 + ((ET2 ¥ ET1) × (55.0 ¥ TC1)/(TC2 

¥ TC1)) 

Where: 

ET is defined in section 5.2.1 of this 

appendix; 

TC = cellar compartment temperature 

determined according to section 5.1.5 of 

this appendix in degrees F; 

The numbers 1 and 2 indicate measurements 

taken during the two tests to be used to 

calculate energy consumption, as 

specified in section 3 of this appendix; 

and 

55.0 = standardized cellar compartment 

temperature in degrees F. 

6.2.3 Refrigerators, Refrigerator-Freezers, 

and Non-Compressor Refrigerators. The 

average per-cycle energy consumption shall 

be defined in one of the following ways as 

applicable. 

6.2.3.1 If the fresh food compartment 

temperature is always below 39 °F (3.9 °C) 

and the freezer compartment temperature is 

always below 15 °F (¥9.4 °C) in both tests of 

a refrigerator or a non-compressor refrigerator 

or always below 0 °F (¥17.8 °C) in both tests 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 74945 

of a refrigerator-freezer, the average per-cycle 

energy consumption shall be: 

E = ET1 + IET 

Where: 

ET is defined in section 5.2.1 of this 

appendix; 

IET, expressed in kilowatt-hours per cycle, 

equals 0.23 for a product with an 

automatic icemaker and otherwise equals 

0 (zero); and 

The number 1 indicates the test during which 

the highest freezer compartment 

temperature was measured. 

6.2.3.2 If the product is a non-compressor 

refrigerator and the fresh food compartment 

temperature is above 39 °F (3.9 °C) or the 

freezer compartment temperature is above 

15 °F (¥9.4 °C) for the test conducted using 

the cold temperature control setting, the 

average per-cycle energy consumption shall 

be equivalent to: 

E = ET2 

Where: 

ET is defined in section 5.2.1 of this 

appendix; and 

The number 2 indicates the test conducted 

for the cold temperature control setting. 

6.2.3.3 If the conditions of sections 

6.2.3.1 and 6.2.3.2 of this appendix do not 

apply, the average per-cycle energy 

consumption shall be defined by the higher 

of the two values calculated by the following 

two formulas: 

E = ET1 + ((ET2 ¥ ET1) × (39.0 ¥ TR1)/(TR2 

¥ TR1)) + IET 

and 

E = ET1 + ((ET2 ¥ ET1) × (k ¥ TF1)/(TF2 

¥ TF1)) + IET 

Where: 

ET is defined in section 5.2.1 of this 

appendix; 

IET is defined in section 6.2.3.1 of this 

appendix; 

TR and the numbers 1 and 2 are defined in 

section 6.2.1.3 of this appendix; 

TF = freezer compartment temperature 

determined according to section 5.1.4 of 

this appendix in degrees F; 

39.0 is a specified fresh food compartment 

temperature in degrees F; and 

k is a constant 15.0 for refrigerators and noncompressor refrigerators or 0.0 for 

refrigerator-freezers, each being 

standardized freezer compartment 

temperatures in degrees F. 

6.2.4 Hybrid Refrigeration Products. The 

average per-cycle energy consumption shall 

be defined in one of the following ways as 

applicable. 

6.2.4.1 If the compartment temperatures 

are always below their compartments’ 

standardized temperatures as defined in 

section 3.2 of this appendix (the fresh food 

compartment temperature is at or below 

39 °F (3.9 °C); the cellar compartment 

temperature is at or below 55 °F (12.8 °C); 

and the freezer compartment temperature is 

at or below 15 °F (¥9.4 °C) for a hybrid 

refrigerator or hybrid non-compressor 

refrigerator, or the freezer compartment 

temperature is at or below 0 °F (¥17.8 °C) for 

a hybrid refrigerator-freezer or hybrid 

freezer), the average per-cycle energy 

consumption shall be: 

E = ET1 + IET 

Where: 

ET is defined in section 5.2.1 of this 

appendix; 

IET is defined in section 6.2.3.1 of this 

appendix; 

The number 1 indicates the test during which 

the highest freezer compartment 

temperature is measured. If the product 

has no freezer compartment, the number 

1 indicates the test during which the 

highest fresh food compartment 

temperature is measured. 

6.2.4.2 If the product is a hybrid noncompressor refrigerator and the fresh food 

compartment temperature is above 39 °F (3.9 

°C) or the freezer compartment temperature 

is above 15 °F (¥9.4 °C) or the cellar 

compartment temperature is above 55 °F 

(12.8 °C) for the test conducted using the cold 

temperature control setting, the average percycle energy consumption shall be equivalent 

to: 

E = ET2 

Where: 

ET is defined in section 5.2.1 of this 

appendix; and 

The number 2 indicates the test conducted 

for the cold temperature control setting. 

6.2.4.3 If the conditions of sections 

6.2.4.1 and 6.2.4.2 of this appendix do not 

apply, the average per-cycle energy 

consumption shall be defined by the highest 

of the two or three values calculated by the 

following three formulas: 

E = (ET1 + ((ET2 ¥ ET1) × (39.0 ¥ TR1)/ 

(TR2 ¥ TR1)) + IET if the product has 

a fresh food compartment; 

E = (ET1 + ((ET2 ¥ ET1) × (k ¥ TF1)/(TF2 

¥ TF1)) + IET if the product has a 

freezer compartment; and 

E = (ET1 + ((ET2 ¥ ET1) × (55.0 ¥ TC1)/ 

(TC2 ¥ TC1)) + IET 

Where: 

ET is defined in section 5.2.1 of this 

appendix; 

IET is defined in section 6.2.3.1 of this 

appendix; 

TR and the numbers 1 and 2 are defined in 

section 6.2.1.3 of this appendix; 

TF is defined in section 6.2.3.2 of this 

appendix; 

TC is defined in section 6.2.2.2 of this 

appendix; 

39.0 is a specified fresh food compartment 

temperature in degrees F; 

k is a constant 15.0 for hybrid refrigerators 

and hybrid non-compressor refrigerators 

or 0.0 for hybrid refrigerator-freezers and 

hybrid freezers, each being standardized 

freezer compartment temperatures in 

degrees F; and 

55.0 is a specified cellar compartment 

temperature in degrees F. 

6.2.5 Variable Anti-Sweat Heater Models. 

The standard cycle energy consumption of a 

model with a variable anti-sweat heater 

control (Estd), expressed in kilowatt-hours per 

day, shall be calculated equivalent to: 

Estd = E + (Correction Factor) where E is 

determined by sections 6.2.1, 6.2.2, 6.2.3, 

or 6.2.4 of this appendix, whichever is 

appropriate, with the anti-sweat heater 

switch in the ‘‘off’’ position or, for a 

product without an anti-sweat heater 

switch, the anti-sweat heater in its 

lowest energy use state. 

Correction Factor = (Anti-sweat Heater Power 

× System-loss Factor) × (24 hrs/1 day) × 

(1 kW/1000 W) 

Where: 

Anti-sweat Heater Power = 0.034 * (Heater 

Watts at 5%RH) 

+0.211 * (Heater Watts at 15%RH) 

+0.204 * (Heater Watts at 25%RH) 

+0.166 * (Heater Watts at 35%RH) 

+0.126 * (Heater Watts at 45%RH) 

+0.119 * (Heater Watts at 55%RH) 

+0.069 * (Heater Watts at 65%RH) 

+0.047 * (Heater Watts at 75%RH) 

+0.008 * (Heater Watts at 85%RH) 

+0.015 * (Heater Watts at 95%RH) 

Heater Watts at a specific relative humidity 

= the nominal watts used by all heaters at 

that specific relative humidity, 72 °F (22.2 

°C) ambient, and DOE reference temperatures 

of fresh food (FF) average temperature of 

39 °F (3.9 °C) and freezer (FZ) average 

temperature of 0 °F (¥17.8 °C). 

System-loss Factor = 1.3. 

7. Test Procedure Waivers 

To the extent that the procedures 

contained in this appendix do not provide a 

means for determining the energy 

consumption of a basic model, a 

manufacturer must obtain a waiver under 10 

CFR 430.27 to establish an acceptable test 

procedure for each such basic model. Such 

instances could, for example, include 

situations where the test set-up for a 

particular basic model is not clearly defined 

by the provisions of section 2 of this 

appendix. For details regarding the criteria 

and procedures for obtaining a waiver, please 

refer to 10 CFR 430.27. 

Appendix A1—[Removed] 

■ 11. Remove Appendix A1 to subpart 

B. 

Appendix B—[Amended] 

■ 12. Amend Appendix B to subpart B 

of part 430 as follows: 

■ a. Remove the introductory note. 

■ b. Revise section 1. Definitions; 

■ c. In section 2. Test Conditions, revise 

sections 2.3 and 2.5; 

■ d. In section 3. Test Control Settings, 

revise section 3.2.1 and table 1, and add 

sections 3.2.1.1, 3.2.1.2, and 3.2.1.3; 

■ e. In section 5. Test Measurements, 

revise sections 5.1(b), 5.1.3, and 5.3; 

■ f. In section 6. Calculation of Derived 

Results From Test Measurements, revise 

sections 6.1, 6.2.1 and 6.2.2; 

■ g. Revise section 7. Test Procedure 

Waivers. 

The revisions read as follows: 

Appendix B to Subpart B of Part 430— 

Uniform Test Method for Measuring the 

Energy Consumption of Freezers 

1. Definitions 

Section 3, Definitions, of HRF–1–2008 

(incorporated by reference; see § 430.3) 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

74946 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 

applies to this test procedure, except that the 

term ‘‘wine chiller compartment’’ means 

‘‘cellar compartment’’ as defined in this 

appendix. 

Anti-sweat heater means a device 

incorporated into the design of a freezer to 

prevent the accumulation of moisture on the 

exterior or interior surfaces of the cabinet. 

Anti-sweat heater switch means a usercontrollable switch or user interface which 

modifies the activation or control of antisweat heaters. 

Automatic defrost means a system in 

which the defrost cycle is automatically 

initiated and terminated, with resumption of 

normal refrigeration at the conclusion of the 

defrost operation. The system automatically 

prevents the permanent formation of frost on 

all refrigerated surfaces. 

Automatic icemaker means a device that 

can be supplied with water without user 

intervention, either from a pressurized water 

supply system or by transfer from a water 

reservoir located inside the cabinet, that 

automatically produces, harvests, and stores 

ice in a storage bin, with means to 

automatically interrupt the harvesting 

operation when the ice storage bin is filled 

to a pre-determined level. 

Cellar compartment means a refrigerated 

compartment within a consumer refrigeration 

product that is capable of maintaining 

compartment temperatures either (a) no 

lower than 39 °F (3.9 °C), or (b) in a range 

that extends no lower than 37 °F (2.8 °C) but 

at least as high as 60 °F (15.6 °C) as 

determined according to the provisions in 

§ 429.14(c)(2) or § 429.61(c)(2). 

Compartment means either: 

(a) A space within a refrigeration product 

cabinet that is enclosed when all product 

doors are closed and that has no subdividing 

barriers that divide the space. A subdividing 

barrier is a solid (non-perforated) barrier that 

may contain thermal insulation and is sealed 

around all of its edges or has edge gaps 

insufficient to allow thermal convection 

transfer from one side to the other sufficient 

to equilibrate temperatures on the two sides; 

or 

(b) All of the enclosed spaces within a 

refrigeration product cabinet that provide the 

same type of storage, for instance fresh food, 

freezer, or cellar. 

Complete temperature cycle means a time 

period defined based upon the cycling of 

compartment temperature that starts when 

the compartment temperature is at a 

maximum and ends when the compartment 

temperature returns to an equivalent 

maximum (within 0.5 °F of the starting 

temperature), having in the interim fallen to 

a minimum and subsequently risen again to 

reach the second maximum. Alternatively, a 

complete temperature cycle can be defined to 

start when the compartment temperature is at 

a minimum and ends when the compartment 

temperature returns to an equivalent 

minimum (within 0.5 °F of the starting 

temperature), having in the interim risen to 

a maximum and subsequently fallen again to 

reach the second minimum. 

Cycle means a 24-hour period for which 

the energy use of a freezer is calculated based 

on the consumer activated compartment 

temperature controls being set to maintain 

the standardized temperatures (see section 

3.2). 

Cycle type means the set of test conditions 

having the calculated effect of operating a 

freezer for a period of 24 hours, with the 

consumer-activated controls, other than those 

that control compartment temperatures, set to 

establish various operating characteristics. 

HRF–1–2008 means AHAM Standard HRF– 

1–2008, Association of Home Appliance 

Manufacturers, Energy and Internal Volume 

of Refrigerating Appliances (2008), including 

Errata to Energy and Internal Volume of 

Refrigerating Appliances, Correction Sheet 

issued November 17, 2009. Only sections of 

HRF–1–2008 (incorporated by reference; see 

§ 430.3) specifically referenced in this test 

procedure are part of this test procedure. In 

cases where there is a conflict, the language 

of the test procedure in this appendix takes 

precedence over HRF–1–2008. 

Ice storage bin means a container in which 

ice can be stored. 

Long-time automatic defrost means an 

automatic defrost system whose successive 

defrost cycles are separated by 14 hours or 

more of compressor operating time. 

Precooling means operating a refrigeration 

system before initiation of a defrost cycle to 

reduce one or more compartment 

temperatures significantly (more than 0.5 °F) 

below its minimum during stable operation 

between defrosts. 

Recovery means operating a refrigeration 

system after the conclusion of a defrost cycle 

to reduce the temperature of one or more 

compartments to the temperature range that 

the compartment(s) exhibited during stable 

operation between defrosts. 

Separate auxiliary compartment means a 

separate freezer or cellar compartment that is 

not the primary freezer or primary cellar 

compartment. Access to a separate auxiliary 

compartment is through a separate exterior 

door or doors rather than through the door 

or doors of another compartment. Separate 

auxiliary freezer compartments may not be 

larger than the primary freezer compartment 

and separate auxiliary cellar compartments 

may not be larger than the primary cellar 

compartment. 

Special compartment means any 

compartment without doors directly 

accessible from the exterior, and with a 

separate temperature control that is not 

convertible from the fresh food temperature 

range to the freezer or cellar temperature 

ranges. 

Stable operation means operation after 

steady-state conditions have been achieved 

but excluding any events associated with 

defrost cycles. During stable operation the 

average rate of change of compartment 

temperatures must not exceed 0.042 °F (0.023 

°C) per hour for all compartment 

temperatures. Such a calculation performed 

for compartment temperatures at any two 

times, or for any two periods of time 

comprising complete cycles, during stable 

operation must meet this requirement. 

(a) If compartment temperatures do not 

cycle, the relevant calculation shall be the 

difference between the temperatures at two 

points in time divided by the difference, in 

hours, between those points in time. 

(b) If compartment temperatures cycle as a 

result of compressor cycling or other cycling 

operation of any system component (e.g., a 

damper, fan, heater, etc.), the relevant 

calculation shall be the difference between 

compartment temperature averages evaluated 

for the whole compressor cycles or complete 

temperature cycles divided by the difference, 

in hours, between either the starts, ends, or 

mid-times of the two cycles. 

Stabilization period means the total period 

of time during which steady-state conditions 

are being attained or evaluated. 

Standard cycle means the cycle type in 

which the anti-sweat heater switch, when 

provided, is set in the highest energyconsuming position. 

Through-the-door ice/water dispenser 

means a device incorporated within the 

cabinet, but outside the boundary of the 

refrigerated space, that delivers to the user on 

demand ice and may also deliver water from 

within the refrigerated space without 

opening an exterior door. This definition 

includes dispensers that are capable of 

dispensing ice and water or ice only. 

Variable defrost control means an 

automatic defrost system in which successive 

defrost cycles are determined by an operating 

condition variable or variables other than 

solely compressor operating time. This 

includes any electrical or mechanical device 

performing this function. A control scheme 

that changes the defrost interval from a fixed 

length to an extended length (without any 

intermediate steps) is not considered a 

variable defrost control. A variable defrost 

control feature predicts the accumulation of 

frost on the evaporator and react accordingly. 

Therefore, the times between defrost must 

vary with different usage patterns and 

include a continuum of periods between 

defrosts as inputs vary. 

2. Test Conditions 

* * * * * 

2.3 Anti-Sweat Heaters. The anti-sweat 

heater switch is to be on during one test and 

off during a second test. In the case of a 

freezer with variable anti-sweat heater 

control, the standard cycle energy use shall 

be the result of the calculation described in 

6.2.2 of this appendix. 

* * * * * 

2.5 Special compartments shall be tested 

with controls set to provide the coldest 

temperature. However, for special 

compartments in which temperature control 

is achieved using the addition of heat 

(including resistive electric heating, 

refrigeration system waste heat, or heat from 

any other source, but excluding the transfer 

of air from another part of the interior of the 

product) for any part of the controllable 

temperature range of that compartment, the 

product energy use shall be determined by 

averaging two sets of tests. The first set of 

tests shall be conducted with such special 

compartments at their coldest settings, and 

the second set of tests at their warmest 

settings. The requirements for the warmest or 

coldest temperature settings of this section 

do not apply to features or functions 

associated with temperature control (such as 

quick freeze) that are initiated manually and 

terminated automatically within 168 hours. 

Cellar compartments with their own 

temperature control that are a part of freezers 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 74947 

shall be tested according to the requirements 

for special compartments as described in this 

section. 

Moveable subdividing barriers (see 

compartment definition (a) in section 1 of 

this appendix) that separate compartments of 

different types (e.g., freezer on one side and 

cellar on the other side) shall be placed in 

the median position. If such a subdividing 

barrier has an even number of positions, the 

near-median position representing the 

smallest volume of the warmer 

compartment(s) shall be used. 

* * * * * 

3. Test Control Settings 

* * * * * 

3.2.1 Temperature Control Settings and 

Tests to Use for Energy Use Calculations. 

3.2.1.1 Setting Temperature Controls. For 

mechanical control systems, (a) knob detents 

shall be mechanically defeated if necessary to 

attain a median setting, and (b) the warmest 

and coldest settings shall correspond to the 

positions in which the indicator is aligned 

with control symbols indicating the warmest 

and coldest settings. For electronic control 

systems, the test shall be performed with all 

compartment temperature controls set at the 

average of the coldest and warmest settings; 

if there is no setting equal to this average, the 

setting closest to the average shall be used. 

If there are two such settings equally close to 

the average, the higher of these temperature 

control settings shall be used. 

3.2.1.2 Test Sequence. A first test shall be 

performed with all temperature controls set 

at their median position midway between 

their warmest and coldest settings. A second 

test shall be performed with all controls set 

at either their warmest or their coldest setting 

(not electrically or mechanically bypassed), 

whichever is appropriate, to attempt to 

achieve compartment temperatures measured 

during the two tests that bound (i.e., one is 

above and one is below) the standardized 

temperature. 

3.2.1.3 Tests to Use for Energy Use 

Calculations. If the compartment 

temperatures measured during these two 

tests bound the standardized temperature, 

then these test results shall be used to 

determine energy consumption. If the 

compartment temperature measured with all 

controls set at their coldest setting is above 

the standardized temperature, energy use 

shall be calculated based on tests conducted 

with the temperature controls in the cold 

setting for the first test and in the warm 

setting for the second test, subject to the 

restriction that (a) the compartment 

temperature must be warmer for the test 

conducted with the controls set in the warm 

position than its measurement with the 

controls set in the cold position, and (b) the 

measured energy use for the warm position 

must be lower than the measured energy for 

the cold position. If condition (a) or (b) are 

not met, the manufacturer must submit a 

petition for a waiver (see section 7 of this 

appendix). If the compartment temperature 

measured with all controls set at their 

warmest setting is below the standardized 

temperature, then the result of this test alone 

will be used to determine energy 

consumption. Also see Table 1 of this 

appendix, which summarizes these 

requirements. 

TABLE 1—TEMPERATURE SETTINGS FOR FREEZERS

First test Second test 

Energy calculation based on: 

Settings Results Settings Results 

Mid ............................. Low ............................ Warm ......................... Low ............................ Second Test Only. 

High ............................ First and Second Tests. 

High ............................ Cold ............................ Low ............................ First and Second Tests. 

High ............................ Cold- and Warm-Setting Tests*. 

* If compartment temperature is warmer and energy use is lower for the warm-setting test. 

* * * * * 

5. Test Measurements 

5.1 Temperature Measurements. 

* * * * * 

(b) If the interior arrangements of the unit 

under test do not conform with those shown 

in Figure 5.2 of HRF–1–2008, the unit must 

be tested by relocating the temperature 

sensors from the locations specified in the 

figures to avoid interference with hardware 

or components within the unit, in which case 

the specific locations used for the 

temperature sensors shall be noted in the test 

data records maintained by the manufacturer 

in accordance with 10 CFR 429.71, and the 

certification report shall indicate that nonstandard sensor locations were used. If any 

temperature sensor is relocated by any 

amount from the location prescribed in 

Figure 5.2 of HRF–1–2008 in order to 

maintain a minimum 1-inch air space from 

adjustable shelves or other components that 

could be relocated by the consumer, except 

in cases in which the Figures prescribe a 

temperature sensor location within 1 inch of 

a shelf or similar feature (e.g., sensor T3 in 

Figure 5–1), this constitutes a relocation of 

temperature sensors that must be recorded in 

the test data and reported in the certification 

report as described above. 

* * * * * 

5.1.3 Freezer Compartment Temperature. 

The freezer compartment temperature shall 

be calculated as: 

Where: 

F is the total number of applicable freezer 

compartments, which include the 

primary freezer compartment and any 

number of separate auxiliary freezer 

compartments; 

TFi is the compartment temperature of 

freezer compartment ‘‘i’’ determined in 

accordance with section 5.1.2 of this 

appendix; and 

VFi is the volume of freezer compartment ‘‘i’’. 

* * * * * 

5.3 Volume Measurements. (a) The unit’s 

total refrigerated volume, VT, shall be 

measured in accordance with HRF–1–2008, 

(incorporated by reference; see § 430.3), 

section 3.30 and sections 4.2 through 4.3. 

The measured volume shall include all 

spaces within the insulated volume of each 

compartment except for the volumes that 

must be deducted in accordance with section 

4.2.2 of HRF–1–2008, as provided in 

paragraph (b) of this section, and be 

calculated equivalent to: 

VT = VF + VC 

Where: 

VT = total refrigerated volume in cubic feet; 

VF = freezer compartment volume in cubic 

feet; and 

VC = cellar compartment volume in cubic 

feet, for freezers with cellar 

compartments. 

(b) The following component volumes 

shall not be included in the compartment 

volume measurements: Icemaker 

compartment insulation (e.g., insulation 

isolating the icemaker compartment from the 

fresh food compartment of a product with a 

bottom-mounted freezer with through-thedoor ice service), fountain recess, dispenser 

insulation, and ice chute (if there is a plug, 

cover, or cap over the chute per Figure 4–2 

of HRF–1–2008). The following component 

volumes shall be included in the 

compartment volume measurements: 

Icemaker auger motor (if housed inside the 

insulated space of the cabinet), icemaker kit, 

ice storage bin, and ice chute (up to the 

dispenser flap, if there is no plug, cover, or 

cap over the ice chute per Figure 4–3 of 

HRF–1–2008). 

(c) Total refrigerated volume is determined 

by physical measurement of the test unit. 

Measurements and calculations used to 

determine the total refrigerated volume shall 

be retained as part of the test records 

underlying the certification of the basic 

model in accordance with 10 CFR 429.71. 

(d) Compartment classification shall be 

based on subdivision of the refrigerated 

volume into zones separated from each other 

by subdividing barriers: No evaluated 

compartment shall be a zone of a larger 

compartment unless the zone is separated 


mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3EP16DE14.014</GPH>
74948 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 

from the remainder of the larger 

compartment by subdividing barriers; if there 

are no such subdividing barriers within the 

larger compartment, the larger compartment 

must be evaluated as a single compartment 

rather than as multiple compartments. If the 

cabinet contains a moveable subdividing 

barrier, it must be placed as described in 

section 2.5 of this appendix. 

(e) Freezer and cellar compartment 

volumes shall be calculated and recorded to 

the nearest 0.01 cubic feet. Total refrigerated 

volume shall be calculated and recorded to 

the nearest 0.1 cubic feet. 

6. Calculation of Derived Results From Test 

Measurements 

6.1 Adjusted Total Volume. The adjusted 

total volume of each tested unit must be 

determined based upon the volume measured 

in section 5.3 using the following 

calculations. Where volume measurements 

for the freezer and cellar compartment are 

recorded in liters, the measured volume must 

be converted to cubic feet and rounded to the 

nearest 0.01 cubic foot prior to calculating 

the adjusted volume. Adjusted total volume 

shall be calculated and recorded to the 

nearest 0.1 cubic feet. The adjusted total 

volume, AV, for freezers under test shall be 

defined as: 

AV = (VF × CF) + (VC × CC) 

Where: 

AV = adjusted total volume in cubic feet; 

VF and VC are defined in section 5.3 of this 

appendix; 

CF = dimensionless correction factor of 1.76 

for freezer compartments; and 

CC = dimensional correction factor of 0.69 for 

cellar compartments. 

* * * * * 

6.2.1 If the compartment temperature is 

always below 0.0 °F (¥17.8 °C), the average 

per-cycle energy consumption shall be 

equivalent to: 

E = ET1 + IET 

Where: 

E = total per-cycle energy consumption in 

kilowatt-hours per day; 

ET is defined in 5.2.1; 

The number 1 indicates the test during which 

the highest compartment temperature is 

measured; and 

IET, expressed in kilowatt-hours per cycle, 

equals 0.23 for a product with an 

automatic icemaker and otherwise equals 

0 (zero). 

6.2.2 If one of the compartment 

temperatures measured for a test is greater 

than 0.0 °F (17.8 °C), the average per-cycle 

energy consumption shall be equivalent to: 

E = ET1 + ((ET2 ¥ ET1) × (0.0 ¥ TF1)/(TF2 

¥ TF1)) + IET 

Where: 

E and IET are defined in 6.2.1 and ET is 

defined in 5.2.1; 

TF = freezer compartment temperature 

determined according to section 5.1.3 of 

this appendix in degrees F; 

The numbers 1 and 2 indicate measurements 

taken during the two tests to be used to 

calculate energy consumption, as 

specified in section 3 of this appendix; 

and 

0.0 = standardized compartment temperature 

in degrees F. 

* * * * * 

7. Test Procedure Waivers 

To the extent that the procedures 

contained in this appendix do not provide a 

means for determining the energy 

consumption of a basic model, a 

manufacturer must obtain a waiver under 10 

CFR 430.27 to establish an acceptable test 

procedure for each such basic model. Such 

instances could, for example, include 

situations where the test set-up for a 

particular basic model is not clearly defined 

by the provisions of section 2. For details 

regarding the criteria and procedures for 

obtaining a waiver, please refer to 10 CFR 

430.27. 

Appendix B1—[Removed] 

■ 13. Remove appendix B1 to subpart B. 

■ 14. Add appendix BB to subpart B to 

read as follows: 

Appendix BB to Subpart B of Part 430— 

Uniform Test Method for Measuring the 

Energy Consumption of Ice Makers 

1. Definitions 

Harvest means the process of freeing or 

removing ice pieces from an ice maker 

icemaking mold or evaporator. 

Harvest rate means the amount of ice (at 

32 °F (0 °C)) in pounds produced per 24 

hours. 

HRF–1–2008 means AHAM Standard HRF– 

1–2008, Association of Home Appliance 

Manufacturers, Energy and Internal Volume 

of Refrigerating Appliances (2008), including 

Errata to Energy and Internal Volume of 

Refrigerating Appliances, Correction Sheet 

issued November 17, 2009. Only sections of 

HRF–1–2008 (incorporated by reference; see 

§ 430.3) specifically referenced in this test 

procedure are part of this test procedure. In 

cases where there is a conflict, the language 

of the test procedure in this appendix takes 

precedence over HRF–1–2008. 

Ice hardness factor means the latent heat 

capacity of harvested ice, in British thermal 

units per pound of ice (Btu/lb), divided by 

144 Btu/lb, expressed as a percentage. 

Ice storage bin means a container for ice 

storage that is part of an ice maker. 

Icemaking cycle, defined for batch-type ice 

makers, means the period of time required to 

produce and harvest one batch of ice. The 

start and end of consecutive icemaking cycles 

are defined to occur at the end of harvest, 

when ice is removed from the ice maker’s 

evaporator or icemaking mold. 

Replacement cycle, defined for uncooledstorage ice makers, including portable ice 

makers, means one or more consecutive 

icemaking cycles for batch-type ice makers or 

a continuous period of icemaking for 

continuous-type ice makers, initiated 

automatically to refill the ice storage bin after 

a period of ice meltage and terminated 

automatically when the bin is full again. 

2. Test Conditions and Set-Up. 

2.1 Ambient Temperature Measurement. 

Temperature measuring devices shall be 

shielded so that indicated temperatures are 

not affected by the operation of the 

condensing unit or adjacent units. 

2.1.1 Ambient Temperature. 

2.1.1.1 The ambient temperature shall be 

72 ± 1 °F (22.2 °C) during the stabilization 

period (see section 2.9 of this appendix) and 

the test period. 

2.1.1.2 For ice makers that are not 

portable ice makers, the ambient temperature 

shall be recorded at points located 3 feet 

(91.5 cm) above the floor and 10 inches (25.4 

cm) from the center of the two sides of the 

unit under test. 

2.1.1.3 For portable ice makers, the 

ambient temperature shall be recorded at 

points located level with the top of the unit 

under test and 10 inches (25.4 cm) from the 

center of the two sides of the unit under test. 

2.1.2 Ambient Temperature Gradient. The 

test room vertical ambient temperature 

gradient in any foot of vertical distance from 

2 inches (5.1 cm) above the floor or 

supporting platform to a height of 7 feet (2.2 

m) or to a height 1 foot (30.5 cm) above the 

top of the unit under test, whichever is 

greater, is not to exceed 0.5 °F per foot (0.9 

°C per meter). The vertical ambient 

temperature gradient at locations 10 inches 

(25.4 cm) out from the centers of the two 

sides of the unit being tested is to be 

maintained during the test. To demonstrate 

that this requirement has been met, test data 

must include measurements taken using 

temperature sensors at locations 2 inches (5.1 

cm) and 36 inches (91.4 cm) above the floor 

or supporting platform and at a height of 1 

foot (30.5 cm) above the unit under test. 

2.2 Operational Conditions. The ice 

maker shall be installed and its operating 

conditions maintained in accordance with 

HRF–1–2008 (incorporated by reference; see 

§ 430.3), section 5.3 through section 5.5.5.1 

(excluding sections 5.5.2(a), (b), (c), (d), (g), 

(h), (j), (k), and (m), and section 5.5.3). 

Exceptions and clarifications to the cited 

sections of HRF–1–2008 are noted in sections 

2.3 through 2.8 of this appendix. 

2.3 Set-up. The ice maker shall be 

assembled and set up in accordance with the 

printed consumer instructions supplied with 

the cabinet. Set-up of the ice maker shall not 

deviate from these instructions, unless 

explicitly required or allowed by this test 

procedure. Specific required or allowed 

deviations from such set-up include the 

following: 

(a) Clearance requirements from surfaces of 

the product shall be as described in section 

2.4 of this appendix; 

(b) The electric power supply shall be as 

described in HRF–1–2008 (incorporated by 

reference; see § 430.3), section 5.5.1; 

(c) Temperature control settings for testing 

shall be as described in section 2.7 of this 

appendix. 

(d) The product does not need to be 

anchored or otherwise secured to prevent 

tipping during energy testing; and 

(e) If the product dispenses ice, all the 

product’s chutes and throats required for the 

delivery of ice shall be free of packing, 

covers, or other blockages that may be fitted 

for shipping or when the ice maker is not in 

use. 

For cases in which set-up is not clearly 

defined by this test procedure, manufacturers 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 74949 

must submit a petition for a waiver (see 

section 7). 

2.4 Rear Clearance. 

(a) General. The space between the lowest 

edge of the rear plane of the cabinet and a 

vertical surface (the test room wall or 

simulated wall) shall be the minimum 

distance in accordance with the 

manufacturer’s instructions, unless other 

provisions of this section apply. The rear 

plane shall be considered to be the largest flat 

surface at the rear of the cabinet, excluding 

features that protrude beyond this surface, 

such as brackets, the compressor, or 

compressors. 

(b) The clearance shall not be greater than 

2 inches (51 mm) from the lowest edge of the 

rear plane to the vertical surface, unless the 

provisions of subsection (c) of this section 

apply. 

(c) If permanent rear spacers or other 

components that protrude beyond the rear 

plane extend further than the 2-inch (51 mm) 

distance, or if the highest edge of the rear 

plane is in contact with the vertical surface 

when the unit is positioned with the lowest 

edge of the rear plane at or further than the 

2-inch (51 mm) distance from the vertical 

surface, the appliance shall be located with 

the spacers or other components protruding 

beyond the rear plane, or the highest edge of 

the rear plane in contact with the vertical 

surface. 

(d) Rear-mounted condensers. If the 

product has a flat rear-wall-mounted 

condenser (i.e., a rear-wall-mounted 

condenser with all refrigerant tube 

centerlines within 0.25 inches (6.4 mm) of 

the condenser plane), and the area of the 

condenser plane represents at least 25% of 

the total area of the rear wall of the cabinet, 

then the spacing to the vertical surface may 

be measured from the lowest edge of the 

condenser plane. 

2.5 Inlet Water. 

2.5.1 For ice makers that are not portable 

ice makers, connection of water lines is 

required. If the product provides for 

installation of a water filter, a water filter 

shall be installed as recommended by the 

printed consumer instructions supplied with 

the cabinet. Inlet water temperature shall be 

72 ± 2 °F. The water supply system shall be 

designed to assure that inlet water 

temperature stays within this specified range 

at all times during the test. Inlet water 

pressure shall be 60 ± 15 psig while the water 

is flowing. 

2.5.2 For portable ice makers, the water 

reservoir shall be completely filled prior to 

the start of the test with water at a 

temperature of 55 ± 2 °F. 

2.6 Ice Piece Size Control. If the ice 

maker has a control for adjusting the size of 

ice pieces that is described in the printed 

consumer instructions supplied with the 

cabinet as being intended for user 

adjustment, set this control at the largest ice 

piece size setting. 

2.7 Temperature Control Settings. For 

products that have user-operable temperature 

controls, set the temperature controls in the 

median position for all parts of the test. The 

ice maker internal temperature shall be 

measured with a weighted thermocouple as 

described in HRF–1–2008 (incorporated by 

reference; see § 430.3) section 5.5.4, located 

such that the temperature sensor is 1 inch 

(2.5 cm) above the typical fill level of the ice 

bin as close to the center of the ice bin as 

possible without interfering with the falling 

of ice from the mold or evaporator into the 

bin. 

2.8 Drain Lines. For ice makers with 

drain outlets, install drain lines using pipe or 

tubing material as specified in the printed 

consumer instructions supplied with the 

product. Unless otherwise required by these 

consumer instructions, run drain lines 

downward from the drain outlet. Use of 

optional pumps for pumping drain water to 

higher elevations is not permitted. If the ice 

maker has integrated into its cabinet a pump 

whose purpose according to the printed 

consumer instructions supplied with the 

product is to pump water to higher 

elevations, and if the installation instructions 

indicate that this pump must always be 

connected during use, such a pump shall be 

utilized during the test. However, if 

installation instructions indicate that this 

pump can be switched off or disconnected 

during use, such a pump shall be switched 

off or disconnected for the test. 

2.9 Steady-State Condition. Steady-state 

conditions exist if the ice maker internal 

temperature measurements are not changing 

at a rate greater than 0.042 °F per hour as 

determined by comparing the average of the 

measurements during a two-hour period if no 

compressor cycling occurs or during a 

number of complete repetitive compressor 

cycles occurring through a period of no less 

than 2 hours to the average over an 

equivalent time period with 3 hours elapsing 

between the two measurement periods. 

2.10 Data Collection. Data collection 

frequency for temperatures, power, and 

energy shall be no less than once per minute. 

2.11 Icemaking Cycle Indication for 

Batch-Type Ice Makers. Icemaking cycles 

shall be determined from collected power 

input data by identifying the time when (a) 

the compressor power input level changes 

after completion of the harvest cycle, or (b) 

the electric harvest heater is de-energized at 

the end of the harvest cycle. If icemaking 

cycles cannot be identified by examining the 

electric input power data because either the 

compressor power input does not change 

sufficiently at the end of a harvest cycle or 

ice is made using a mold without a mold 

heater of 50W or greater power input, use one 

of the following measurement approaches to 

indicate the start and end of icemaker cycles 

at a data acquisition frequency interval no 

less than the data acquisition frequency used 

for the test. The method used must be 

recorded in the test data underlying the 

certification of the basic model that the 

manufacturer is required to retain in 

accordance with 10 CFR 429.71. 

2.11.1 Mold or Evaporator Temperature. 

Measure icemaker mold or evaporator 

temperature during the test with a 

temperature sensor adhered to the bottom of 

the icemaker mold or a location on the 

evaporator. Ensure that the temperature 

sensor is installed so that the icemaker 

operation, including operations such as 

twisting of the icemaker mold and ice 

dropping into the ice bin, will not be 

impeded by the temperature sensor and its 

connecting wire(s), and that neither the 

temperature sensor nor its connecting wire(s) 

will be dislodged or damaged by icemaker 

operation. 

2.11.2 Water Supply Temperature. 

Measure the temperature of the water at any 

location in the water supply line. If the 

temperature changes consistently and 

measurably (within the required tolerance of 

water supply temperature as specified in 

section 2.5.1 of this appendix) when the 

icemaker water supply valve opens, this 

change may be used to provide an indication 

of when a new icemaker cycle has started. 

2.11.3 Solenoid Valve Activation. 

Measure power input, voltage, or current 

supplied to the icemaker water supply 

solenoid valve to indicate when the valve is 

energized. Make this measurement at a 

frequency sufficient to ensure indication of 

valve activation, or use an event counter to 

track valve activation events. 

3. Icemaking Test 

3.1 Special Apparatus. 

3.1.1 Perforated Container. The container 

used to collect the harvested ice shall be 

shaped and sized as necessary to collect all 

harvested ice produced by the unit under test 

between the time of the container’s insertion 

into the ice bin and the termination of the 

icemaking test period. The container shall be 

perforated such that the ice produced by the 

unit under test cannot fall through the 

perforations and the water hold-up weight is 

no more than 1.0 percent of the weight of the 

smallest amount of ice collected and weighed 

using the container. The water hold-up 

weight is the maximum weight of water that 

can be measured as follows: (i) Immerse the 

container in water oriented as it would be for 

catching ice, (ii) gently lift the container out 

of the water and allow to drain for 30 

seconds without shaking, (iii) weigh the 

container and the held-up water, and (iv) 

subtract the container’s dry weight. 

3.1.2 Ice Mass Measurement Scale. Use a 

scale having accuracy and precision no 

greater than 1 percent of the measured 

quantity. 

3.2 Icemaking Test Procedure. 

3.2.1 Batch-Type Ice Makers. 

3.2.1.1 Stabilization and Start of 

Icemaking Test Period. Verify that the ice 

storage bin is empty and initiate icemaking. 

After a two-hour stabilization period, wait till 

the next batch of ice drops into the storage 

bin. The icemaking test period starts when 

this ice has dropped. 

3.2.1.2 Icemaking Test Period. Within one 

minute after the batch of ice signaling the 

end of the stabilization period drops, place 

a perforated container (as specified in section 

3.1.1 of this appendix) in the ice storage bin, 

oriented so that it will catch all the harvested 

ice. Each door opening to place the 

perforated container in the unit or to retrieve 

it shall have a duration of no more than 15 

seconds. The icemaking test period starts as 

described above and consists of a whole 

number of icemaking cycles lasting at least 6 

hours or until the ice storage bin becomes 

full and ice production stops. Remove the 

container and measure the ice mass within 

two minutes after the last batch of ice 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

74950 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 

harvested during the test period drops into 

the ice storage bin. Determine the mass of ice 

produced, MICE, expressed in pounds, by 

weighing the perforated container when it 

contains the ice made during the test and 

subtracting the weight of the empty 

perforated container. 

3.2.1.3 Ice Collection with Smaller 

Container. If a perforated container that can 

hold all of the ice produced during the 

specified icemaking test period cannot be 

placed into the ice storage bin, use a smaller 

container that can hold the ice produced by 

at least five icemaking cycles. Retrieve the ice 

multiple times during the test period, no 

more frequently than once every five 

icemaking cycles. During each time the ice is 

retrieved, weigh and record the weight of the 

ice and the container, transfer the ice to the 

ice storage bin, and replace the container in 

the bin, allowing the ice maker door to be 

open for a total of no more than 15 seconds 

for each retrieval and weighing of ice. 

Determine the mass of ice produced during 

each retrieval of ice, MICE_i, expressed in 

pounds, by subtracting the weight of the 

empty perforated container from the 

individual measurement. Determine the mass 

of ice produced MICE, expressed in pounds, 

by summing the individual calculations 

MICE_i. 

3.2.2 Continuous-type Ice Makers. 

3.2.2.1 Stabilization and Start of 

Icemaking Test Period. Verify that the ice 

storage bin is empty and initiate icemaking. 

After a two-hour stabilization period, place a 

perforated container (as specified in section 

3.1.1 of this appendix) in the ice storage bin, 

oriented so that it will catch all the harvested 

ice. Record the time of container insertion 

and correlate it with the collected power 

input data. 

3.2.2.2 Icemaking Test Period. The 

icemaking test period lasts 6 hours or until 

the ice storage bin becomes full and ice 

production stops. Remove the container and 

measure the ice mass at the end of the test 

period or within two minutes after ice 

production stops. Determine the mass of ice 

produced, MICE, expressed in pounds, by 

weighing the perforated container when it 

contains the ice made during the test and 

subtracting the weight of the empty 

perforated container. 

3.2.2.3 Ice Collection with Smaller 

Container. If a perforated container that can 

hold all of the ice produced during the 

specified icemaking test period cannot be 

placed into the ice storage bin, use a smaller 

container that can hold the ice produced in 

at least an hour of ice production. Retrieve 

the ice multiple times during the test period, 

no more frequently than once per hour. 

During each time the ice is retrieved, weigh 

and record the weight of the ice and the 

container, transfer the ice to the ice storage 

bin, and replace the container in the bin, 

allowing the ice maker door to be open for 

a total of no more than 15 seconds for each 

retrieval and weighing of ice. Determine the 

mass of ice produced during each retrieval of 

ice, MICE_i, expressed in pounds, by 

subtracting the weight of the empty 

perforated container from the individual 

measurement. Determine the mass of ice 

produced MICE, expressed in pounds, by 

summing the individual calculations MICE_i. 

4. Ice Storage Test 

4.1 Ice Storage Test for Cooled-Storage Ice 

Makers. 

4.1.1 Stabilization. After the icemaking 

test period ends and the mass of harvested 

ice has been determined, place the harvested 

ice back into the ice storage bin. Allow the 

ice maker to produce ice until the storage bin 

is full and ice production stops 

automatically. Wait until steady-state 

conditions have been confirmed, as defined 

in section 2.9 of this appendix. The ice 

storage bin shall not be emptied of ice. 

4.1.2 Ice Storage Test Period. The test 

period shall start when steady-state 

conditions have been achieved and shall be 

no less than 3 hours in duration. During the 

test period, the compressor motor shall 

complete two or more whole compressor 

cycles. (A compressor cycle is a complete 

‘‘on’’ and a complete ‘‘off’’ period of the 

motor.) If no ‘‘off’’ cycling will occur, the test 

period shall be 3 hours. 

4.2 Ice Storage Test for Uncooled-Storage 

Ice Makers. 

4.2.1 After the icemaking test period ends 

and the mass of ice has been determined, 

place the ice back into the ice storage bin. 

Allow the ice maker to operate until the 

storage bin is full and ice production stops 

automatically. 

4.2.2 Ice Storage Test Period for Batchtype Uncooled-Storage Ice Makers. The ice 

storage test period shall start when ice 

production stops automatically after the 

measured ice has been placed back into the 

ice storage bin. If ice production is not 

occurring after replacement of the ice, the 

test period shall start at the end of the first 

replacement cycle. The ice storage bin shall 

not be emptied of ice. The test period shall 

be no less than 48 hours in duration and 

shall end at the end of a replacement cycle. 

4.2.3 Ice Storage Test Period for 

Continuous-type Uncooled-Storage Ice 

Makers. The ice storage test period shall start 

when ice production stops automatically 

after the measured ice has been placed back 

into the ice storage bin. If ice production is 

not occurring after replacement of the ice, the 

test period shall start at the end of the first 

replacement cycle. The ice storage bin shall 

not be emptied of ice. The test period shall 

be no less than 48 hours in duration and 

shall end at the end of a period of ice 

production. 

5. Ice Hardness (Continuous-Type Ice Makers 

Only). 

For continuous-type ice makers, the ice 

hardness factor, IH, shall be set equal to 0.85. 

Alternatively, the ice hardness factor may be 

measured according to the procedure in 

Annex A: Method of Calorimetry in AHSI/

ASHRAE 29–2009 (incorporated by 

reference; see § 430.3). 

6. Calculations 

6.1 Energy Use per Ice Mass, EIM, 

expressed in kilowatt-hours per pound, shall 

be calculated as: 

Where: 

EI is the energy in kWh measured for the 

icemaking test period as described in 

section 3.2.1 or 3.2.2. of this appendix; 

MICE is the ice mass in pounds, measured for 

the icemaking test period as described in 

section 3.2.1 or 3.2.2 of this appendix; 

and 

IHAF is the ice hardness adjustment factor, a 

dimensionless value which shall be 

equal to 1.0 for batch-type ice makers 

and calculated for continuous-type ice 

makers as: 

Where: 

IH is the ice hardness factor, determined as 

specified in section 5 of this appendix. 

6.2 Harvest Rate. Harvest rate, H, 

expressed in pounds of ice per day, shall be 

calculated and rounded to the nearest 0.1 

pound per day as: 

Where: 

MICE is defined in section 6.1; 

TI is the icemaking test period in minutes as 

described in section 3.2.1 or 3.2.2 of this 

appendix; and 

1,440 is the number of minutes in one day. 

6.3 Daily Energy Use. 

6.3.1 For ice makers with a harvest rate 

greater than 4 pounds of ice per day, daily 

energy use ET, expressed in kilowatt-hours 

per day, shall be calculated as: 

Where: 

MICE is defined in section 6.1 of this 

appendix; 

EIM is calculated as described in section 6.1 

of this appendix; 

ES is the energy use in kWh for the ice 

storage test period as described in 

section 4.1.2, 4.2.2, or 4.2.3 of this 

appendix; 


mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3EP16DE14.015</GPH> EP16DE14.016</GPH> EP16DE14.017</GPH> EP16DE14.018</GPH>
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 74951 

TS is the ice storage test period in minutes 

as described in section 4.1.2, 4.2.2 or 

4.2.3 of this appendix; 

1,440 and TI are defined in section 6.2 of this 

appendix; 

4 is the average daily ice consumption rate 

in pounds per day; and 

K is a dimensionless correction factor equal 

to 0.5 for portable ice makers and 1.0 for 

non-portable ice makers to adjust for 

average household usage. 

6.3.2 For ice makers with a harvest rate 

less than or equal to 4 pounds of ice per day, 

daily energy use ET, expressed in kilowatthours per day, shall be calculated as: 

ET = 4 × EIM × K 

Where: 

4 is defined in section 6.3.1 of this appendix; 

EIM is calculated as described in section 6.1 

of this appendix; and 

K is defined in section 6.3.1 of this appendix. 

7. Test Procedure Waivers 

To the extent that the procedures 

contained in this appendix do not provide a 

means for determining the energy 

consumption of an ice maker, a manufacturer 

must obtain a waiver under 10 CFR 430.27 

to establish an acceptable test procedure for 

each such product. Such instances could, for 

example, include situations where the test 

set-up for a particular ice maker basic model 

is not clearly defined by the provisions of 

section 2. For details regarding the criteria 

and procedures for obtaining a waiver, please 

refer to 10 CFR 430.27. 

■ 15. Amend section 430.32 by revising 

paragraph (a) to read as follows: 

§ 430.32 Energy and water conservation 

standards and their compliance dates. 

(a) Refrigerators/refrigerator-freezers/

freezers. These standards do not apply 

to refrigerators and refrigerator-freezers 

with total refrigerated volume exceeding 

39 cubic feet (1,104 liters) or freezers 

with total refrigerated volume exceeding 

30 cubic feet (850 liters). The energy 

standards as determined by the 

equations of the following table(s) shall 

be rounded off to the nearest kWh per 

year. If the equation calculation is 

halfway between the nearest two kWh 

per year values, the standard shall be 

rounded up to the higher of these 

values. 

The following standards remain in 

effect from July 1, 2001 until September 

15, 2014: 

Product class 

Energy standard 

equations for 

maximum 

energy use 

(kWh/yr) 

1. Refrigerators and refrigerator-freezers with manual defrost ................................................................................................... 8.82AV + 248.4 

0.31av + 248.4 

2. Refrigerator-freezers—partial automatic defrost ..................................................................................................................... 8.82AV + 248.4 

0.31av + 248.4 

3. Refrigerator-freezers—automatic defrost with top-mounted freezer without through-the-door ice service and all-refrigerator—automatic defrost.9.80AV + 276.0 

0.35av + 276.0 

4. Refrigerator-freezers—automatic defrost with side-mounted freezer without through-the-door ice service .......................... 4.91AV + 507.5 

0.17av + 507.5 

5. Refrigerator-freezers—automatic defrost with bottom-mounted freezer without through-the-door ice service ..................... 4.60AV + 459.0 

0.16av + 459.0 

6. Refrigerator-freezers—automatic defrost with top-mounted freezer with through-the-door ice service ................................ 10.20AV + 356.0 

0.36av + 356.0 

7. Refrigerator-freezers—automatic defrost with side-mounted freezer with through-the-door ice service ............................... 10.10AV + 406.0 

0.36av + 406.0 

8. Upright freezers with manual defrost ...................................................................................................................................... 7.55AV + 258.3 

0.27av + 258.3 

9. Upright freezers with automatic defrost .................................................................................................................................. 12.43AV + 326.1 

0.44av + 326.1 

10. Chest freezers and all other freezers except compact freezers .......................................................................................... 9.88AV + 143.7 

0.35av + 143.7 

11. Compact refrigerators and refrigerator-freezers with manual defrost .................................................................................. 10.70AV + 299.0 

0.38av + 299.0 

12. Compact refrigerator-freezer—partial automatic defrost ...................................................................................................... 7.00AV + 398.0 

0.25av + 398.0 

13. Compact refrigerator-freezers—automatic defrost with top-mounted freezer and compact all-refrigerator—automatic defrost.12.70AV + 355.0 

0.45av + 355.0 

14. Compact refrigerator-freezers—automatic defrost with side-mounted freezer ..................................................................... 7.60AV + 501.0 

0.27av + 501.0 

15. Compact refrigerator-freezers—automatic defrost with bottom-mounted freezer ................................................................ 13.10AV + 367.0 

0.46av + 367.0 

16. Compact upright freezers with manual defrost ..................................................................................................................... 9.78AV + 250.8 

0.35av + 250.8 

17. Compact upright freezers with automatic defrost ................................................................................................................. 11.40AV + 391.0 

0.40av + 391.0 

18. Compact chest freezers ........................................................................................................................................................ 10.45AV + 152.0 

0.37av + 152.0 

AV: Adjusted Volume in ft3; av: Adjusted Volume in liters (L). 

The following standards apply to 

products manufactured starting on 

September 15, 2014: 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3

74952 Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 241 / Tuesday, December 16, 2014 / Proposed Rules 

Product class 

Equations for maximum energy use 

(kWh/yr) 

Based on AV 

(ft3) 

Based on av 

(L) 

1. Refrigerator-freezers and refrigerators other than all-refrigerators with manual defrost ................... 7.99AV + 225.0 0.282av + 225.0 

1A. All-refrigerators—manual defrost ..................................................................................................... 6.79AV + 193.6 0.240av + 193.6 

2. Refrigerator-freezers—partial automatic defrost ................................................................................ 7.99AV + 225.0 0.282av + 225.0 

3. Refrigerator-freezers—automatic defrost with top-mounted freezer without an automatic icemaker 8.07AV + 233.7 0.285av + 233.7 

3–BI. Built-in refrigerator-freezer—automatic defrost with top-mounted freezer without an automatic 

icemaker.

9.15AV + 264.9 0.323av + 264.9 

3I. Refrigerator-freezers—automatic defrost with top-mounted freezer with an automatic icemaker 

without through-the-door ice service.

8.07AV + 317.7 0.285av + 317.7 

3I–BI. Built-in refrigerator-freezers—automatic defrost with top-mounted freezer with an automatic 

icemaker without through-the-door ice service.

9.15AV + 348.9 0.323av + 348.9 

3A. All-refrigerators—automatic defrost .................................................................................................. 7.07AV + 201.6 0.250av + 201.6 

3A–BI. Built-in All-refrigerators—automatic defrost ................................................................................ 8.02AV + 228.5 0.283av + 228.5 

4. Refrigerator-freezers—automatic defrost with side-mounted freezer without an automatic icemaker.8.51AV + 297.8 0.301av + 297.8 

4–BI. Built-In Refrigerator-freezers—automatic defrost with side-mounted freezer without an automatic icemaker.10.22AV + 357.4 0.361av + 357.4 

4I. Refrigerator-freezers—automatic defrost with side-mounted freezer with an automatic icemaker 

without through-the-door ice service.

8.51AV + 381.8 0.301av + 381.8 

4I–BI. Built-In Refrigerator-freezers—automatic defrost with side-mounted freezer with an automatic 

icemaker without through-the-door ice service.

10.22AV + 441.4 0.361av + 441.4 

5. Refrigerator-freezers—automatic defrost with bottom-mounted freezer without an automatic icemaker.8.85AV + 317.0 0.312av + 317.0 

5–BI. Built-In Refrigerator-freezers—automatic defrost with bottom-mounted freezer without an automatic icemaker.9.40AV + 336.9 0.332av + 336.9 

5I. Refrigerator-freezers—automatic defrost with bottom-mounted freezer with an automatic icemaker without through-the-door ice service.8.85AV + 401.0 0.312av + 401.0 

5I–BI. Built-In Refrigerator-freezers—automatic defrost with bottom-mounted freezer with an automatic icemaker without through-the-door ice service.9.40AV + 420.9 0.332av + 420.9 

5A. Refrigerator-freezer—automatic defrost with bottom-mounted freezer with through-the-door ice 

service.

9.25AV + 475.4 0.327av + 475.4 

5A–BI. Built-in refrigerator-freezer—automatic defrost with bottom-mounted freezer with through-thedoor ice service.9.83AV + 499.9 0.347av + 499.9 

6. Refrigerator-freezers—automatic defrost with top-mounted freezer with through-the-door ice service.8.40AV + 385.4 0.297av + 385.4 

7. Refrigerator-freezers—automatic defrost with side-mounted freezer with through-the-door ice 

service.

8.54AV + 432.8 0.302av + 432.8 

7–BI. Built-In Refrigerator-freezers—automatic defrost with side-mounted freezer with through-thedoor ice service.10.25AV + 502.6 0.362av + 502.6 

8. Upright freezers with manual defrost ................................................................................................. 5.57AV + 193.7 0.197av + 193.7 

9. Upright freezers with automatic defrost without an automatic icemaker ........................................... 8.62AV + 228.3 0.305av + 228.3 

9I. Upright freezers with automatic defrost with an automatic icemaker ............................................... 8.62AV + 312.3 0.305av + 312.3 

9–BI. Built-In Upright freezers with automatic defrost without an automatic icemaker ......................... 9.86AV + 260.9 0.348av + 260.9 

9I–BI. Built-in upright freezers with automatic defrost with an automatic icemaker .............................. 9.86AV + 344.9 0.348av + 344.9 

10. Chest freezers and all other freezers except compact freezers ...................................................... 7.29AV + 107.8 0.257av + 107.8 

10A. Chest freezers with automatic defrost ........................................................................................... 10.24AV + 148.1 0.362av + 148.1 

11. Compact refrigerator-freezers and refrigerators other than all-refrigerators with manual defrost ... 9.03AV + 252.3 0.319av + 252.3 

11A. Compact all-refrigerators—manual defrost .................................................................................... 7.84AV + 219.1 0.277av + 219.1 

12. Compact refrigerator-freezers—partial automatic defrost ................................................................ 5.91AV + 335.8 0.209av + 335.8 

13. Compact refrigerator-freezers—automatic defrost with top-mounted freezer .................................. 11.80AV + 339.2 0.417av + 339.2 

13I. Compact refrigerator-freezers—automatic defrost with top-mounted freezer with an automatic 

icemaker.

11.80AV + 423.2 0.417av + 423.2 

13A. Compact all-refrigerators—automatic defrost ................................................................................ 9.17AV + 259.3 0.324av + 259.3 

14. Compact refrigerator-freezers—automatic defrost with side-mounted freezer ................................ 6.82AV + 456.9 0.241av + 456.9 

14I. Compact refrigerator-freezers—automatic defrost with side-mounted freezer with an automatic 

icemaker.

6.82AV + 540.9 0.241av + 540.9 

15. Compact refrigerator-freezers—automatic defrost with bottom-mounted freezer ............................ 11.80AV + 339.2 0.417av + 339.2 

15I. Compact refrigerator-freezers—automatic defrost with bottom-mounted freezer with an automatic icemaker.11.80AV + 423.2 0.417av + 423.2 

16. Compact upright freezers with manual defrost ................................................................................ 8.65AV + 225.7 0.306av + 225.7 

17. Compact upright freezers with automatic defrost ............................................................................. 10.17AV + 351.9 0.359av + 351.9 

18. Compact chest freezers .................................................................................................................... 9.25AV + 136.8 0.327av + 136.8 

AV = Total adjusted volume, expressed in ft3 and rounded to the nearest 0.1 ft3, as determined in appendices A and B of subpart B of this 

part. 

av = Total adjusted volume, expressed in liters. 

[FR Doc. 2014–28789 Filed 12–15–14; 8:45 am] 

BILLING CODE 6450–01–P 

mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS3